WO2006123639A1 - Pyrimidine derivative - Google Patents

Pyrimidine derivative Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006123639A1
WO2006123639A1 PCT/JP2006/309713 JP2006309713W WO2006123639A1 WO 2006123639 A1 WO2006123639 A1 WO 2006123639A1 JP 2006309713 W JP2006309713 W JP 2006309713W WO 2006123639 A1 WO2006123639 A1 WO 2006123639A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
substituted
optionally substituted
compound
general formula
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2006/309713
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
Kenji Naganuma
Hirotsugu Yokoi
Original Assignee
Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation filed Critical Asahi Kasei Pharma Corporation
Publication of WO2006123639A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006123639A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04Antipruritics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/14Decongestants or antiallergics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • A61P31/18Antivirals for RNA viruses for HIV
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08Antiallergic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/04Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a novel pyrimidine derivative having an anti-inflammatory action and useful as an active ingredient of a medicine.
  • Stimulation from the outside is transmitted into cells via receptors on the cell membrane.
  • This biological signal is generated by enzymes such as adenylate cyclase or dallate cyclase, and the intracellular second messengers cyclic adenosine 3 ', 5,-phosphate (cAMP) and cyclic guanosine.
  • cAMP cyclic adenosine
  • cyclic guanosine 3 , 5,-It is known that its action is manifested by increasing the concentration of phosphoric acid (cGMP).
  • cGMP phosphoric acid
  • PDE nucleotide phosphodiesterase
  • PDE4 type 4PDE selectively degrades cAMP and decreases intracellular cAMP concentration.
  • PDE4 has been found in many tissues and cells including blood vessels, heart, intestine, brain, spleen, bronchial smooth muscle, leukocytes, and lymphocytes. It is known that cAMP increased by inhibiting PDE4 at these sites exerts an effect of preventing or ameliorating many diseases.
  • Non-Patent Documents 3 to 5 PDE4 inhibitor suppresses inflammatory cell activity, suppresses tumor necrosis factor a (TNF- ⁇ ) release, suppresses degranulation, suppresses release of inflammatory site force-in, It has effects such as suppression (Non-Patent Documents 3 to 5) and is considered to be effective for many inflammatory, allergic, and immune related diseases. For example, in respiratory diseases, it is effective for asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, inflammatory airway disease, emphysema, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), etc.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • acute bronchitis acute bronchitis
  • chronic bronchitis chronic bronchitis
  • inflammatory airway disease emphysema
  • ARDS adult respiratory distress syndrome
  • Non-patent Document 6 Joint-related diseases are related to skin diseases such as rheumatism, osteoarthritis, acute arthritis, and chronic arthritis.
  • Diseases related to the gastrointestinal tract such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, seborrheic eczema, allergic contact eczema, etc.
  • Allergic rhinitis, chronic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis etc. are reported as diseases, and immune system related diseases are reported to be effective for transplant rejection, multiple sclerosis, AIDS, etc.
  • Non-patent Document 7 ⁇ 12).
  • PDE4 inhibition in bronchial smooth muscle relaxes smooth muscle, and this is also considered to be effective for respiratory diseases such as asthma and COPD.
  • PDE4 inhibitors may cause side effects such as vomiting as an undesirable effect.
  • Side effects such as nausea and nausea have been reported in clinical trials such as rolipram and silomilast.
  • One of the causes of these side effects is the selectivity between PDE4 isoforms.
  • Four isoforms (A, B, C, D) have been reported in PDE4, and lysoform B is involved in pharmacological actions such as anti-inflammatory effects, while lyoform D is associated with side effects such as vomiting and nausea. (Non-patent Document 13).
  • PDE4 inhibitors have been reported because they are expected to be effective against many diseases (Patent Documents 1 to 3), but currently reported PDE4 inhibitors are effective and have side effects. Satisfied in terms, not a spider! /.
  • Patent Document 1 W098Z45268 Publication
  • Patent Document 2 WO95Z01338
  • Patent Document 3 W099Z55696
  • Non-Patent Literature l Soderling, S. H. and Beavo, J. A., Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol, 12, pl74— 1 79, 2000
  • Non-Patent Document 2 Hetman, J. M., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A., 97, pl2891- 128 95, 2000
  • Non-patent document 3 Teixeira, MM, et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 18, pl64-170, 1997
  • Non-patent document 4 Beavo, JA, et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 11, pl50-155 , 1990
  • Non-patent literature 5 Nicholson, C. D "et al” Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 12, pl9-27, 1991
  • Non-patent literature 6 Lipworth, BJ, Lancet, 365, pl67-175, 2005
  • Non-Patent Document 7 Dyke, HJ and Montana, JG, Expert Opin.Investig. Drugs, 11, pi -13, 2002
  • Non-patent literature 8 Burnouf, C, et al., Curr. Pharm. Des., 8, pl255-1296, 2002
  • Non-patent literature 9 Banner, K. H. and Trevethick, M. A., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 25, p4
  • Non-Patent Document 10 Rickards, K. J., et al "Vet. Immunol. ImmunopathoL, 98, pl53-165, 2004
  • Non-patent literature ll Sun, Y., et al "J. Immunol, 165, pl755-1761, 2000
  • Non-Patent Document 12 Dousa, M. K., et al., Clin. Nephrol, 47, pl87-189, 1997
  • Non-Patent Document 13 Lipworth, B. J., Lancet, 365, pl67-175, 2005
  • An object of the present invention is to provide a novel substance having a PDE4 activity inhibitory action. More specifically, it is an object of the present invention to provide a novel substance having excellent PDE4 activity inhibitory action and few side effects.
  • Ar 1 is a furyl group, Choi - group, Toriazoriru group, a thiazolyl group, Okisazo Lil group, or base indicates Nzochiazoriru group; Ar 1 may be substituted;
  • Ar 2 is - E—Ar GQ (Ar represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group or an alkylene group; Q represents a carboxy group, —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ), provided that when R 41 is a hydroxyl group, R 42 is A group other than a hydroxyl group), or —COOR 43 (R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group)), E—Ar 21 —G 2 — GQ (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above; G 2 is one O, one S, one SO, one SO—, or one NR G21
  • R G21 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, or an optionally substituted sulfonyl group).
  • Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently , A hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or an optionally substituted group A good alkylthio group, substituted, may be an alkylsulfier group, or substituted !, may!
  • R 3 may be a hydrogen atom or substituted An alkyl group is shown. Or a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
  • Ar 1 may be substituted, but the compound described in [A1] above, which is a [furyl group or a chael group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacological thereof Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, and a substituted
  • the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2] which may be substituted by one or a plurality of groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an acyl group] force, possible stereoisomers thereof, or Racemates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof
  • [A ⁇ Ar 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted V, alkoxy group, and optionally substituted, amino group].
  • the compound described in the above [A1] or [A2] its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, water, Solvates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • [ASjAr 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, —NH group, lower alkylamino group] Group, lower dialkylamino group, acylamino group,
  • Ar 1 may be substituted with one or more halogen atoms, but the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacology Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • Ar 1 is substituted by one or more halogen atoms, the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or pharmacologically acceptable Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • AR 1 is a lower alkyl group, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof , Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • Ar 2 is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group].
  • groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group.
  • Ar 2 is [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, lower group
  • [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ
  • Ar 21 is a benzene ring or a benzene ring substituted with one or more halogen atoms
  • E is a single bond
  • Q is a carboxy group, on Ar 2
  • Ar 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, substituted Ar 2 which may be substituted by one or a plurality of groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an amino group and a substituted acyl group].
  • Ar 2 GQ Ar 21 is a benzene ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, Ar 2 has no further substituents, and R 1 is a methyl group Or a ethyl group, R 2 is an aryl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or A pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof; [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, Group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted, optionally, amino group, and a substituted, optionally substituted, acyl group] each independently from the group May be substituted by one or more groups selected by Ar 2 is —E—Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21
  • R 1 is methyl group or Echiru group
  • R 2 is Ariru group
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates of that, Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
  • [ASejAr 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ
  • Ar 21 is a benzene ring
  • E is a single bond
  • G is a methylene group
  • Q is a carboxy group
  • Ar 2 has no further substituents
  • R 1 is a methyl group Or an ethyl group
  • R 2 is an ethyl group
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the compound according to [A1], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • [ASYjAr 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, substituted, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 substituted with a benzene ring or one or more halogen atoms A benzene ring, E is a single bond, G force methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, no further substituent on Ar 2 , R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R A compound of the above-mentioned [A1], which is a 2- force S-hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate thereof, Solvates, or prodrugs
  • [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ
  • Ar 21 is a benzene ring
  • E is a single bond
  • G is a methylene group
  • Q is a carboxy group
  • Ar 2 has no further substituents
  • R 1 is a methyl group Or an ethyl group
  • R 2 is a hydroxymethyl group
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the compound according to [A1], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof.
  • [AS Ar 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, , I even, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ
  • Ar 21 is a benzene ring substituted with one or more halogen atoms
  • E is a single bond
  • G is a methylene group
  • Q is a carboxy group, and is further placed on Ar 2
  • [ASC ⁇ Ar 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted V, alkoxy group, and optionally substituted, amino group].
  • the compounds described in any one of the above [A1] to [A29], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically thereof may be substituted with one or more groups selected from Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • [A3 Ar 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, —NH group, lower An alkylamino group, a lower dialkylamino group, an acylamino group,
  • [ASSjAr 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, NH group, lower alkylamino group]
  • [A36] The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A35], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof Or a medicament containing these prodrugs as active ingredients; [A37] The medicament according to [A36], which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for inflammation;
  • [A42] A method for the prevention and Z or treatment of inflammation, the compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A35], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable method thereof.
  • a method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans comprising the compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A35], its possible stereoisomer or racemate Administering an effective amount of the body, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human;
  • Ar 1 is a furyl group, Choi - group, Toriazoriru group, a thiazolyl group, Okisazo Lil group, or base indicates Nzochiazoriru group; Ar 1 may be substituted;
  • Ar 2 is - E—Ar GQ (Ar 21 represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group; Q represents a carboxy group; , -CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group.
  • R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ), provided that R 41 And R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group), or —COOR 43 (R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group).
  • Ar 2 may be substituted;
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents hydrogen;
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group; Indicates. Or a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
  • Ar 1 may be substituted, and the compound according to [B1] above, which is a [furyl group or a phenyl group], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • R 2 is a lower alkyl group [B1] - [B5], the compound according to any displacement, its Possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
  • Ar 2 is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group].
  • groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group.
  • [BlSjAr 1 is a chael group
  • Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, and a substituted Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q
  • Ar 21 is a ben, which may be substituted by one or more groups each independently selected from the group that also has an acyl group] force.
  • Zen ring E is a single bond
  • G is a methylene group
  • Q is a carboxy group
  • R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof , Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • [B21] A method for the prevention and Z or treatment of inflammation, the compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B15], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable method thereof Administering a prophylactic and Z or therapeutically effective amount of a salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human;
  • a method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans comprising the compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B15], its possible stereoisomer or Administering a racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or an effective amount of a prodrug thereof to a mammal including a human;
  • Ar 1 represents a furyl group, a chael group, a triazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, or a benzothiazolyl group; Ar 1 may be substituted; Ar 2 represents a carboxy group; Represents a thiophene group, a carboxyalkylphenol group, a carboxynaphthyl group, a carboxyalkylnaphthyl group, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a virazolyl group; Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted group.
  • R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof;
  • Ar 2 is carboxyalkylnaphthyl A compound, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a group, a carboxyphenol group, a carboxyalkyl group, or a [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a virazolyl group], Pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • Ar 1 is substituted !, may be! /, Substituted with an alkoxy group !, the compounds according to the above [C1] to [C3], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or Pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof; 5] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C4], wherein 1 ⁇ is lower alkyl, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • R 2 is a lower alkyl group [C1] - [C6], compounds according to any displacement, possible stereoisomers or racemates of that or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
  • [C15] A method for preventing and / or treating inflammation, comprising the above [C1] to [C9] A prophylactic and Z or therapeutically effective amount of the described compound, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof; Comprising the step of administering to a mammal comprising: and
  • [C16] A method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans, the compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C9], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or A method comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human.
  • the compound of the present invention or a salt thereof exhibits a strong PDE4 inhibitory action in the living body of mammals including humans, and thus, for example, a medicament for prevention and Z or treatment of various diseases caused by inflammation. It is useful as an active ingredient.
  • the compound of the present invention or a salt thereof can be used as an active ingredient of a safe pharmaceutical with extremely low toxicity.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the “lower” substituent means a substituent having up to 10 carbon atoms constituting the substituent, for example, a substituent having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Preferred examples include substituents having 1 to 3 numbers.
  • Examples of the alkyl group include a saturated hydrocarbon group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkyl group is preferable.
  • the lower alkyl group refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a cyclopropyl group, and further includes 4 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, Cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, n-pentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclobutylethyl, or cyclopentylmethyl Groups and the like can be mentioned as suitable examples.
  • a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group is particularly preferable. Most preferably, the alkyl group includes a methyl group.
  • an ethyl group is mentioned as the most preferred alkyl group.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group include a lower alkenyl group containing one or more double bonds, and a lower alkenyl group containing one double bond is preferable.
  • the lower alkenyl group refers to an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include a bur group, a allyl group, a propenyl group, a butylidene group, a but-1-enyl group, a but-2-enyl group, and a but-3-yl group.
  • alkyl group examples include pentylidene group, bent-1-ethyl group, pent-2-ethyl group, bent-3- Preferred examples include an enyl group or a bent-4-enyl group.
  • the alkenyl group is particularly preferably a vinyl group, more preferably a buyl group, a allyl group, or a probe group, or a allyl group, more preferably a allyl group.
  • Examples of the alkynyl group include a lower alkynyl group containing one or more triple bonds, and a lower alkyn group containing one triple bond is preferable.
  • the lower alkynyl group is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • ethynyl group, prop-1-yl group, prop-2-yl group, but-1-yl group, but-2-ynyl group, but-3-yl group Vent-1-yl group, bent-2-yl group, bent-3-yl group, or bent-4-yl group are preferable examples.
  • a -2-ynyl group or a -2-ynyl group is more preferred, and a propyl-2-ynyl group is more preferred, which is more preferably a prop-2-ynyl group.
  • the alkylene group can be exemplified by a divalent residue obtained by removing any one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group described above, and is linear, branched, cyclic, or those And a saturated hydrocarbon divalent group, and a lower alkylene group is preferred.
  • a lower alkylene group is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, An alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 carbon atom is more preferred.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 1 carbon atom include a methylene group, and preferable examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms include an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, and a cyclopropylene group.
  • suitable alkylene groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms any one hydrogen atom may be removed from the groups listed in the above examples of suitable alkyl groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Bivalent residues that can be produced.
  • a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, or an isopropylene group is particularly preferable.
  • the most preferred alkylene group is a methylene group. There is another embodiment in which an ethylene group is mentioned as the most preferable alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkellene group include divalent residues formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from the alkenyl group described above, and include one or two or more double groups. And a lower alkylene group containing a bond, and a lower alkylene group containing one double bond is preferred.
  • the lower alkylene group refers to an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable to an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferred.
  • Examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include a beylene group, a pavemental group, a but-1-erene group, a but-2-erene group, and a but-3-ene group. -Len group and the like are listed as preferred examples. Furthermore, as the alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms, any one hydrogen atom from the groups listed in the examples of the preferred alkenyl groups having 5 carbon atoms is used. Examples of divalent residues that can be formed by removing.
  • the alkylene group is particularly preferably a vinylene group or a vinylene group, more preferably a propylene group.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group include a saturated alkyl ether group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkoxy group is preferable.
  • a lower alkoxy group an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified.
  • An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methoxy group, ethoxy group, n_propoxy group, isopropoxy group, cyclopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, s -butoxy group, and t -butoxy group.
  • Cyclobutoxy group, cyclopropyl methoxy group and the like are preferable examples.
  • alkoxy group having 5 or 6 carbon atoms n- Pentyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclopropylethyloxy, cyclobutylmethyloxy, n-hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclopropylpropyloxy, cyclobutylethyloxy, or cyclopentylmethyl
  • a suitable example is a silicon group.
  • the alkylthio group includes a saturated alkylthioether group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkylthio group is preferred.
  • a lower alkylthio group an alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Examples of the alkoxycarbo yl group include groups having a carbonyl group at the end of the above alkoxy group, and a lower alkoxy carbo yl group is preferable.
  • the lower alkoxy carbo group includes a group having a carbo group attached to the end of an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • a carbo yl group is attached to the end of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The group attached is preferred.
  • Specific examples include a methoxycarbon group, an ethoxycarbon group, an n-propoxy carbonyl carbonyl group, an isopropoxy carbonyl carbonyl group, a cyclopropoxy carbonyl group, an n-butoxy carbonyl group, and an isobutoxy carbonyl group.
  • Preferred examples include a s-butoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, a cyclobutoxycarbonyl group, a cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl group, and the like.
  • alkoxy group examples include an alkenyl ether group having an oxygen atom at the end of the alkenyl group, and a lower alkenyl oxy group containing one or more double bonds is preferred. A lower alkenyloxy group containing one double bond is more preferred.
  • the lower alkoxy group an alkoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. Specifically, a vinyloxy group, an aryloxy group, or a propenyloxy group is preferable, and an aryloxy group is particularly preferable.
  • Examples of the alkarylthio group include an alkenyl thioether group having a sulfur atom attached to the terminal of the alkenyl group, and the like, and a lower alkenyl group containing one or more double bonds.
  • a dialkylthio group is preferred
  • a lower alkylthio group containing one double bond is more preferred.
  • the lower alkthio group is preferably an alkthio group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a arylthio group, in which a berylthio group, a arylthio group, or a propenylthio group is preferable, is particularly preferable.
  • the acyl group is preferably, for example, an alkanoyl group or an aryl carbonate group, and is exemplified as an example.
  • a lower alkanoyl group in which an alkanoyl group is preferred is more preferred.
  • the alkanol group includes a saturated alkylcarbonyl group that is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof.
  • the alkyl moiety may contain one or more unsaturated bonds. Good.
  • an acyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred.
  • acetyl group, propanol group, butanol group, 2_methyl propanol group, cyclopropyl carbonyl group, pentanoyl group, 3-methyl butanol group, 2,2-dimethyl propanol group, or cyclobutyl carbonyl group, etc. Is a suitable example.
  • acyloxy group for example, an alkanoyloxy group (alkylcarboxyloxy group) or an allylcarbonyloxy group can be mentioned as a preferred example, and a lower alkanoyloxy group preferred by an alkanoyloxy group is further exemplified. preferable.
  • the alkyl part of the alkanoyloxy group may contain one or more unsaturated bonds.
  • an acyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a suitable example is a propanoyloxy group or a cyclobutylcarboxoxy group.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl sulfier group include lower alkyl sulfier groups.
  • the lower alkylsulfur group an alkylsulfur group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methylsulfyl group, ethylsulfuryl group, n-propylsulfuryl group, isopropylsulfuryl group, cyclopropylsulfuryl group, n-butylsulfuryl group, isobutylsulfuryl group, s-butyl Sulfiel group, t-butylsulfier group, cycloptylsulfier group, or cyclopropylmethyls
  • a suitable example is a luffyl group.
  • alkylsulfol group examples include lower alkylsulfol groups.
  • the lower alkyl sulfo group an alkyl sulfo group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Preferred examples of the alkyl-strength rubamoyl group include lower alkyl-strength rubamoyl groups.
  • As the lower alkyl strength rubamoyl group an alkyl strength rubamoyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • a suitable example is a rucarbamoyl group, a cycloptylcarbamoyl group, or a cyclopropylmethylcarbamoyl group.
  • amino groups include NH groups.
  • aryl rings include monocyclic aromatic rings and condensed polycyclic aromatic rings.
  • the aryl ring may be a hydrocarbon ring, but as a ring constituent atom other than a carbon atom, for example, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and one or more heteroatoms selected from the group power of oxygen nuclear power are selected.
  • One or more, for example, 1 to 3 may be included.
  • Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring include a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon or a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms.
  • a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon includes a benzene ring.
  • Monocyclic aromatic heterocycles include 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms.
  • 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycle examples include thiophene, pyridine, furan, thiazole, oxazole, azole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, 1, Suitable examples include 2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, and furazane.
  • Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring include condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms, and the like.
  • condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon examples include, for example, a condensed polycyclic having 9 to 14 carbon atoms, that is, a bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon. Specific examples include naphthalene, indene, Fluorene, anthracene or the like is a suitable example.
  • the condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycle includes, for example, a 9 to 14-membered, preferably 9- or 10-membered condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycle containing 1 or more heteroatoms, for example 1 to 4 heteroatoms.
  • Benzfuran benzothiophene, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazonole, benzisothiazole, naphtho [2,3-b] thiophene
  • quinoline isoquinoline, indole, quinoxaline, phenanthridine
  • phenothiazine phenoxazine, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, 13 carboline, atalidine, phenazine, phthalimide, and thixanthene.
  • the aryl group includes, for example, a monocyclic aromatic group or a condensed polycyclic aromatic group, and is a monovalent aromatic group formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from the aryl ring described above. Residues can be exemplified.
  • Examples of the monocyclic aromatic group include monovalent residues formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic aromatic ring.
  • Specific examples of the monocyclic aromatic group include a phenyl group, a phenyl group (2- or 3-phenyl group), a pyridyl group (2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl group), and a furyl group (2- or 3-furyl group), thiazolyl group (2-, 4- or 5-thiazolyl group), oxazolyl group (2-, 4- or 5-oxazolyl group), pyrazolyl group (1-, 3- or 4-pyrazolyl group) 2-birazinyl group, pyrimidyl group (2-, 4- or 5-pyrimidyl group), pyrrolyl group (1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl group), imidazolyl group (1-, 2- or 4) -Imidazolyl group), pyridazil group (3- or 4-pyridazyl group), 3-isothi
  • the condensed polycyclic aromatic group is a monovalent group formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring having 2 to 4, preferably 2 or 3 ring forces. Of the residues
  • condensed polycyclic aromatic group examples include 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, 2-indene Group, 2-anthryl group, quinolyl group (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-quinolyl group), isoquinolyl group (1-, 3-, 4-, 5 -, 6-, 7- or 8-isoquinolyl group), indolyl group (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-indolyl group), isoindolyl group (1-, 2-, 4- or 5-isoindolyl group), phthaladyl group (1-, 5- or 6-phthaladyl group), quinoxalinyl group (2-, 3- or 5-quinoxalyl group), benzofuryl group (2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-benzofulleryl group), benzothiazolyl group (2-, 4-, 5- or 6-benzothiazolyl group), benzimidazolyl group (1-
  • substituents in the alkyl group examples include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, and an alkoxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • the number of substituents in an optionally substituted group is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to several. 1 is preferable. In another embodiment, when the substituent in the optionally substituted group is a halogen atom, the number of the substituent is preferably 1 to 3.
  • the alkyl group which may be substituted preferred examples of the alkyl group described above are preferable.
  • the optionally substituted alkyl group includes the above-mentioned substituents.
  • Preferred is an alkyl group substituted by a suitable substituent in the alkyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group which may be substituted include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, and cyclobutyl.
  • Preferred examples include cyclopentylmethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl group, or 2-methoxyethyl group, and more preferable examples include methyl group and ethyl group.
  • Substituted in the alkenyl group, substituted !, or the substituent in the alkyl group may be substituted as described above! /, Same as the substituent in the alkyl group.
  • alkenyl group may be substituted, the preferred examples of the alkenyl group described above are preferably substituted.
  • the alkynyl group which may be substituted is preferably the above-described alkenyl group. A preferred example is preferred.
  • the substituent in the alkoxy group may be the same as the substituent in the alkyl group, which may be substituted.
  • the alkoxy group may be substituted, but preferred examples of the alkoxy group described above are preferred.
  • the alkoxy group is preferably a suitable alkoxy group substituted by a suitable substituent in the alkoxy group as described above. Better ,.
  • methoxy group, ethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, or 2-methoxyethoxy group is mentioned as a preferred example, more preferred examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, or 2-methoxyethoxy group, and particularly preferred examples include methoxy group or ethoxy group, A most preferred example is a methoxy group.
  • the substituent in the optionally substituted alkylthio group is the same as the above-described substituent in the substituted V or alkyl group.
  • the alkylthio group is preferably the above-mentioned preferred example of the alkylthio group. Specifically, methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-propylthio group, isopropylthio group, cyclopropylthio group, n-butylthio group, isobutylthio group, s-butylthio group, t-butylthio group, cycloptylthio group, cyclopropyl
  • a methylthio group, a 2-methoxyethylthio group or the like is a preferred example, and a more preferred example is a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, or a 2-methoxyethylthio group, and a particularly preferred example is methylthio group.
  • Group, or an ethylthio group isopropylthio group.
  • the above-described substituted V may be one having a carbonyl group attached to the terminal of the alkoxy group. It is done. Specifically, methoxycarbon group, ethoxycarbon group, n-propoxycarbol group, isopropoxycanenoboninole group, cyclopropoxynoleboninore group, n-butoxycanonolonol group, iso A butoxycarbol group, an s-butoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, a cyclobutoxycarbonyl group, a cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl group, and the like are given as preferred examples. Group, an ethoxycarbo ol group, or a t-butoxy carbo ol group, and particularly preferred examples include a methoxy carbo ol group or an ethoxy carbo ol group.
  • amino group which may be substituted includes NH group, alkylamino group, dialkyla
  • acylamino group acyl (alkyl) amino group, alkylsulfolumino group, alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group, alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, one or more halogens
  • alkylsulfoamino group optionally substituted with an atom
  • alkylsulfoamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • the optionally substituted amino group includes 1 or 2 substituted !, may!
  • arylmolybamino group may be substituted Varylthiolamino group, substituted !, may be alkyloxycarbolamino group, or may be substituted A xylcarbolumino group may also be mentioned.
  • the alkylamino group is preferably a lower alkylamino group, and examples thereof include.
  • the lower alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, methylamino group, ethylamino group, n-propylamino group, isopropylamino group, cyclopropylamino group, n -butylamino group, isobutylamino group, s-butylamino group, t-butylamino group, cyclobutylamino group Group, cyclopropylmethylamino group and the like are preferable examples, and more preferable examples include methylamino group, ethylamino group, and isopropylamino group, and particularly preferable examples include methylamino group and ethylamino group. It is done.
  • dialkylamino group examples include an amino group substituted with the same or different alkyl group, and a lower dialkylamino group is usually preferred.
  • a lower dialkylamino group an amino group substituted with an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • Preferred examples include amino group, isobutyl (methyl) amino group, s-butyl (methyl) amino group, t-butyl (methyl) amino group, cyclobutyl (methyl) amino group, and cyclopropylmethyl (methyl) amino group. More preferred examples include a dimethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, or an ethyl (methyl) amino group, and particularly preferred examples include a dimethylamino group or a jetylamino group.
  • Examples of the isylamino group include an amino group substituted with the above-mentioned acyl group, and preferred examples of the acyl group are the same as those described above. Specific examples include an acetylamino group, a propanoylamino group, a butanoylamino group, a 2-methylpropanoylamino group, a cyclopropylcarbono group. Preferred examples include a boramino group, a pentanolumino group, a 3-methylbutanoylamino group, a 2,2-dimethylpropanolumino group, and a cyclobutylcarbolamino group.
  • An acetylamino group, a propanoylamino group, or a 2,2-dimethylpropanoylamino group and particularly preferred examples include an acetylamino group or a propanoylamino group.
  • Examples of the acyl (alkyl) amino group include one asil group and an amino group substituted with one alkyl group at the same time.
  • Preferred examples of the acyl group and the alkyl group include: It is the same.
  • Preferred examples include methyl (pentanoyl) amino group, methyl (3-methylbutanol) amino group, 2,2-dimethylpropanol (methyl) amino group, and cycloptylcarbonyl (methyl) amino group, and more preferred.
  • Examples include a acetyl (methyl) amino group or a methyl (propanol) amino group, and particularly preferably a acetyl (methyl) amino group.
  • alkylsulfoamino group examples include an amino group substituted with the alkylsulfo group.
  • Preferred examples of the alkylsulfo group are the same as those described above. Specifically, methyl sulfo-lamino group, ethyl sulfo-lamino group, n-propyl sulforamino group, isopropyl sulfo-lamino group, cyclopropyl sulfo-lamino group, n-butyl sulfo-lamino group, isobutyl sulfo-lamino group, Suitable examples include s-butylsulfo-amino group, t-butylsulfo-lumino group, cyclobutylsulfo-lumino group, and cyclopropylmethylsulfo-lumino group, and more preferably methylsulfo-lumino group,
  • the alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group includes one alkylsulfo group and an amino group substituted simultaneously with one alkyl group. Preferred examples are the same as described above. Specifically, methyl (methylsulfol) amino group, ethylsulfol (methyl) amino group, methyl (n-propylsulfurate) Hol) amino group, isopropylsulfol (methyl) amino group, cyclopropylsulfol
  • alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms examples include alkylamino groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the above alkylamino groups are substituted with any kind of halogen atoms.
  • An alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred.
  • the halogen atoms may be the same or different.
  • Specific examples include a chloromethylamino group, a dichloromethylamino group, a trichloromethylamino group, a fluoromethylamino group, a difluoromethylamino group, a trifluoromethylamino group, and a fluorethylamino group.
  • a 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino group and the like are preferable examples, more preferably a trifluoromethylamino group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino group, Particularly preferred is a trifluoromethylamino group.
  • the alkylsulfo-lumino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms includes an alkylsulfonyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylsulfo-lumino group are substituted with any kind of halogen atom
  • the amino group include an alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • the halogen atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples include a trifluoromethylsulfo-lumino group.
  • alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms one or more hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino group may be of any kind.
  • alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino groups substituted with halogen atoms usually an alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • Killsulfol (alkyl) amino groups are preferred.
  • the halogen atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples include a methyl (trifluoromethylsulfo) amino group.
  • a preferred example is preferred.
  • the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted as described above, or may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group. Or, an amino group substituted with two alkyl groups is preferred.
  • the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group as described above. Preferred is an amino group substituted with one alkyl group. In still another embodiment, the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted as described above, or may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group. U, preferably an amino group substituted with one alkyl group and one lower alkyl group.
  • a dimethylamino group, a jetylamino group, an ethylmethylamino group, a methoxyethylamino group, a methyl (methoxyethyl) amino group, a hydroxyethylamino group, or a hydroxyethyl (methyl) amino group is preferred.
  • Particularly preferred examples include dimethylamino group, methoxyethylamino group, and hydroxyethylamino group.
  • 1 or 2 substituted may be substituted in an amino group substituted with an aryl group !, or may be an aryl group, which will be described later, may be substituted as an aryl group. Preferred examples are preferred.
  • an amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted aryl groups an amino group substituted with one preferred example of the aforementioned aryl group is preferred! /.
  • a phenylamino group As an example, mention may be made of a phenylamino group.
  • Substituted, aryl, and substituted ! may! /, Amino groups substituted with alkyl groups, substituted, and preferred aryl groups, for example Similarly, the substituent in the alkyl group which may be substituted is the above-described substituted group. ! However, preferred examples of alkyl groups are preferred. Substituted !, may, or aryl groups and may be substituted, alkylamino groups substituted with alkyl groups include substituted! Alkylamino groups substituted with aryl groups. Is preferred. Particular preference is given to the methyl (phenyl) amino group as an example.
  • amino group substituted with an acyl group include an acetylylamino group, a propanoylamino group, a butanoylamino group, and a phenylacetylamino group.
  • Substituted may be an amino group substituted with an alkylsulfol group, and substituted
  • the substituent of the alkyl sulfo group in the alkyl amino group substituted with the alkyl sulfo group may be substituted as described later !, may! /, The substitution in the alkyl sulfo group.
  • Preferred examples of groups are preferred.
  • Particularly preferable examples of the amino group substituted and substituted with an alkylsulfol group include a methanesulfonylamino group, a trifluoromethanesulfo-lumino group, a methyl (methanesulfol) amino group, or Mention may be made of methyl (trifluoromethanesulfol) amino group.
  • the substituent in the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group may be substituted when the substitution position of the substituent is on the alkyl group, the substituent may be substituted as described above. Preferred examples of the substituent are preferred, or when the substitution position of the substituent is on the nitrogen atom of the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group, the substituent is a preferred example of the alkyl group which may be substituted as described above. Or a hydrogen atom is preferred. Replaced! However, there may be one or more substituents in the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group, and each may be independently the same or different.
  • alkylcarbamoylamino group a group in which one substituent exists and the substitution position is on the alkyl group is preferable. Particularly preferred examples include ethylcarbamoylamino group and methylcarbamoylamino group.
  • the alkylthio group may be a ruberamoylamino group! It is the same as the respective cases corresponding to the examples of the alkyl power ruberamoylamino group.
  • Particularly preferred examples include an ethylthio-powered ruberamoylamino group or a methylthio-powered ruberamoylamino group.
  • the alkyloxycarbolamino group is preferably preferred! /, And examples thereof are the same as in the respective cases corresponding to the examples of the alkyl power ruberamoylamino group.
  • Particularly preferred examples include an ethoxycarbo-amino group or a methoxycarbo-amino group.
  • the optionally substituted allyl force ruberamoylamino group is preferably a group that is present as a substituent on the allyl force ruberamoylamino group and the substitution position is on the allyl group.
  • a particularly preferred example is an optionally substituted phenylcarbamoylamino group.
  • the arylo-powered ruberamoylamino group Even if it is substituted, it is preferable to use the arylo-powered ruberamoylamino group, and examples thereof are the same as those in the respective examples corresponding to the above-mentioned examples of the arylo-powered ruberamoylamino group.
  • the aryloxycarbo-lamino groups are preferred! /, And examples thereof are the same as those in the respective cases corresponding to the above-described examples of the aryl force ruberamoylamino groups.
  • Particular preference is given to mention, as an example, a substituted thiol-molybamoylamino group.
  • the substituent in the acyl group may be the same force as the substituent in the alkyl group that may be substituted, in particular, one or more halogen atoms are preferred. Yes.
  • the optionally substituted acyl group is preferably an acyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. From 2 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. An acyl group of 5 is preferred. When substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. A suitable example is a trifluoroacetyl group.
  • the acyl group includes an acetyl group, a propanol group, a butanol group, a 2-methyl propanol group, a cyclopropyl carbonyl group, a pentanoyl group, and a 3-methyl butanol group.
  • Group, 2,2-dimethylpropanol group, cyclobutylcarbol group, etc. are preferred, more preferably acetyl group, propanol group, or 2,2-dimethylpropanol group, particularly preferably acetyl group.
  • Group or a propanol group is preferred, more preferably acetyl group, propanol group, or 2,2-dimethylpropanol group.
  • the above-mentioned substituted! Is preferably one having an oxygen atom attached to the terminal of the acyl group.
  • a suitable example is a trifluoroacetoxy group.
  • substituted! May be used.
  • the acyloxy group include acetoxy group, propanoyloxy group, butanoyloxy group, 2-methylpropanoyloxy group, cyclopropyl group sulfonyloxy group, and pentanoyloxy group.
  • 3-methylbutanoyloxy group, 2,2-dimethylpropanoyloxy group, cyclobutylcarboxoxy group, etc. are more preferable, acetooxy group, propanoloxy group, or 2 1,2-dimethylpropanoyloxy group, particularly preferably acetooxy group or propanoyloxy group.
  • the substituent in the optionally substituted alkylsulfier group is the same force as the substituent in the above optionally substituted alkyl group, and particularly preferably one or more halogen atoms.
  • the optionally substituted alkylsulfiel group is preferably an alkylsulfinyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms arbitrarily substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred. 1 to 4 alkylsulfier groups are preferred!
  • the halogen atoms may be the same or different.
  • a preferred example is a trifluoromethanesulfinyl group.
  • alkylsulfur group examples include methylsulfyl group, ethylsulfuryl group, n-propylsulfuryl group, isopropylsulfuryl group.
  • cyclopropylsulfuryl group n-butylsulfuryl group, isobutylsulfuryl group, s-butylsulfuryl group, t-butylsulfuryl group, cycloptylsulfuryl group, or cyclopropylmethylsulfuryl group More preferred examples of which are preferred include methylsulfyl group or ethylsulfuryl group, and particularly preferred is methylsulfuryl group.
  • the substituent in the optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group is the same force as the substituent in the above optionally substituted alkyl group, and particularly preferably one or more halogen atoms.
  • the substituted alkylsulfonyl group is preferably an alkylsulfonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is 1-4.
  • the alkylsulfol group is preferred! When two or more halogen atoms are substituted, the halogen atoms may be the same or different.
  • a suitable example is a trifluoromethanesulfonyl group.
  • the alkylsulfol group may be substituted !, methylsulfol group, ethylsulfol group, n-propylsulfol group, isopropylsulfol group, cyclopropyl group.
  • a sulfo group, an n-butyl sulfo group, an isobutyl sulfo group, an s-butyl sulfonyl group, a t-butyl sulfo group, a cyclobutyl sulfo group, or a cyclopropyl methyl sulfonyl group is preferred. More preferable examples include a methylsulfol group or an ethylsulfol group, and a methylsulfol group is particularly preferable.
  • Substituted in the aryl ring may be substituted, and the substituent in the aryl group may be a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, Halogen atom, alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkoxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms
  • Substituted alkylamino groups, acylamino groups, acyl (alkyl) amino groups, alkylsulfo-amino groups, alkyls Preferred are a sulfonyl (alkyl) amino group, an alkyl sulfo-lamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, or an alkyl sulfonyl (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Take as an example.
  • Substituted ! may be an aryl ring, may be substituted !, or an aryl group may be the aforementioned aryl group or aryl group having the above-mentioned substituents.
  • Preferred examples include a reel ring and an aryl group.
  • Ar 1 represents a furyl group, a phenyl group, a triazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, or a benzothiazolyl group, and Ar 1 may be substituted.
  • Ar 1 is substituted, even I, being a tooth replacement, Nakutemoyo, but, Ar 1 is substituted!, Rukoto is good Masui.
  • Ar 1 is particularly preferably a furyl group, a chenyl group, or a thiazolyl group, more preferably a furyl group or a chenyl group, and even more preferably a chenyl group.
  • Ar1 -9 A -10 Ar1 -11 Ar1 -12 A -13 A -14 is preferred
  • Ar1-4 Ar1-5 Ar1-8 is particularly preferred.
  • Ar1-23 Ar1-24 AM -25 A -26 Ar1-27 A -28 is preferred,
  • Arl-19 Is particularly preferred.
  • Ar1-31 Ar 32 Ar1-38 Ar1-39 Ar 40 A ⁇ 1 is more preferred
  • AM-47 Ar1-48 Ar1, 49 A -51 are particularly preferred.
  • Ar 68 A -70 AM -71 is particularly preferred.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, Group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group.
  • An optionally substituted alkylsulfol group, an optionally substituted aryl group, —CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 may be the same or different, and each independently.
  • a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted may represent an aryl group, or R 11 and R 12 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to form an NR 11 ) (R 12 ) represents a cyclic amine.
  • R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, or R 13 and R 14 Together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine. ) Is any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of 1) or 2 groups, more preferably 1 group. In another embodiment, two groups are more preferable. When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent is more preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or optionally substituted.
  • the substituent When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent includes: a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted Preferred is an amino group which may be substituted, and any group selected from the group which may be substituted or may also be an acyl group. There are also embodiments.
  • the substituent is a group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted amino group]. There is another embodiment in which any group selected is more preferable.
  • Ar 1 when Ar 1 is substituted, as the substituent, [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted or optionally alkoxy group] any group selected from the group consisting of There are other preferred embodiments.
  • the substituent is particularly preferably an optionally substituted alkoxy group.
  • Ar 1 when Ar 1 is substituted, there is another embodiment in which an amino group which may be substituted is particularly preferable as the substituent.
  • the substituent in Ar 1 is substituted or an amino group, it is not particularly limited as long as it is an amino group as described above, but it is not particularly limited, but —NH group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group
  • an acylamino group an acyl (alkyl) amino group, an alkylsulfolumino group, an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group, an alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, and one or more halogens
  • An alkylsulfo-amino group optionally substituted with an atom or an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred and Ar 1 is substituted
  • CON (R 11 ) (R 12 ) R 11 and R 12 are as defined above) is particularly preferable as the substituent.
  • a halogen atom is particularly preferable as the substituent.
  • the halogen atom is particularly preferably bromine, preferably fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • chlorine or fluorine is preferred as the halogen atom.
  • chlorine is preferred as the halogen atom, and there is another embodiment in which fluorine is further preferred.
  • the substituents may be the same or different.
  • a particularly preferred combination of the above is a case where Ar 1 is a chaer group and is substituted with one halogen atom, and has the above-mentioned Arl-19 bonding mode.
  • Ar 2 represents E—Ar 21 —GQ (Ar 21 represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkene group; and Q represents a carboxy group.
  • Group, CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group; However, it may be an aryl group, or R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ).
  • R 41 is a hydroxyl group
  • R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group.
  • Or —COOR 43 R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group).
  • -E-Ar 21 -G 2 -G- Q E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above, G 2 is —O, S—, SO—, —SO—,
  • R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, or an optionally substituted sulfol group).
  • Ar 2 may be substituted.
  • Ar 2 one as E-Ar 21 - GQ, one E-Ar 21 - G 2 -GQ , or [monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring other than Birazorinore radical can be mentioned, E- Ar 21 - GQ or one E —Ar 21 —G 2 —G —Q is preferred, and E—Ar 21 —GQ is more preferred. Further, E—Ar 21 —G 2 -G—Q is more preferred, and there is another embodiment.
  • Ar 2 is substituted !, may! /, And is substituted !, and may not be !, but Ar 2 is preferably substituted! There is also another embodiment in which substitution is preferred.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyan group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, and an optionally substituted alkoxy carbo group.
  • An optionally substituted acyl group, a substituted may be an alkylsulfier group, a substituted !, may!
  • R 13 and R 14 may be the same or different, and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Or R 13 and R 14 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine.) Any one or more selected from the group consisting of Group, more preferably halogen An atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted Alkoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted acyl group, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, optionally substituted aryl group, —CO
  • R 14 is as defined above), more preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group.
  • the amino group may be any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of When Ar 2 is substituted, the substituent is particularly preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or an optionally substituted alkylthio group. .
  • Ar 2 is one or more groups selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, substituted, alkyl group, and substituted !, may! /, Alkoxy group]. There is another embodiment in which it is particularly preferably substituted by.
  • the halogen atom is particularly preferably bromine, preferably fluorine, chlorine or bromine.
  • chlorine or fluorine is preferred as the halogen atom.
  • chlorine is preferable as the halogen atom
  • fluorine is more preferable.
  • Ar 2 is substituted with a plurality of substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.
  • Ar 2 is substituted, it is preferred that it is substituted with one or two groups. It is more preferred that it is substituted with one group. There is also another embodiment in which substitution with two groups is more preferred.
  • Replacement which may also be a substituent on Ar 2 is to connexion bond such together with a portion of another Ar 2 on optionally substituted substituent or Ar 2,, or connexion same such together It may be combined with an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom to form a ring.
  • Substituents on Ar 2 is connexion bond such together with a portion of the Ar 2, or together such connexion same oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or as an example of joined to form a ring with nitrogen atom is A case where Ar 2 is a phthalimido-5-yl group or a 1,4-dioxo 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrophthalazine-6-yl group can be exemplified.
  • the alkyl groups may be joined together to form a ring.
  • examples of the substitution position of the substituent include substitutable positions on Ar 2 .
  • the substitution position of the substituent is preferably E, Ar 21 , or G.
  • Ar 21 Or, it is more preferable to be on Ar 21 which is more preferable on G.
  • Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q, Ar 2 is substituted, the substitution position of the substituent is on G, and G is an alkylene group
  • a preferred example is the same force as that exemplified in the substituent of Ar 2 above.
  • two bonds formed by removing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon on the alkylene group are joined together. An example in which they are bonded to the same oxygen atom and substituted as an oxo isomer can also be mentioned as a preferred example.
  • Ar 21 examples include a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferred.
  • E include a single bond or a lower alkylene group, and a single bond, a methylene group, a single bond in which an ethylene group is preferable, or a single bond in which an ethylene group is more preferable is more preferable.
  • G include a single bond, a lower alkylene group, and a lower alkylene group, and a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a beylene group are preferred, a single bond, a methylene group, Or, a single bond in which a beylene group is more preferable or a methylene group in which a methylene group is more preferable is particularly preferable.
  • G is more preferably a lower alkylene group, preferably a single bond or a lower alkylene group.
  • E is a single bond and [G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group].
  • E is a single bond and G is a lower alkylene group. It is more preferable that
  • ⁇ 21-13 is preferred
  • AT21-1 ⁇ 21-15 is even more preferred
  • Ar21-1 Is particularly preferred.
  • Q include a carboxy group, CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ), or —COOR 43 , and a carboxy group or a carboxy group that is preferred to —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) is more preferred. I like it.
  • R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted, an alkyl group, or a substituted !, may! /, Aryl R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 41 ) (R 42 ) represents a cyclic amine. However, when R 41 is a hydroxyl group, R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group. R 41 is most preferably a hydrogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a hydrogen atom more preferably a methyl group. R 42 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl group or substituted!
  • an aryl group that may be substituted with an aryl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group. More preferred are an atom, a hydroxyl group, or a methyl group.
  • R 43 substituted !, may be an alkyl group, or may be substituted, an aryl group may be mentioned as a specific example, and an optionally substituted alkyl group is preferred.
  • G 2 is one O, one S, one SO—, one SO—, or NR G21 — (R G21 is a hydrogen atom, substituted Optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted
  • an optionally substituted acyl group or an optionally substituted sulfol group. There is no particular limitation, but O—, —S—, or —NH is particularly preferred. Further, R G21 in —NR G21 — is more preferably a hydrogen atom. Preferred examples of E, Ar 21 , G, and Q when Ar 2 is one E—Ar 21 —G 2 —GQ are the same as described above.
  • Ar 2 represents a carboxyphenyl group, a carboxyalkyl phenyl group, a carboxy naphthyl group, a carboxyalkyl naphthyl group, or [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than virazolyl group], Ar 2 is substituted, Moyo ⁇ .
  • Ar 2 is preferably a carboxyphenyl group, a carboxyalkylphenyl group, or a carboxycinnaftyl group.
  • Ar 2 may be a carboxyphenol group or a carboxyalkyl group.
  • a phenyl group or [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than virazolyl group] is preferred.
  • a carboxyphenol group is particularly preferred.
  • a carboxyalkylphenyl group is particularly preferable as Ar 2 .
  • a carboxynaphthyl group is particularly preferred as Ar 2 , and there is another embodiment.
  • Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl furol group or a carboxyalkyl naphthyl group
  • the “alkyl” in these groups preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. More preferably, one or two is even more preferable, and one is particularly preferable.
  • Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl phenyl group
  • Ar2-23 Ar2-24 Ar2-25 Ar2-26 is preferred
  • Ar 2 is a carboxynaphthyl group
  • Ar2-30 is particularly preferred.
  • the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyan group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted group.
  • R 11 and R 12 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, Alternatively R 11 and R 12 Forming a connexion 3-7 membered ring such the cord shows a cyclic amine as NR 11) (R 12). ), And -SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13
  • R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, or R 13 and R 14 Together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine. Any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group.
  • the substituent is particularly preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkoxy group.
  • Ar 2 with multiple substituents When substituted, the substituents may be the same or different.
  • the combination is that Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl phenyl group and is an alkyl group-powered methylene group, and is substituted with one halogen atom on the phenyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl.
  • a group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted, optionally, alkylsulfier group, or a substituted !, may! /, Alkylsulfol Indicates a group.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably an alkyl group which may be substituted, or V which is substituted, or a alkenyl group! R 1 is substituted !, may!
  • R 2 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a lower alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • An alkenyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or an aryl group, and an ethyl group or an aryl group is particularly preferable.
  • the aryl group is most preferred.
  • an ethyl group is most preferred.
  • a methyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group is most preferred.
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group.
  • R 3 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom, preferably a lower alkyl group, or more preferably a methyl group.
  • Ar 1 is substituted with —CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above);
  • ⁇ 19> 1 ⁇ is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms
  • ⁇ 20> a compound in which R 2 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
  • R 2 is a lower alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms
  • ⁇ 24> a compound which is ⁇ 1> and ⁇ 8> above;
  • ⁇ 32> a compound which is ⁇ 2> and ⁇ 7> above;
  • ⁇ 33> a compound which is ⁇ 2> and ⁇ 8> above;
  • ⁇ 34> a compound which is ⁇ 2> and ⁇ 9> above;
  • ⁇ 41> a compound which is ⁇ 4> and ⁇ 7> above;
  • Ar 2 is a compound that is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q;
  • Ar 21 is a naphthalene ring
  • Ar 2 is substituted with a hydroxyl group
  • ⁇ 74> 1 ⁇ is a lower alkyl group
  • ⁇ 78> A compound according to any one of ⁇ 9> and ⁇ 54> to ⁇ 61>, and ⁇ 8>;
  • ⁇ 95> A compound that is ⁇ 94> in any one of ⁇ 15> to ⁇ 18>, ⁇ 71> to ⁇ 73>, and ⁇ 86> to ⁇ 90>;
  • R 2 is a compound which is a hydroxymethyl group or an ethoxymethyl group
  • ⁇ 104> a compound in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted with a lower alkylsulfier group
  • ⁇ 105> a compound in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted by a lower alkylsulfol group; ⁇ 106> a compound in which R 2 is an ethyl group;
  • ⁇ 107> A compound which is ⁇ 96> in any of the above ⁇ 100> to ⁇ 106>; ⁇ 108> A compound which is ⁇ 97> in any of the above ⁇ 100> to ⁇ 106>; ⁇ 109> In any of ⁇ 107> and ⁇ 108>, a compound wherein ⁇ 22>.
  • the compound of the present invention is a novel compound not described in the literature.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, by the following method, but the production method of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited. However, since the progress of the reaction can be easily traced by a known analysis means, it may be terminated when the yield of the target product is maximized.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, according to the reverse synthesis route of the following reaction route.
  • the general formula (2) [—in the general formula (2), R 3 is as defined above, and Ar la , Ar 2a , R la , and R 2a are Each of them is synonymous with Ar 1 Ar 2 , R 1 , and R 2 , or one or more groups thereof may be protected.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) can be produced by simultaneously or sequentially deprotecting all protecting groups. The deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method such as the method described in Protective Groups organic synthesis, John Wiley and 3 ⁇ 4ons fll (1999).
  • the general formula (3) [in the general formula (3), Ar la , R la , and R 2a are as defined above.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is used in the compound represented by the general formula (3).
  • the power of 1Z10 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z5 equivalents to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalents to 3 equivalents. Purity, yield, purification efficiency, etc. of the compound represented by the general formula (2) May be designed as appropriate.
  • an acid addition salt such as hydrochloric acid
  • the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, and sulfuric acid, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and P-toluenesulfonic acid.
  • Acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid is a preferred example. It is done.
  • the acid dose is preferably an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound represented by the general formula (3), for example, 1 to 10 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 20 equivalents. Preferably as an excess, for example a solvent Can be used in quantities.
  • Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetonitrile.
  • Preferred examples include black mouth form, toluene, and tetrahydrofuran.
  • reaction conditions include conditions where acetic acid is used in a solvent amount.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 to 60 hours, and examples thereof.
  • the compound shown can be produced by reacting the compound represented by the general formula (3) and the compound represented by the general formula (4) in the presence of a base.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is used with respect to the compound represented by the general formula (3).
  • 10 to 10 equivalents of 1Z can be used, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents of 1Z, more preferably 1 to 3 equivalents
  • Bases include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or 1,8 diazabicyclo [5.4.0.
  • Undekar 7 Organic bases such as Undekar 7 are listed, and 1,8 diazabicyclo [5. 4. 0] Unde force 7-Yen is preferred U, for example.
  • the dose of the base is preferably equivalent or excessive to the compound represented by the general formula (3), for example, 1 to 10 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 20 equivalents.
  • reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, preferably 1 to 60 hours, and is exemplified.
  • Q in Ar 2 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in general formula (2) It is synonymous.
  • the compound is represented by Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2) [Q is as defined above].
  • DCC dicyclohexylcarbodiimide
  • Q Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2) is as defined above.
  • the compound has the same meaning as defined above for Q [Q in Ar 2 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in general formula (2). ] Can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount relative to the compound showing a carboxy group, and examples thereof include 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents. It is also desirable to add an auxiliary agent to the condensation reaction. Hydroxybenzotriazole (HO BT).
  • the base include trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, and pyridine. Preferred is triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, or pyridine.
  • Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, pyridine, and dimethylformamide. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. Preferred is dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 80 ° C to 100 ° C. Although reaction time is not specifically limited, Usually, 1 to 96 hours are illustrated, and 2 to 48 hours are preferable examples. Ammonia, primary amine, secondary amine, or hydroxyamine in the reaction may be protected.
  • protected hydroxylated amine may be O- (2-methoxypropane-2-yl. ) Hydroxyamine, and the protecting group can be deprotected according to a known method (Mori, K., Tetrahedron, 44, 6013 (1988)).
  • Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is, be also good Ariru or substituted optionally be substituted
  • Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine. It can also be produced from a compound. The production can be carried out under the known Suzuki reaction conditions or under the Heck reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are described in known literature (RFHeck, Organic Reactions, 27, 345 (1 982)., RFHeck, Palladium Reagents in urganic Synthesis). , Academic Press, 1985., N. Miyaura et.al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 107, 972 (1985)., N. Miyaya, A. Suzuki, Chem. R ev. 95, 2457 (1995) ) Etc.
  • a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an optionally substituted alkyl group in this case, in the compound, Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) may be substituted, an alkenyl group or a substituted group. Substituted by an alkyl group! It can also be produced from these compounds.
  • the production method include a method using catalytic hydrogen reduction.
  • the catalytic hydrogen reduction can be carried out using a catalyst in a solvent under a hydrogen atmosphere.
  • the catalyst include palladium-carbon, acid platinum, platinum-carbon, palladium hydroxide and the like.
  • the solvent used for the reaction examples include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, and ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or methanol is preferred. It is also preferable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from –80 ° C to 100 ° C. The temperature is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 hours and 48 hours, and examples are given.
  • the compound can also be produced from the compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine.
  • the production can be carried out via a known Buchwald-Hart wig reaction, and the reaction conditions are known (AR Mud, S ⁇ . Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131 (2002). JF Hartwig, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046 (1998)., D. Baranano, G.
  • the product may be obtained in a state where the amino group is protected.
  • a derivative having an amino group can be produced by appropriately performing a deprotection reaction.
  • a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an electrophile is reacted with an electrophile. It can also be manufactured.
  • electrophiles include acyl chloride, acyl bromide, acid anhydride, alkylsulfonyl chloride, alkyl sulfonic acid anhydride, aryl chloride sulfone, aryl sulfonic acid anhydride, isocyanate, isothiocyanate, and power rubamoyl chloride. Or black formate.
  • the electrophile is used in an equivalent or excess amount relative to the compound in which Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group.
  • 1 to 10 equivalents are preferred, and preferably 1 to 3 equivalents.
  • a base can be used, and the base may be either an organic or inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, Examples thereof include trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, and pyridine.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound substituted with the amino group. More preferably, 1 to 100 equivalents, particularly preferably 1 to 10 equivalents are exemplified.
  • An inert solvent can be used as a solvent used in the reaction. Examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from ⁇ 10 ° C. to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually exemplified by 0.2 to 24 hours, and preferably 1 to 5 hours.
  • the general formula (2) General formula corresponding to Ar 2a moiety in (1) of Ar 2 guard E-Ar 21 - G- is Q, and G is A compound which is an alkylene group and has two bonds formed by removing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon on the alkylene group, bonded together to the same oxygen atom and substituted as an oxo isomer for, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (2) Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponds to Ar 2a moiety in guard E-Ar 21 - G- is Q, And G is an alkylene group, and is produced by subjecting a compound substituted on the alkylene group by a hydroxyl group to an oxidation reaction. Can do. Examples of the oxidation reaction include a method using a Dess-Martin reagent, a Swern acid method, or an acid method using chromic acid. These acid methods can be easily carried out by those skilled in the art.
  • Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is a compound substituted by an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group
  • a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an acyl group is subjected to a reduction reaction. It can be manufactured by providing.
  • the reducing conditions include hydride reduction.
  • the hydride reduction condition include a condition in which a metal hydride is reacted in the presence of an acid if necessary.
  • Examples of the metal hydride include hydrosilane such as triethylsilane, sodium borohydride, sodium tellurium hydride and the like.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) among the compounds represented by the general formula (2) is substituted with an acyl group.
  • the compound can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount with respect to the compound, and examples thereof include 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents, preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents.
  • the reaction can be carried out in the presence of an acid, which may be either an organic or inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, Or, boron trifluoride 'diethyl ether complex may be mentioned, and trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.
  • an acid which may be either an organic or inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, Or, boron trifluoride 'diethyl ether complex may be mentioned, and trifluoroacetic acid is preferred.
  • the amount of acid, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) that corresponds to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted by Ashiru group It can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount with respect to the compound, and is preferably 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalent
  • Examples of the solvent used for the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxetane, methanol, and ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 80 ° C to 100 ° C. Preferably, it is 0 ° C to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 1 to 48 hours is exemplified, and 3 hours A preferred example is 24 hours in between.
  • Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (2) in is replaced by an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an alkenyl group. It can be produced by subjecting the compound to a hydroxylation reaction by a hydroboration reaction. The hydroxylation reaction by hydroboration reaction can be easily performed by those skilled in the art.
  • the general formula (2) compound represented by Amino groups Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (2) it is substituted with alkyl group which may be substituted for compounds that have been substituted in, the compounds of the general formula (2) a r 1 of the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety is substituted with Amino group Ru compound in an alkylating agent If necessary, it can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
  • the alkylating agent for example, a corresponding alkyl halide can be used, and examples thereof include alkyl iodide, alkyl bromide, alkyl chloride, 2-bromoethyl methyl ether and the like.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) in the compound represented by the general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. It is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount with respect to the compound in question, for example, 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 equivalent to 3 equivalents.
  • a base can be used, and the base may be either an organic or inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, Examples thereof include trimethylamine, triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, and 2,6-lutidine.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound substituted with an amino group. More preferably, it is 1 equivalent to 100 equivalents. More preferably, it is 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents.
  • An inert solvent can be used as a solvent used in the reaction. Examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate.
  • reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from ⁇ 10 ° C. to 50 ° C.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually from 0.2 hours to 24 hours, and preferably from 1 hour to 5 hours.
  • a compound in which Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group substituted with an optionally substituted alkyl group is generally
  • a compound in which Ar 1 in formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in formula (2) is substituted with an amino group is added to a solvent in the presence of an aldehyde or ketone, and optionally in the presence of an acid. It can also be produced by reductive amination reaction conditions in which a reducing agent acts. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, and acetonitrile.
  • Methanol or acetonitrile is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents.
  • aldehyde or ketone include formaldehyde, acetoaldehyde, and acetone.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. It is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount with respect to the compound, more preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents.
  • Acetic acid or an acidic buffer solution is preferred as the acid to be used as necessary.
  • Sodium cyanobium hydride is preferred as a reducing agent.
  • reaction temperature is usually from -20 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably from -10 ° C to 50 ° C. Although reaction time is not specifically limited, Usually, 0.2 to 36 hours are illustrated, and 1 to 24 hours are preferable examples.
  • Ammin and Examples thereof include N, N, monodimethyl-1,2-diaminocyclohexane and the like, and a catalytic amount is preferably used.
  • An inert solvent such as dioxane or tetrahydrofuran can be used as the solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is exemplified by 1 to 50 hours, preferably 3 to 30 hours.
  • the compounds represented by the general formula (2) when Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is a compound which is substituted by chlorine, the compounds have the general formula It can be produced by reacting a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la part in (2) is substituted with bromine and copper chloride.
  • An example of a preferable copper salt is copper (I) chloride, and it is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount.
  • an inert solvent such as N, N-dimethylformamide, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran can be used.
  • the reaction temperature is preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is exemplified from 1 to 50 hours, preferably 3 to 30 hours U.
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (2) is optionally substituted alkyl - substituted with Le group
  • the compound can also be produced from the compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine.
  • the production can be carried out under the known Sonogashira reaction conditions.
  • the reaction conditions the known literature (K. Sonogashira, et al. Tetrahedron lett., 50, 4467 (1975)., J. Organomet Chem., 653, 46 (2002).).
  • Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl - is substituted by Le group
  • Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) may be substituted or substituted with an alkylthio group. It can also be produced by reacting a compound with an oxidizing agent in a solvent. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrasalt-carbon, and the like. Preferred is dichloromethane. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 80 ° C. to 100 ° C. The temperature is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 hour force is also exemplified by 48 hours, and 0.3 to 24 hours is preferable. A good example.
  • the general formula (5) [In the general formula (5), Ar la , R la , and R 2a are as defined above. Can be produced by reacting in the presence of a cross-linking agent.
  • a cross-linking agent there may be mentioned acid salts such as phosphorus oxychloride, sodium chloride, or oxalyl chloride.
  • the acid salt is preferably phosphorus oxychloride.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent used can be 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the compound represented by the general formula (5). is there.
  • the reaction is also preferably carried out in the presence of an amine such as triethylamine or ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylamine, and the equivalent of amine at this time is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 10 equivalents. More preferably, it is 1 to 3 equivalents.
  • an amine such as triethylamine or ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylamine
  • Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butylacetate, and acetonitrile. In another embodiment, it is also preferable to use the cross-linking agent as a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 hours to 100 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 hours to 10 hours.
  • the compound can be produced from a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxyl group.
  • the production can be carried out under known Mitsunobu reaction conditions, and the reaction conditions are known (Mitsunobu, 0., Synthesis, 1981, 1 "Hughes, DL, Org. React., 42, 335 (1992). ) Etc.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) when Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxyl group, the compound is represented by the general formula (3). It can be produced from a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety of is substituted with a methoxy group.
  • the production method is a demethylation reaction as a deprotection method. For example, Protective Groups in Or ganic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons flj (1999).
  • Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) may be substituted with an alkyl group, or may be substituted with an aminomethyl group
  • the compound is a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group, in the presence of a base in a solvent, if necessary, in the presence of primary or 2 It can be produced by reacting a grade amine.
  • the base used as necessary include triethylamine.
  • the primary or secondary amine can be used in an amount equivalent to 1 equivalent or excess of the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group.
  • reaction temperature can usually be 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to 100 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 to 100 hours is exemplified, and 1 to 30 hours are preferred examples.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) when Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group, the compound is represented by the general formula (3). It can be produced by reacting a compound obtained by substituting Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety with a hydroxymethyl group in the presence of a cross-linking agent.
  • the cross-linking agent include acid salts such as phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, and salt oxalyl.
  • the acid chloride is preferably phosphorus oxychloride.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent used can be from 1Z10 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z5 based on the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la part in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxymethyl group Equivalent to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalent to 3 equivalents.
  • the amount of the cross-linking agent used is excessive with respect to the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxymethyl group. It is also preferable to use an amount, for example, as a solvent.
  • the reaction is also preferably carried out in the presence of an amine such as triethylamine or ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylamine, and the equivalent of the amine at this time is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 10 equivalents. More preferably, it is ⁇ 3 equivalents.
  • the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetonitrile.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 to 100 hours is exemplified, and 0.5 hour force is also a preferred example of 10 hours.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (3) can be used with a protective group introduced or deprotected as necessary.
  • the introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups Organic Synthesis ⁇ John Wiley anaions (1999).
  • Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) include commercially available 4-aminobenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich), 6 amino-2-naphthalene carboxylic acid (manufactured by Oakwood), 4 aminophenylacetic acid (manufactured by Aldrich), 4- Amino-1-methoxybenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich) and the like can be used.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) can also be produced by subjecting the corresponding nitro compound to a reduction reaction.
  • the reduction reaction include a method using catalytic hydrogen reduction or a method using a metal-hydrogen complex compound.
  • the catalytic hydrogen reduction can be carried out using a catalyst in a solvent in a hydrogen atmosphere.
  • the catalyst include palladium-carbon, acid platinum, platinum carbon, palladium hydroxide and the like.
  • the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetinoreethenole, tetrahydrofuran, dixanthane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, and ethanol.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from 80 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C.
  • Reaction time is Although not particularly limited, usually 1 to 96 hours are exemplified, and 3 to 48 hours are preferable examples.
  • the reduction reaction with the metal hydride complex can be carried out in a solvent by adding additives as necessary.
  • Preferred examples of the metal hydride complex include sodium borohydride.
  • the metal hydride complex can be used in an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the nitro compound, preferably 1 to 10 equivalents.
  • Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, or ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or methanol is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. It is preferable to use Lewis acid or metal salt as an additive, and preferable examples include nickel salt.
  • the additive may be used in an excess amount of a catalytic amount relative to the -tro compound, and is preferably 0.01 to 1 equivalent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 80 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from ⁇ 20 ° C. to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 24 hours.
  • the -tro compound in the reaction include commercially available compounds such as Ethyl 4-nitrophenyl glyoxylate (Lancaster).
  • Corresponding -tro compounds can also be prepared by the -troation reaction of aromatic compounds.
  • the nitration reaction can be carried out by reacting nitric acid or nitrate in sulfuric acid, and can be carried out based on known reaction conditions.
  • the intermediate body which has a carboxymethyl group among this nitro compound can be manufactured with the following method. First, for the corresponding bromo compound, trimethylsilylacetonitrile, metal complexes such as Pd (dba), complex such as Xantphos, etc.
  • a cyanomethyl compound is produced by using a body ligand and a metal salt such as zinc fluoride.
  • the production can be carried out by a known method (Wu, Shi et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 127, 15824- (2005).).
  • a carboxymethyl compound can be produced by carrying out a hydrolysis reaction on the cyanomethyl compound.
  • the hydrolysis reaction can be carried out by allowing water and an acid to act in a solvent.
  • As the amount of water it is more preferable to use an excess amount as a preferred solvent or solvent.
  • the solvent to be used water, THF, 1,4 dioxane, methanol, ethanol and the like are preferable.
  • the acid to be used hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and the like are preferable, and sulfuric acid is more preferable.
  • the amount of acid used is the cyanome It is preferable to use an excess amount relative to the chill form. Specifically, a method in which an aqueous solution obtained by diluting concentrated sulfuric acid with water twice is used as a solvent.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 1 to 10 hours.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) can also be produced by a commercially available halogen compound via the known Buchwald Hartwig reaction, and the reaction conditions are known (AR Muci, S ⁇ . Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131 (2002)., JFHartwig, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046 (1998)., D. Baranano, G. Mann, Hartwig, JF Curr. Org. Chem. 1, 287 (1997)., CGFrost, P. Mendonca, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1998, 2615.) and the like.
  • the product may be obtained in a state where the amino group is protected.
  • a derivative having an amino group can be produced by appropriately performing a deprotection reaction.
  • halogenated compounds include Methyl 2- (4-bromophenyl) -2,2-dimethylacetate (Tronto).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (4) can be used after introducing a protecting group if necessary, and certain! / ⁇ can be deprotected.
  • the introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out in accordance with a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups Organic Synthesis ⁇ John Wiley anaions (1999).
  • R la and R 2a are as defined above, and R 4 represents a lower alkyl group.
  • a compound represented by the general formula (7) [-In the general formula (7), Ar la has the same meaning as described above. Can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
  • the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (7) is used with respect to the compound represented by the general formula (6).
  • 10 to 10 equivalents can be used, preferably from 1 to 5 equivalents, more preferably from 0.5 to 2 equivalents, but the purity, yield and purification of the compound represented by the general formula (5) What is necessary is just to design suitably considering efficiency etc.
  • an acid addition salt such as hydrochloric acid.
  • the base used in the reaction is sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide.
  • examples thereof include metal alkoxides, carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or cesium carbonate, metal hydrides such as sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and the like.
  • Sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, or sodium hydride is preferred.
  • Examples of the dose of the base to be used include 1Z5 equivalents to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z2 equivalents to 3 equivalents, relative to the compound represented by the formula (7).
  • Solvents used in the reaction include, for example, ethanol, methanol, propanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol nomonomethylenoateol, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is typically 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 to 36 hours, and is exemplified.
  • R 2 corresponding to R 2a moiety in the general formula (5) [ ⁇ alkoxy group, Ashiruokishi group or have the Amin may be substituted with an alkyl group
  • the compound is obtained by adding an alcohol, a carboxylic acid, or an amine to a compound in which R 2a in general formula (5) is substituted with a bromomethyl group. It can manufacture by making it act as.
  • the alcohol include methanol and ethanol
  • examples of the carboxylic acid include acetic acid
  • examples of the amine include dimethylamine.
  • the nucleophile is an alcohol or a carboxylic acid
  • an amine is used as the nucleophile
  • an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol is used. It is preferable to use an organic solvent Good.
  • the nucleophile used is an alcohol or carboxylic acid, it is desirable to add an acid such as hydrochloric acid as necessary.
  • the equivalent of the nucleophile used is equivalent or excess, preferably 1 to 100 equivalents.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 10 ° C to 50 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours.
  • the compound in which R 2a in the general formula (5) is substituted with a bromomethyl group is different from the compound having the R 2a force S methyl group in the general formula (5) in the presence of a radical initiator in a solvent. It can be produced by reacting N-prosuccinimide (NBS).
  • NBS N-prosuccinimide
  • the solvent include dichloromethane, black mouth form, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, and the like.
  • the radical initiator it is preferable to use a catalytic amount with respect to the compound in which R 2a in the general formula (5) in which 2-2′-azobis (isoptyl-tolyl) is preferred is a methyl group.
  • NBS can be used in an excess amount of 1 equivalent, and preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents.
  • the reaction temperature can usually be carried out at 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (5) can be used after introducing or deprotecting a protecting group, if necessary.
  • the introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis ⁇ John Wiley and Sons (1999).
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) includes, for example, commercially available acetyl acetoacetate (manufactured by Aldrich), benzoyl cetyl acetate (manufactured by Aldrich), 2-benzylacetoacetate ethyl (manufactured by Aldrich), 4,4, 4-Ethylfluoroacetoacetate (Aldrich), Propioleethyl acetate (Aldric h), 2-Cyanacetoacetate (Alfa Aesar), 2-Ethylacetoacetate (Aldrich), etc. And 2-allylacetoacetate acetate obtained by a known method (J. Org.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (7) is, for example, commercially available 2-thiophene carboxymidamide hydrochloride (Maybridge), 3-thiophene carboxymidamide hydrochloride (Maybridge), 3- Furancarboxymidamide hydrochloride (manufactured by Maybridge) can be used, and a commercially available aromatic derivative can be amidinized by a known method (4th edition, Experimental Chemistry Course, 20th and 21st, Maruzen). May be used.
  • a known method (4th edition, Experimental Chemistry Course, 20th and 21st, Maruzen). May be used.
  • 5-methoxythiophene-2-carboxymidamide hydrochloride can be produced from 2-methoxythiophene (Aldrich).
  • a commercially available aromatic derivative is subjected to a formylation reaction to produce an aromatic aldehyde intermediate.
  • the formylation reaction can be carried out under known Vilsmeier reaction conditions.
  • an aromatic-tolyl intermediate is produced by oximation of the aromatic aldehyde intermediate followed by a dehydration reaction.
  • the oximation and dehydration reaction can be produced by reacting hydroxylamine or a salt thereof with an aromatic aldehyde intermediate.
  • a base such as sodium acetate or triethylamine may be used as a reaction accelerator.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (7) can be produced by subjecting the obtained aromatic-tolyl intermediate to an amidinolysis reaction.
  • an amidination reaction a method in which lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide is used, a method in which an aluminum amide compound is allowed to act, or a method in which a metal alkoxide is first acted and then a salt or ammonium is allowed to act. Etc. can be mentioned.
  • the aromatic aldehyde intermediates in the production method in the case where the corresponding Ar 1 is substituted with a bromine atom, the compound is produced by carrying out a bromination reaction on the corresponding aromatic aldehyde compound. can do.
  • the bromination reaction can be carried out by using a brominating agent in a solvent.
  • a preferred example of the brominating agent is bromine. It is preferable to use an acidic solvent as the solvent. Specifically, acetic acid can be mentioned as a more preferable example.
  • the reaction temperature is usually from 20 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 30 ° C.
  • the reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours.
  • the 2-alkylthiothiazole derivative has an alkylthiolate metal salt in the solvent acting on the corresponding 2 bromothiazole derivative. Can be manufactured.
  • alkyl thiolate metal salt examples include sodium methanolate.
  • the dose of the alkylthiolate metal salt is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the 2-bromothiazole derivative.
  • the solvent used in the reaction include ethanol, methanol, propanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, Examples include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, or dimethyl sulfoxide, and ethanol, methanol, or N, N— Dimethylformamide is a preferred example.
  • reaction temperature is usually from ⁇ 50 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 100 ° C.
  • Reaction time is not particularly limited. Generally, 0.1 to 96 hours are exemplified, and 1 to 36 hours are preferable examples.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (6) and the compound represented by the general formula (7) can be used after introducing or deprotecting a protecting group, if necessary.
  • the introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a publicly known force method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, published by John Wiley and Sons (1999).
  • the compound of the present invention and the respective starting materials, compounds, and intermediates thus obtained can be isolated and purified according to conventional methods such as extraction, distillation, and chromatography.
  • a salt thereof can be produced from the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • the method for producing the salt is not particularly limited, and as a method for producing the acid addition salt, for example, the compound of the general formula (1) is dissolved in alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and an equivalent or several times the amount of the acid component is obtained. These acid addition salts can be obtained by adding.
  • the acid component used may be any acid component corresponding to the acid addition salt described below. Hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, citrate, maleic acid, tartaric acid, fumaric acid Suitable examples include pharmacologically acceptable mineral acids or organic acids such as darconic acid or methanesulfonic acid.
  • the acid addition salt in the same manner as in the method for producing the compound, it can be carried out using a base component instead of the acid component.
  • the base component used include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, N-methyl-D-glucamine, N, N, -dibenzylethylenediamine as long as the base component corresponds to the base addition salt described below.
  • Preferable examples include pharmacologically acceptable bases such as min, 2-aminoethanol, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, arginine, or lysine.
  • the type of the salt of the compound of the general formula (1) in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be any of an acid addition salt or a base addition salt, and takes the form of an intramolecular counter ion.
  • the acid addition salt include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, hydrogen sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, kenate, maleate, tartrate, fumarate, dulconate, or Methane sulfonates or addition salts with optically active acids such as camphor sulfonic acid, mandelic acid, or substituted mandelic acids are included.
  • the base addition salt examples include metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, N-methyl-D-dalkamine, N, N, -dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-aminoethanol, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, Examples thereof include addition salts with organic bases such as arginine or lysine.
  • the types of salts are not limited to these and can be selected as appropriate by those skilled in the art. Of these, pharmacologically acceptable salts are preferred.
  • the compound of the present invention may exist as a hydrate or a solvate, and these substances are also included in the scope of the present invention.
  • the compound force represented by the general formula (1) is also used as the prodrug, for example, by using a prodrug reagent such as a corresponding halogen compound, the hydroxyl group and the compound in the compound represented by the general formula (1) Amino group strength It can be produced by appropriately introducing a group constituting a prodrug into one or more selected groups according to a conventional method and then isolating and purifying it according to a conventional method as needed.
  • a group constituting a prodrug can be appropriately introduced into the carboxyl group in the compound represented by the general formula (1) using a prodrug reagent such as a corresponding alcohol or amine according to a conventional method.
  • a prodrug reagent such as a corresponding alcohol or amine according to a conventional method.
  • it may be produced using a protecting group present in the compound represented by the general formula (2).
  • the prodrug of the compound of the general formula (1) in the present invention is not particularly limited, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group constituting a prodrug is introduced into one or more arbitrary groups selected from a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and a carboxyl group of the compound represented by the general formula (1).
  • Examples of the group constituting a prodrug with respect to a hydroxyl group and an amino group include an acyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group.
  • Preferable examples include a acetyl group, a pionyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, or an ethoxycarbonyl group, and an ethoxycarbonyl group is particularly preferable.
  • a acetyl group is preferred, in some embodiments a propiol group is preferred, and in other embodiments a methoxycarbonyl group is preferred.
  • groups constituting prodrugs with respect to force lpoxyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n_propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, amino group. Examples are a group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, or a jetylamino group.
  • Preferable examples include ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group and the like, and ethyl group is particularly preferable. There is also another embodiment in which an n-propyl group is particularly preferred. There is also another embodiment in which an isopropyl group is preferred.
  • the compound represented by the general formula (1) may have an asymmetric carbon.
  • the stereochemistry of these asymmetric carbons is not particularly limited, and may be either S configuration or R configuration, or a mixture of both! /.
  • Stereoisomers such as optically active forms or diastereoisomers in pure form based on these asymmetric carbons, any mixture of stereoisomers, racemates, etc. are all included in the scope of the present invention.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof has a strong PDE4 activity inhibitory action as shown in Test Example 1 described later, and has a high activity. Because it has metabolic stability, it is useful as an active ingredient in medicine. Inhibition of PDE4 activity is known to elevate intracellular cAMP concentration and to elicit effects that prevent, treat and Z or ameliorate many diseases. For example, it suppresses the activity of inflammatory cells (eosinophils, neutrophils, monocytes, macrophages, mast cells, CD4 + T lymphocytes, CD8 + T lymphocytes).
  • inflammatory cells eosinophils, neutrophils, monocytes, macrophages, mast cells, CD4 + T lymphocytes, CD8 + T lymphocytes.
  • TNF-a tumor necrosis factor a
  • the compound of the present invention is considered to be effective for the prevention and alleviation of many inflammatory, allergic or immune system related diseases.
  • TNF-a is known as a causative agent for many inflammatory diseases.
  • LPS polysaccharide
  • Specific uses of the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof include asthma, chronic obstructive disease (COPD), pneumoconiosis as a respiratory related disease.
  • COPD chronic obstructive disease
  • Examples include prevention and Z or treatment of bronchial asthma, acute bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, inflammatory airway disease, emphysema, eosinophilic granulomas, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), pulmonary fibrosis, etc.
  • the Examples of joint-related diseases include rheumatism, osteoarthritis, acute arthritis, chronic arthritic gouty arthritis, infectious arthritis, Lyme arthritis, proliferative arthritis, spondyloarthritis and the like.
  • diseases related to skin diseases include atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, seborrheic eczema, allergic contact eczema, and all types of urticaria.
  • diseases related to the gastrointestinal region include irritable colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, collagenous colitis, polypic colitis and the like.
  • diseases related to the eye-nose region include allergic rhinitis, chronic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, irradiation conjunctivitis, catarrhal conjunctivitis, infectious conjunctivitis, and allergic pharyngitis.
  • diseases related to the immune system include transplant rejection, multiple sclerosis, AIDS and the like.
  • Inflammation in each tissue is accompanied by pain, which is considered to be effective in relieving pain associated with inflammation.
  • Symptoms of the above diseases include pain, fever and gout.
  • PDE4 inhibitors have been shown to be effective in animal models of depression (such as forced swimming tests) or animal models of memory (maze tests) (Saccomano, NA, et al., J. Med. Chem., 34 , p291-298, 1991; O 'Donnell, JM and Zhang, HT, Trends Pharmacol.Sci., 25, pl58-163, 2004; Zhang, HT and O' Donnell, JM, Psychopharmacology.
  • the compound of the present invention, its salt, or its prodrug is affected by central nervous system activity. It is expected to be effective for diseases that can be improved. For example, learning 'memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, arteriosclerotic dementia, depression, par Examples include Kinson's disease, Huntington's disease, and delayed movement disorder.
  • the compounds of the present invention, salts thereof, or prodrugs are expected to be effective against infectious diseases.
  • viral infections whose symptoms worsen by increasing or decreasing the production of TNF-a in the host body, such as HIV, cytomegalovirus (CMV), influenza virus, herpes virus (such as herpes zoster virus or simple herpes virus) Etc. are exemplified.
  • Inhibition of PDE4 activity can prevent proliferative cell chemotaxis or invasion, and therefore the compounds of the present invention, their salts, or prodrugs can be used to prevent tumor growth and entry into normal tissues. can do.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of asthma, for example, bronchial asthma
  • bronchial asthma For example, suppression of contraction of isolated bronchi, asthma model of bronchial asthma, inhibition of migration of human peripheral blood leukocytes (Kunihiko Iizuka: Allergy, 47, p.943, 1998, Kunihiko Iizuka, Akihiro Yoshii: Japanese Journal of Respirology, 37: pl96 , 1999).
  • Administration of the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof at 0.1 to 1000 mgZkg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mgZkg As a therapeutic agent for bronchial asthma by measuring the increase in bronchial resistance due to acetylcholine inhalation and histological analysis by oral administration, intravenous administration, or intraperitoneal administration to model animals. Usefulness can be confirmed.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicine for prevention, Z or treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD).
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • suppression of contraction of isolated bronchi, asthma model animal of bronchial asthma, exposure model of tobacco smoke exposure in guinea pigs (Keiichi Sugami et al., 73rd Annual Meeting of the Pharmacological Society of Japan, 2000), inhibition of migration of human peripheral blood leukocytes, etc. Can be confirmed.
  • a compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to a guinea pig exposed to tobacco smoke at a dose of 0.1-lOOOOmgZkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg.
  • the usefulness of COPD as a therapeutic drug can be confirmed by measuring the number of migrating leukocytes in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid and histological analysis.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of pulmonary fibrosis. , Bleomycin-induced pulmonary fibrosis animal model, etc., for example, according to the method described in Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 163, p210-217, 2001.
  • the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is orally administered intravenously to a pulmonary fibrosis mouse model at a dose of 0.1 to 1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg Zkg. Or by intraperitoneal injection and measuring respiratory function and the amount of hydroxyproline in lung tissue, its usefulness as a therapeutic agent for pulmonary fibrosis can be confirmed.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Or confirmed using a mouse collagen-induced arthritis model (Griffith, MM, et al, Arthritis Rheumatism, 24, p781, 1981; Wooley, PH, et al, J. Exp. Med., 154, p688, 1981.) it can.
  • the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously to a model mouse or model rat at a dose of 0.1-100 mg / kg, preferably 0.1-100 mg / kg, or Intraperitoneally administered, measuring footpad volume, and measuring bone destruction progress, confirmed its usefulness as a therapeutic agent for rheumatoid arthritis. It can be recognized.
  • a stress load model that the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for prevention and Z or treatment of irritable bowel syndrome.
  • stress model animals include restraint stress model rats (Miyata, K., et al, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 259, p8 15-819, 1991) and CRH-administered rat models (Miyata, K., et al. al, Am. J. Physiol., 274 (1998) G827-831) and the like.
  • the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously or intraperitoneally to a stress model animal at a dose of 0.1-1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg. Measure the number of defecations. The usefulness as a remedy for irritable bowel syndrome can be confirmed by the effect of reducing the number of defecations.
  • the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is 0.1-lOOOOmgZkg, preferably 0 1—lOOmgZkg can be administered orally, intravenously or intraperitoneally, and its usefulness as an allergy drug can be confirmed by measuring plasma IgE level and eosinophil count.
  • the usefulness of the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof as an active ingredient of a medicine for prevention and Z or treatment of bone disease is, for example, removal of the ovary (Golub, LM, et al, Ann. NY Acad. Sci "878, p290-310, 1999)
  • the compound of the present invention and its salt , Or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to OVX mice at a dose of 0.1-lOOOmgZkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg, and the root loss and skeletal bone weight are measured. It can be confirmed to be useful as a remedy for dysplasia and osteoporosis due to the inhibitory effect on root loss and the decrease in skeletal bone weight.
  • the side effect of vomiting as a side effect is small! /,
  • ferrets Robotichaud, A "et al, Neuropharmacology, 38, p289-297, 1999; Endo, T. , et al "Biogenic. Amines., 9, pl63-175, 1992).
  • the compound should be administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to the ferret at a dose of 0.1-lOOOmg Zkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg, and then observe the frequency of vomiting and vomiting behavior. This makes it possible to confirm the presence or absence of side effects.
  • the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof has a less adverse effect on gastrointestinal disorders, which is an undesirable side effect. It can be confirmed by measuring gastric acid secretion enhancing activity (BergLindh et.al, Act a Physiol.Scand, 97: 401-414,1976 and Sack et.al, Am J.Physiol.243: G313-G319,198 2) .
  • in vitro inhibitory activity of PDE4B and 4D may be measured as a method for examining the selectivity of PDE4B and 4D. That is, the test compound was added to 40 mM Tris—HCl (pH 7 4), 5 mM MgCl, 4 mM 2-Mercaptoethanol, 3 M cAMP, 0.83 ⁇ Ci [
  • reaction mixture 100 1 containing the catalytic site of cAMP and human-type PDE4B and incubate at room temperature for 10 minutes. After stopping the enzymatic reaction by adding 25 1 of trichloroacetic acid to the reaction mixture, 0.1M 2 — [[Tris (hydroxylmethyl) methyl] amino] — 1 ethanesulfonic acid (TES) buffer (pH 8.0) Mix with neutral alumina equilibrated with). The supernatant is removed and neutral alumina is washed with a sufficient amount of 0.1M TES buffer and then eluted with 2N NaO 2 H.
  • TES ethanesulfonic acid
  • [ 3 H] Evaluation the in vitro inhibitory activity of the test compound against PDE4B by placing 500 1 of the eluate containing 5 'AMP product into a scintillation vial containing 3 ml of a scintillation cocktail and measuring the radioactivity. (Catherine Bar delle et.al, Analytical Biochemistry, 275, 148-155, 1999). The inhibitory activity of PDE4D can be measured in the same manner.
  • PDE4B and 4D it is also possible to examine the selectivity of PDE4B and 4D by using crude enzymes PDE4B and 4D obtained by culturing and purifying cells derived from a specific cancer cell line or tissue under certain conditions. It seems possible (International Immunopharmacology, 2, 1647-1656, 200 2). In other words, use HL60 cell line in RPMI1640 medium containing 10% non-immobilized fetal bovine serum and 1.3% DMSO for 10 days at 37 ° C, 95% air / 5% CO.
  • the PDE4D enzyme can be measured for in vitro inhibitory activity against PDE4D by using a partially purified PDE4D preparation obtained from U937 cultured in the usual manner (C. Shepherd et al. al., British Journal Of Pharmacology, 142, 339-351, 200 4).
  • the usefulness of the compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is also confirmed by the value of the PDE4B inhibitory activity, which is an index of drug efficacy as an anti-inflammatory treatment. It seems possible to do.
  • the medicament of the present invention includes a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient.
  • a compound or a salt thereof administered as a prodrug is metabolized in vivo to give a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a pharmacologically acceptable product thereof.
  • a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a pharmacologically acceptable product thereof is metabolized in vivo to give a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a pharmacologically acceptable product thereof.
  • a pharmaceutical composition is prepared by adding one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers to one or a mixture of two or more of the compounds represented by 1) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. It is preferable to prepare and administer.
  • permitted pharmacologically is not specifically limited, For example, an excipient
  • Examples of the disintegrant include corn starch.
  • Examples of the lubricant include glycerin.
  • Examples of the additive include paraoxybenzoic acid esters.
  • examples of additives include surfactants such as polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (tween 80) and HC60.
  • the medicament of the present invention when administered to humans, it can be orally administered in the form of tablets, powders, granules, capsules, dragees, liquids, syrups, etc., or injections, drops, suppositories. It can also be administered parenterally in the form of transdermal or absorbent. Inhalation in the form of sprays such as aerosols and dry powders is also preferred and can be mentioned as dosage forms.
  • the administration period of the medicament of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when it is administered for therapeutic purposes, the period during which clinical symptoms of each disease are determined to be expressed is selected as the administration period in principle. Can do. In general, administration is usually continued for several weeks to 1 year, but it can be further continued depending on the disease state, or it can be continued after recovery from clinical symptoms. . Furthermore, even if clinical symptoms do not appear, it can be administered prophylactically at the discretion of the clinician.
  • the dosage of the medicament of the present invention is not particularly limited. 1S For example, generally 0.01 to 2000 mg of an active ingredient per day for an adult can be divided into several doses.
  • the frequency of dosing can be administered once a month, daily, preferably once to Z weeks to 3 times Z weeks, or 5 times Z weeks, or daily.
  • Daily dose The administration period and administration frequency may be increased or decreased as appropriate depending on the patient's age, weight, physical health, disease to be treated and its severity.
  • the drug of the present invention and a drug that does not adversely affect the action of the drug of the present invention can be used in combination.
  • examples of such drugs for combined use include the combination of the medicament of the present invention and the following A) -TT).
  • Iprato mouth bromide anticholinergic agents tioto mouth bromide, oxytropium bromide, etc.
  • LTB4, LTC4, LTD4 and LTE4 receptor antagonists Plan norecast, Zafinole norecast, Montenorecast, etc.
  • Thromboxane A2 synthase inhibitor Ozadarel hydrochloride and the like.
  • Chemical mediator release inhibitor sodium cromoglycate, tralast, amlexanox, levirinast, ibudilast, tazanolast, pemirolast, etc.
  • H) Histamine HI receptor antagonists ketotifen fumarate, azelastine hydrochloride, oxatomide, mequitazine, terfenadine, emedastine fumarate, epinastine hydrochloride, istemizole, ebastine, fuexofenadine hydrochloride, olopatadine hydrochloride, bepotastiti besylate And cetirizine hydrochloride.
  • Th2 site force-in inhibitor suplatast tosylate and the like.
  • MMP Matrix 'meta-oral protease
  • Immunosuppressive drugs cyclosporine, mizoribine, methotrexate, etc.
  • Anti-gout agents Cortisine etc.
  • V) Xanthine oxidase inhibitor alopurinol and the like.
  • TGF ⁇ Transforming growth factor
  • TGF ⁇ Transforming growth factor
  • Adhesion molecule inhibitors VLA-4 antagonists etc.
  • Bradykinin I B1 Receptor Antagonist
  • Bradykinin I B2 Receptor Antagonist
  • IGF— 1 Insulin-like growth factor type 1
  • PDGF Platelet-derived growth factor
  • PP Fibroblast growth factor: bFGF etc.
  • GM-CSF Granulocyte-macrophage mouth-priming factor
  • the administration time of the aforementioned concomitant drug is not limited, and the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug may be administered to the administration subject at the same time or with a time difference.
  • the dose of the concomitant drug may be appropriately selected according to the administration subject, administration route, disease, combination of the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug, etc., according to the clinically used dose. it can.
  • the administration mode of the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, as long as the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug are combined in administration.
  • dosage forms include: 1) A single preparation obtained by simultaneously formulating the compound of the present invention, its salt, or its prodrug, which is an active ingredient of the medicament of the present invention, and a concomitant drug.
  • the mixing ratio of the medicament of the present invention and the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected depending on the administration subject, administration route, disease and the like.
  • the usefulness of the medicament of the present invention is that mammals including humans (for example, mice, rats, hamsters, frets, inu, monkeys, etc.) and cells of mammals including humans (immune cells, inflammation, etc.) (E.g., cells, cancer progenitor cells, primary cells, living cells, etc.), effects on the compound of the present invention, salts thereof, or prodrugs thereof, and changes in Z or blood concentration (e.g., maximum blood concentration). Effective blood concentration duration, blood half-life, AUC, etc.) Further, by examining the low toxicity of the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof, it can be confirmed that the usefulness as a medicament is higher. Furthermore, the usefulness can be confirmed by the blood concentration transition in humans or animals, enzyme induction, enzyme inhibition, and stability to microsomes.
  • LC-MS HPLC was performed using a column (Develosil C30-UG-54.6X50mm) manufactured by Japan Nomura Chemical Co., using water-acetonitrile (containing 0.1% ( ⁇ / ⁇ ) acetic acid) gradient elution. The target product was eluted by. The detailed elution conditions are shown below.
  • Reference Example 6 5-Methoxythiophene-2-carboxamidine Dissolve the compound of Reference Example 5 (281 mg) in jetyl ether (12 mL), add lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide in 2M hexane (4 mL) at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere, and stir at room temperature for 1 hour. did. After that, 2M hydrochloric acid (6mL) and water (10mL) were added at 0 ° C, and 2M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (9mL) was added to the separated aqueous layer, extracted with chloroform, and the organic layer was extracted with magnesium sulfate. Concentration was performed after drying with a solution to obtain 267 mg of the title compound.
  • Example 2 to 27 The compounds of Examples 2 to 27 were synthesized according to the method of Example 1. Details of Examples 2 to 27 are shown in Table 1. The meanings of the symbols in Table 1 are as shown below. “Exp.”: Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”: LCMS retention time (minutes), “MS”; LCMS mass spectral data, “Ref.” Correspondence A method for producing an intermediate. The symbols in the Ref. Column indicate the method for producing the intermediate as follows. “A”: production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: production shown in Reference Example 4 “E”: production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”: production method shown in Reference Example 6.
  • 5-formylthiophene-2-carboxylic acid (3.13 g, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is dissolved in ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethylformamide (lOOmL), sodium carbonate (8.64 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and odomethane (2.49 mL) , Manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) at room temperature and stirred for 11 hours. Not from reaction mixture The solute was filtered off, water (200 mL) was extracted with sodium ketyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 3.26 g of the title compound.
  • reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, then transferred to a mixture of silica gel 60 (14 g, Merck) and black mouth form (20 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries), stirred for 5 minutes, and filtered through a glass filter. The filtrate was concentrated and dried to obtain 458 mg of the title compound.
  • 5-bromothiophene-2-carbo-tolyl (333 ⁇ 1, Aldrich) was added to anhydrous methanol (7 ml, dissolved in Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), sodium methoxide (28% methanol solution, 288 1) was added dropwise at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, sodium chloride sodium (321 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) and anhydrous ethanol (7 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 14 hours. The residue obtained by concentrating the filtrate was washed several times with jetyl ether and filtered to obtain 660 mg of the title compound.
  • Nitrogen atmosphere 2- (4-Nitrofuryl) -2-oxoacetate (0.99 g) was dissolved in methanol (40 ml), and 10% Pd / C (0.48 g) was added. The nitrogen atmosphere was replaced with a hydrogen atmosphere under reduced pressure, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture obtained by filtering the reaction solution was concentrated and then applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate 1/1) to obtain 837.2 mg of the title compound.
  • the compound of Reference Example 23 (90 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), sodium borohydride (53 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred as it was for 4 hours. Water (30 mL) was extracted from the reaction mixture with sodium ketyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 83 mg of the title compound.
  • Example 29 The compound of Example 29 (60.3 mg) was dissolved in toluene (0.338 ml) and methanol (0.135 ml), and 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (122 ⁇ 1), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (15.6 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) ) And 4-ethylphenylboronic acid (30.5 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) were added and stirred at 85 ° C. for 13 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, washed several times with methanol, and the mother liquor was concentrated. Water was added to the resulting residue, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated.
  • LC-MS HPLC retention time 5.18 min (LC condition 1), m / z 458 (M + H).
  • L C-MS HPLC retention time 3.58 min (LC condition 1), m / z 439 (M + H).
  • Example 29 The compound of Example 29 (23 mg) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (0.5 ml). 12.6 mg (manufactured by Kokusan Chemical Co., Ltd.) and tetraptylammonium chloride (13.9 mg, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated.
  • Example 29 The compound of Example 29 (45.9 mg) was dissolved in toluene (0.5 ml), and cyclopropylboronic acid (11 • 2 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), potassium phosphate (74.3 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), tricyclohexylphosphine (2.8 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), palladium acetate (0.5 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) and water (251) were added, followed by stirring at 100 ° C. for 19 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Example 29 The compound of Example 29 (91.8 mg) was dissolved in 1-propanol (2 ml), and potassium butyl trifluoroborane (32.2 mg, manufactured by LANCASTER), (1,1, -bis (diphenylphosphino) phenolate) dichloro Palladium 'dichloromethane complex (3.26 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) and triethylamine (27.91, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 105 ° C for 4.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated.
  • Example 44 The compound of Example 44 (23.4 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.4 ml), and a solution of borane / tetrahydrofuran complex in tetrahydrofuran (66.2 1, manufactured by Kanto Sugaku Co., Ltd.) was stirred and stirred for 5 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 22 hours. Cool the reaction mixture to -15 ° C, add 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (391, manufactured by Pure Chemicals), stir for 30 minutes, and then add 2N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (921, Wako Pure Chemical). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then further stirred at room temperature for 2 hours.
  • Example 29 The compound of Example 29 (45.9 mg) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 ml), and copper iodide (1 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), sodium iodide (30 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and ( 1S, 2S)-(+)- ⁇ , ⁇ , -dimethylcyclohexane 1,2-diamin (1.421, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred at 110 ° C for 23 hours.
  • LC-MS HPLC retention time 5.56 min (LC condition 1), m / z 450 (M + H).
  • Example 47 The compound of Example 47 (7.9 mg) was dissolved in methanol (0.5 ml), and sodium hydroxide palladium (2 mg, Pd type, manufactured by EN Chemcat) was added and stirred for 13 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate and chloroform, and concentrated to give 8. lmg of the title compound.
  • LC-MS HPLC retention time 4.47 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 454 (M + H).
  • Examples 50 to 267 The production of the compounds of Examples 50 to 267 is shown below. Details of Examples 50 to 267 are shown in Table 3. The meanings of the symbols in Table 3 are as shown below. “E xp.”; Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”; Retention time of liquid chromatography in LCMS (minutes), “LC”; “MS”: LCMS mass spectral data, “Ref.” Corresponding intermediate production method, “Ex.” Corresponding example compound production method. The symbols in the Ref. Column and Ex. Column indicate the manufacturing method as follows.
  • the compound of Reference Example 22 (61 mg) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (4 mL) and stirred at 100 ° C. for 2.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Concentrate the reaction mixture, add saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (5 mL) and water (25 mL) to the residue, extract with ethyl acetate, wash with saturated brine, dry over magnesium sulfate, and concentrate to give 62 mg of the title compound. Got.
  • Methyl 2- (3-fluorophenyl) acetate (10.76 g) was dissolved in concentrated sulfuric acid (16.5 ml), cooled to 0 ° C., concentrated nitric acid (2.99 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours.
  • the reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • the obtained organic layer was washed with a saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated.
  • Example 273 to 389 The production of the compounds of Examples 273 to 389 is shown below. Details of Examples 273 to 389 are shown in Table 5. The meanings of the symbols in Table 5 are as shown below. “Exp.”; Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”; Retention time of liquid chromatography in LCMS (min), “LC”; Solvent conditions for liquid chromatography in LCMS, “ MS ”; mass spectral data in LCMS,“ Ref. ”Corresponding intermediate production method, ⁇ .” Corresponding example compound production method. The symbols in the Ref. Column and Ex. Column indicate the manufacturing method as follows.
  • Example 390 2- (4- (2- (5- (Difluoromethoxy) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate 2- (4- (2- (5-hydroxythiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenyl) ethyl acetate (61 mg) was added to ⁇ , ⁇ -dimethyl Dissolve in formamide (4 mL), add lithium carbonate (34 mg, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) and t-butyl chlorodifluoroacetate (86 mg, manufactured by Apollo) sequentially, and stir at 90 ° C for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere.
  • lithium carbonate 34 mg, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.
  • t-butyl chlorodifluoroacetate 86 mg, manufactured by Apollo
  • PDE4 enzyme protein was also purified from U937 cells, which are cells derived from lymphoma. Buffer U937 cells with protease inhibitor cocktail (Sigma) (20 mM Tris HCl (pH 6.5), ImM MgCl, 0. ImM EGTA, 3 mM 2-mercaptoethanol
  • the cells were disrupted by sonication, disrupted by sonication, and ultracentrifuged (100,000G, 30 minutes, 4 ° C) to obtain a soluble fraction.
  • a 1.6 ⁇ 25 cm Q Sepharose column equilibrated with Buffer A was packed with the resulting soluble fraction.
  • the packed soluble fraction was eluted with buffer A containing a linear gradient of 0-1M sodium acetate.
  • the elution rate was 1.33 ml Z and 11 ml fractions were collected.
  • Each fraction was examined for cAMP metabolizing PDE activity and the fraction containing PDE4 enzyme protein was determined. It was also confirmed that this PDE4 fraction did not degrade cGMP.
  • Test compounds at desired concentrations of 40 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM MgCl, 4 mM
  • reaction was carried out at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a reaction mixture (100 1) containing M 2 -mercaptoethanol, 3 cAMP, 0.83 ⁇ Ci [ 3 H] —cAMP and PD E4 fractions.
  • the enzyme reaction was stopped by adding triclonal acetic acid 25 1 to the reaction mixture.
  • the reaction solution was packed in a neutral alumina column equilibrated with 0.1M 2-[[Tris (hydroxylmethyl) methyl] amino]-1-ethanesulfonic acid (TES) buffer (pH 8.0) After washing with an amount of 0.1M TES buffer, it was eluted with 2N NaOH.
  • TES Tris (hydroxylmethyl) methyl] amino]-1-ethanesulfonic acid
  • Examples of compounds that showed PDE4 inhibitory activity of 50% or more at a compound concentration of 20 / M are shown below.
  • ⁇ Test Example 2 Inhibition of TNF-a production using mouse mononuclear cells (in-vitro system) Mouse mononuclear cells were isolated from peripheral blood of C3HZHe mice (Japan SLC, male) and 10% bovine serum Suspended in a culture solution (RPMI1640; GIBCO). Cells to 96-well plate The test compound was added to a desired concentration and left in a 37 ° C, 5% CO incubator for 15 minutes. Then LPS at a final concentration of 5 gZml
  • the culture medium containing the produced TNF-a was collected and measured with a mouse TNF-a measurement ELISA kit (R & D System) according to the attached protocol.
  • a mouse TNF-a measurement ELISA kit R & D System
  • the inhibitory effect on TNF- ⁇ production was expressed as an IC50 value (nM).
  • IC50 value nM
  • gastric glands were collected by collagenase enzyme treatment using male rabbits (Japanese white species, oriental yeast).
  • Test compound 14 C-Aminopyrine (1.0 nmol / ml; 0.1 ⁇ Ci / nmol), and histamine (0.3-1.0
  • Deviation A Gastric acid secretion capacity EC50 value ZTNFa production inhibition IC50 value [0161] [Table 10]

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Transplantation (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Otolaryngology (AREA)
  • AIDS & HIV (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A compound represented by the general formula (1) which has an inhibitory effect on PDE4 activity and produces little adverse side effects: wherein Ar1 represents a furyl, thienyl, triazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl or benzothiazolyl group; Ar2 represents -E-AR21-G-Q (where Ar21 represents a benzene or naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group or an alkenylene group; and Q represents a carboxyl group, -CON(R41)(R42) or -COOR43), -E-Ar21-G2-G-Q (where E, Ar21, G and Q are as defined above; and G2 represents -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO2- or -NRG21-) or a monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring other than a pyrazolyl group; R1 and R2 are the same as or different from each other and independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group which may be substituted or the like; and R3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group which may be substituted.

Description

明 細 書  Specification
ピリミジン誘導体  Pyrimidine derivatives
技術分野  Technical field
[0001] 本発明は、抗炎症作用を有し、医薬の有効成分として有用な新規なピリミジン誘導体 に関する。  [0001] The present invention relates to a novel pyrimidine derivative having an anti-inflammatory action and useful as an active ingredient of a medicine.
背景技術  Background art
[0002] 神経伝達物質やホルモンなど細胞外からの刺激は、細胞膜上の受容体を介して細 胞内へ伝達される。この生物学的信号はアデ-ル酸シクラーゼまたはダラ-ル酸シク ラーゼのような酵素によって、細胞内二次メッセンジャーであるサイクリックアデノシン 3' , 5,——リン酸(cAMP)およびサイクリックグアノシン 3,, 5,——リン酸(cGMP) の濃度を上昇させることにより、その作用を発現することが知られている。これら cAM Pと cGMPを分解し、その濃度を調節して!/ヽるのがヌクレオチドホスホジエステラーゼ (PDE)である。 PDEには遺伝子配列、薬理学的特性の違いから現在少なくとも 11 種類が分類されている(非特許文献 1、 2)。その中でタイプ 4PDE (PDE4)は cAMP を選択的に分解し、細胞内 cAMP濃度を減少させる。 PDE4は血管、心臓、腸、脳、 脾臓、気管支平滑筋、白血球、リンパ球など多くの組織および細胞において存在が 認められている。これらの部位で、 PDE4を阻害することによって上昇した cAMPは、 多くの疾患を予防または改善させる効果を発揮することが知られている。  [0002] Stimulation from the outside, such as neurotransmitters and hormones, is transmitted into cells via receptors on the cell membrane. This biological signal is generated by enzymes such as adenylate cyclase or dallate cyclase, and the intracellular second messengers cyclic adenosine 3 ', 5,-phosphate (cAMP) and cyclic guanosine. 3 ,, 5,-It is known that its action is manifested by increasing the concentration of phosphoric acid (cGMP). It is nucleotide phosphodiesterase (PDE) that degrades cAMP and cGMP and regulates their concentrations! At least 11 types of PDEs are currently classified based on differences in gene sequences and pharmacological properties (Non-patent Documents 1 and 2). Among them, type 4PDE (PDE4) selectively degrades cAMP and decreases intracellular cAMP concentration. PDE4 has been found in many tissues and cells including blood vessels, heart, intestine, brain, spleen, bronchial smooth muscle, leukocytes, and lymphocytes. It is known that cAMP increased by inhibiting PDE4 at these sites exerts an effect of preventing or ameliorating many diseases.
PDE4阻害薬は炎症性細胞の活性ィ匕を抑制し、また腫瘍懐死因子 a (TNF— α ) の放出抑制、脱顆粒反応の抑制、炎症性サイト力インの放出抑制、走ィ匕性の抑制な どの効果を有し (非特許文献 3〜5)、多くの炎症性、アレルギー性、免疫性に関連し た疾患に有効であると考えられている。例えば、呼吸器に関連した疾患では、喘息、 慢性閉塞性肺疾患 (COPD)、急性気管支炎、慢性気管支炎、炎症性気道疾患、肺 気腫、成人型呼吸窮迫症候群 (ARDS)などに有効であると考えられており、特に C OPDと喘息患者に対しては、臨床試験において PDE4阻害薬であるロフロミラストお よびシロミラストの有効性が確認されている (非特許文献 6)。また関節に関連した疾 患では、リュウマチ、変形性関節症、急性関節炎、慢性関節炎など、皮膚病に関連し た疾患では、アトピー性皮膚炎、乾癬、脂漏性湿疹、アレルギー性接触湿疹など、胃 腸領域に関連した疾患では、過敏性大腸炎、潰瘍性大腸炎、クローン病など、目鼻 領域に関連した疾患として、アレルギー性鼻炎、慢性鼻炎、アレルギー性結膜炎など 、また免疫系に関連した疾患として、移植拒絶反応、多発性硬化症、 AIDSなどに有 効であると報告されている(非特許文献 7〜12)。また気管支平滑筋での PDE4阻害 は平滑筋を弛緩することが知られており、この点からも、喘息、 COPDといった呼吸 器疾患に有効であると考えられている。 PDE4 inhibitor suppresses inflammatory cell activity, suppresses tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-α) release, suppresses degranulation, suppresses release of inflammatory site force-in, It has effects such as suppression (Non-Patent Documents 3 to 5) and is considered to be effective for many inflammatory, allergic, and immune related diseases. For example, in respiratory diseases, it is effective for asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), acute bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, inflammatory airway disease, emphysema, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), etc. In particular, the effectiveness of lofuromilast and cilomilast, which are PDE4 inhibitors, has been confirmed in clinical trials for COPD and asthmatic patients (Non-patent Document 6). Joint-related diseases are related to skin diseases such as rheumatism, osteoarthritis, acute arthritis, and chronic arthritis. Diseases related to the gastrointestinal tract such as atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, seborrheic eczema, allergic contact eczema, etc. Allergic rhinitis, chronic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis etc. are reported as diseases, and immune system related diseases are reported to be effective for transplant rejection, multiple sclerosis, AIDS, etc. (Non-patent Document 7) ~ 12). In addition, it is known that PDE4 inhibition in bronchial smooth muscle relaxes smooth muscle, and this is also considered to be effective for respiratory diseases such as asthma and COPD.
一方、 PDE4阻害薬は、好ましくない効果として嘔吐などの副作用を起こす可能性が ある。ロリプラム、シロミラストなどの臨床試験において、吐き気、悪心などの副作用が 報告されている。これら副作用の要因の一つとして、 PDE4ァイソフォーム間の選択 性が挙げられている。 PDE4には 4つのアイソフォーム (A、 B、 C, D)が報告されてお り、ァイソフォーム Bが抗炎症作用などの薬理作用に関与し、ァイソフォーム Dが嘔吐 、吐き気などの副作用に関与することが示唆されている (非特許文献 13)。 On the other hand, PDE4 inhibitors may cause side effects such as vomiting as an undesirable effect. Side effects such as nausea and nausea have been reported in clinical trials such as rolipram and silomilast. One of the causes of these side effects is the selectivity between PDE4 isoforms. Four isoforms (A, B, C, D) have been reported in PDE4, and lysoform B is involved in pharmacological actions such as anti-inflammatory effects, while lyoform D is associated with side effects such as vomiting and nausea. (Non-patent Document 13).
これまで、多くの疾患に対しての有効性が期待されることから、 PDE4阻害薬が報告 されている(特許文献 1〜3)が、現在報告されている PDE4阻害薬は効果および副 作用の面で満足 、くものではな!/、。 To date, PDE4 inhibitors have been reported because they are expected to be effective against many diseases (Patent Documents 1 to 3), but currently reported PDE4 inhibitors are effective and have side effects. Satisfied in terms, not a spider! /.
特許文献 1: W098Z45268号公報 Patent Document 1: W098Z45268 Publication
特許文献 2 :WO95Z01338号公報 Patent Document 2: WO95Z01338
特許文献 3 :W099Z55696号公報 Patent Document 3: W099Z55696
非特許文献 l : Soderling, S. H. and Beavo, J. A., Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol, 12, pl74— 1 79, 2000 Non-Patent Literature l: Soderling, S. H. and Beavo, J. A., Curr. Opin. Cell. Biol, 12, pl74— 1 79, 2000
非特許文献 2 : Hetman, J. M., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A., 97, pl2891- 128 95, 2000 Non-Patent Document 2: Hetman, J. M., et al, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U S A., 97, pl2891- 128 95, 2000
非特許文献 3 : Teixeira, M. M., et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 18, pl64- 170, 1997 非特許文献 4 : Beavo, J. A., et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 11, pl50- 155, 1990 非特許文献 5 : Nicholson, C. D" et al" Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 12, pl9- 27, 1991 非特許文献 6 : Lipworth, B. J., Lancet, 365, pl67- 175, 2005 Non-patent document 3: Teixeira, MM, et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 18, pl64-170, 1997 Non-patent document 4: Beavo, JA, et al., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 11, pl50-155 , 1990 Non-patent literature 5: Nicholson, C. D "et al" Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 12, pl9-27, 1991 Non-patent literature 6: Lipworth, BJ, Lancet, 365, pl67-175, 2005
非特許文献 7 : Dyke, H. J. and Montana, J. G., Expert Opin. Investig. Drugs, 11, pi -13, 2002 Non-Patent Document 7: Dyke, HJ and Montana, JG, Expert Opin.Investig. Drugs, 11, pi -13, 2002
非特許文献 8 : Burnouf, C, et al., Curr. Pharm. Des., 8, pl255- 1296, 2002 非特許文献 9 : Banner, K. H. and Trevethick, M. A., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 25, p4 Non-patent literature 8: Burnouf, C, et al., Curr. Pharm. Des., 8, pl255-1296, 2002 Non-patent literature 9: Banner, K. H. and Trevethick, M. A., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 25, p4
30-436, 2004 30-436, 2004
非特許文献 10 : Rickards, K. J., et al" Vet. Immunol. ImmunopathoL, 98, pl53- 165, 2004  Non-Patent Document 10: Rickards, K. J., et al "Vet. Immunol. ImmunopathoL, 98, pl53-165, 2004
非特許文献 ll : Sun, Y., et al" J. Immunol, 165, pl755- 1761, 2000  Non-patent literature ll: Sun, Y., et al "J. Immunol, 165, pl755-1761, 2000
非特許文献 12 : Dousa, M. K., et al., Clin. Nephrol, 47, pl87- 189, 1997  Non-Patent Document 12: Dousa, M. K., et al., Clin. Nephrol, 47, pl87-189, 1997
非特許文献 13 : Lipworth, B. J., Lancet, 365, pl67- 175, 2005  Non-Patent Document 13: Lipworth, B. J., Lancet, 365, pl67-175, 2005
発明の開示  Disclosure of the invention
発明が解決しょうとする課題  Problems to be solved by the invention
[0003] 本発明の課題は、 PDE4活性阻害作用を有する新規な物質を提供することにある 。より具体的には、優れた PDE4活性阻害作用を有し、副作用の少ない新規な物質 を提供することが本発明の課題である。 [0003] An object of the present invention is to provide a novel substance having a PDE4 activity inhibitory action. More specifically, it is an object of the present invention to provide a novel substance having excellent PDE4 activity inhibitory action and few side effects.
課題を解決するための手段  Means for solving the problem
[0004] 本発明者は、上記課題を解決するために鋭意研究を重ねた結果、下記一般式(1) で示される新規な化合物が優れた抗炎症作用を有することを見いだした。本発明は 上記の知見に基づいて完成されたものである。 [0004] As a result of intensive studies to solve the above problems, the present inventor has found that a novel compound represented by the following general formula (1) has an excellent anti-inflammatory action. The present invention has been completed based on the above findings.
[0005] すなわち、本発明により、 [0005] That is, according to the present invention,
〔A1〕下記一般式 (1)  [A1] The following general formula (1)
[化 1]  [Chemical 1]
Figure imgf000005_0001
Figure imgf000005_0001
[一般式(1)中、 Ar1はフリル基、チェ-ル基、トリァゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ォキサゾ リル基、又はべンゾチアゾリル基を示し; Ar1は置換されていてもよく; Ar2は— E— Ar G Q (Ar はベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し; Eは単結合、又はァノレキレン 基を示し; Gは単結合、アルキレン基、又はァルケ-レン基を示し; Qはカルボキシ基 、— CON (R41) (R42) (R41及び R42は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立 に、水素原子、水酸基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよ ぃァリール基を示す力、あるいは R41及び R42が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R41) (R42)として環状アミンを示す。ただし、 R41が水酸基の場合 R42は水酸基以外 の基である。)、又は— COOR43 (R43は置換されていてもよいアルキル基又は置換さ れていてもよいァリール基を示す。)を示す。)、 E— Ar21— G2— G Q (E、 Ar21、 G、 Qは前記と同義であり、 G2は一 O 、 一 S 、 一 SO 、 一SO—、又は一 NRG21 [In the general formula (1), Ar 1 is a furyl group, Choi - group, Toriazoriru group, a thiazolyl group, Okisazo Lil group, or base indicates Nzochiazoriru group; Ar 1 may be substituted; Ar 2 is - E—Ar GQ (Ar represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group or an alkylene group; Q represents a carboxy group, —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Or R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ), provided that when R 41 is a hydroxyl group, R 42 is A group other than a hydroxyl group), or —COOR 43 (R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group)), E—Ar 21 —G 2 — GQ (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above; G 2 is one O, one S, one SO, one SO—, or one NR G21
2  2
一(RG21は水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいァシ ル基、又は置換されていてもよいスルホ二ル基を示す。)を示す。)、又は [ビラゾリル 基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]を示し; Ar2は置換されていてもよく; R1及び R2は同 一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアル キル基、置換されていてもよいァルケ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基、 置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、アルキルスルフィエル基、又は置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルスルホ -ル基を示し、 R3は水素原子又は置換されていてもよいアルキル基を示す。 ]で示さ れる化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容 される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; 1 (R G21 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, or an optionally substituted sulfonyl group). Or Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently , A hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or an optionally substituted group A good alkylthio group, substituted, may be an alkylsulfier group, or substituted !, may! / Represents an alkylsulfonyl group, and R 3 may be a hydrogen atom or substituted An alkyl group is shown. Or a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
[A2] Ar1が置換されて 、てもよ 、 [フリル基又はチェ-ル基]である前記〔A1〕に記 載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容 される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A2] Ar 1 may be substituted, but the compound described in [A1] above, which is a [furyl group or a chael group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacological thereof Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A3〕 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよ いアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ 基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力 なる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または 複数の基によって置換されていてもよい前記〔A1〕又は〔A2〕に記載の化合物、その 可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、 溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A^Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよ V、アルコキシ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基]力もなる群より各々独立に選ば れる 1または複数の基によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕又は〔A2〕に記載の 化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容され る塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A3] Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, and a substituted In addition, the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2], which may be substituted by one or a plurality of groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an acyl group] force, possible stereoisomers thereof, or Racemates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof; [A ^ Ar 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted V, alkoxy group, and optionally substituted, amino group]. The compound described in the above [A1] or [A2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, water, Solvates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[ASjAr1が [ハロゲン原子、低級アルキル基、トリフルォロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル 基、ヒドロキシェチル基、低級アルコキシ基、トリフルォロメトキシ基、 2—メトキシェトキ シ基、—NH基、低級アルキルアミノ基、低級ジアルキルアミノ基、ァシルァミノ基、 [ASjAr 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, —NH group, lower alkylamino group] Group, lower dialkylamino group, acylamino group,
2  2
低級アルキルスルホニルァミノ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の 基によって置換されていてもよい前記〔A1〕又は〔A2〕に記載の化合物、その可能な 立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和 物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; The compound according to [A1] or [A2], which may be substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylsulfonylamino group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
〔A6〕 Ar1が 1または複数のハロゲン原子によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕又 は〔A2〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理 学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A6] Ar 1 may be substituted with one or more halogen atoms, but the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacology Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[A7] Ar1が 1または複数のハロゲン原子によって置換されて 、る前記〔A1〕又は〔A 2〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A7] Ar 1 is substituted by one or more halogen atoms, the compound according to the above [A1] or [A2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or pharmacologically acceptable Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔八8〕八1:1が無置換でぁる前記〔八1〕又は〔八2〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異 性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あ るいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [88] The compound according to [81] or [82], wherein 8: 1 is unsubstituted, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. , Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[A R1が低級アルキル基である前記〔A1〕〜〔A8〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A8], wherein AR 1 is a lower alkyl group, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof , Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[AIO] R2が低級アルキル基又は低級アルケニル基である前記〔A1〕〜〔A9〕の 、ず れかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学 的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [AIO] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A9], wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group or a lower alkenyl group, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[A11〕 R2が低級アルキル基である前記〔A1〕〜〔A9〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A11] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A9], wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group, Its possible stereoisomers or racemates, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
[A12] R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕〜〔A11〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その 可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、 溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A12] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A11], wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, hydration Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A13〕Ar S—E—Ar21— G— Q (E、 Ar21、 G、 Qは前記と同義である)である前記〔 A1]〜〔A12〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ 体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロ ドラッグ; [A13] The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A12], which is Ar S—E—Ar 21 —G—Q (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above), Possible stereoisomers or racemates, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
[A14] Ar21がベンゼン環である前記〔A1〕〜〔A13〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A14] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A13], wherein Ar 21 is a benzene ring, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates thereof Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A15〕Eが単結合であって、かつ [Gが単結合又は低級アルキレン基]である前記〔 A1]〜〔A14〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ 体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロ ドラッグ;  [A15] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A14], wherein E is a single bond and [G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
〔A16〕Eが単結合であって、かつ Gが低級アルキレン基である前記〔A1〕〜〔A14〕 のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその 薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ;  [A16] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A14], wherein E is a single bond and G is a lower alkylene group, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacological Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[A17] Qがカルボキシ基である前記〔A1〕〜〔A16〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A17] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A16], wherein Q is a carboxy group, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, hydration Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A18〕Ar2が [水酸基、ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、及び置換 されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ基]力 なる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基 によって置換されて!、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A17〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A18] Ar 2 is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group]. However, the compounds described in any one of the above [A1] to [A17], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates thereof, Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A19〕Ar2が [水酸基、ハロゲン原子、低級アルキル基、トリフルォロメチル基、低級 アルコキシ基、及びトリフルォロメトキシ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1また は複数の基によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A17〕の 、ずれかに記載の 化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容され る塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A19] Ar 2 is [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, lower group The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A17] above, which is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an alkoxy group and a trifluoromethoxy group] , Possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
〔八20〕八1:2が1または複数のハロゲン原子にょって置換されてぃてもょぃ前記〔八1〕 〜〔A17〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、ま たはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッ グ; [8-20] The compound in any one of the above [81] to [A17], possible stereoisomers thereof, or 8: 1: 2 substituted with one or more halogen atoms Racemates, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A21〕 Ar2が 1または複数のハロゲン原子によって置換されている前記〔A1〕〜〔A1 7〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはそ の薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; 〔A22〕 Ar2が無置換である前記〔A1〕〜〔A17〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可 能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶 媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A21] The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A17], wherein Ar 2 is substituted by one or more halogen atoms, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmacological thereof A salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof; [A22] The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A17] above, wherein Ar 2 is unsubstituted, Stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
[ASSjAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環又は 1若しくは複数のハロゲン原子で置換された ベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 G力メチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり 、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル基であり、 R2がァリル基 、ェチル基、又はヒドロキシメチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の 化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容され る塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring or a benzene ring substituted with one or more halogen atoms, E is a single bond, G force methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, on Ar 2 The compound according to [A1], further having no substituent, wherein R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R 2 is an aryl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom. , Its possible stereoisomers or racemates, or its drugs Histological acceptable Ru salts, hydrates, solvates or prodrugs thereof;
[AS^Ar1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル 基であり、 R2がァリル基、ェチル基、又はヒドロキシメチル基であり、 R3が水素原子で ある前記〔A1〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはそ の薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASSjAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル 基であり、 R2がァリル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [AS ^ Ar 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, substituted Ar 2 which may be substituted by one or a plurality of groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an amino group and a substituted acyl group]. Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, Ar 2 has no further substituents, and R 1 is a methyl group Or a ethyl group, R 2 is an aryl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or A pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof; [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl, Group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted, optionally, amino group, and a substituted, optionally substituted, acyl group] each independently from the group May be substituted by one or more groups selected by Ar 2 is —E—Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, and Ar 2 is further substituted. not perforated, R 1 is methyl group or Echiru group, R 2 is Ariru group, compounds described in the [A1] R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates of that, Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
[ASejAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル 基であり、 R2がェチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASejAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, Ar 2 has no further substituents, and R 1 is a methyl group Or an ethyl group, R 2 is an ethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the compound according to [A1], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[ASYjAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環又は 1若しくは複数のハロゲン原子で置換された ベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 G力メチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり 、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル基であり、 R2力 Sヒドロキシ メチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体 異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、 あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASYjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, substituted, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 substituted with a benzene ring or one or more halogen atoms A benzene ring, E is a single bond, G force methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, no further substituent on Ar 2 , R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R A compound of the above-mentioned [A1], which is a 2- force S-hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate thereof, Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[ASSjAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル 基であり、 R2がヒドロキシメチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の化 合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される 塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASSjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, Ar 2 has no further substituents, and R 1 is a methyl group Or an ethyl group, R 2 is a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, the compound according to [A1], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. A salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof;
[AS Ar1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各 々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar2 G Qであり、 Ar21が 1又は複数のハロゲン原子で置換されたベンゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar2上にさらに置 換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル基であり、 R2がヒドロキシメチル基であり、 R 3が水素原子である前記〔A1〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラ セミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらの プロドラッグ; [AS Ar 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, , I even, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups chosen independently represent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is - E-Ar 2 GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring substituted with one or more halogen atoms, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, and is further placed on Ar 2 The compound according to [A1], which has no substituent, R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R 2 is a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, its possible stereoisomer or Racemate, or pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof These prodrugs;
[ASC^Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよ V、アルコキシ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基]力もなる群より各々独立に選ば れる 1または複数の基によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A29〕の 、ずれか に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [ASC ^ Ar 1 is independently selected from the group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted V, alkoxy group, and optionally substituted, amino group]. The compounds described in any one of the above [A1] to [A29], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically thereof may be substituted with one or more groups selected from Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A3 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、低級アルキル基、トリフルォロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチ ル基、ヒドロキシェチル基、低級アルコキシ基、トリフルォロメトキシ基、 2—メトキシエト キシ基、—NH基、低級アルキルアミノ基、低級ジアルキルアミノ基、ァシルァミノ基、 [A3 Ar 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxyethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, —NH group, lower An alkylamino group, a lower dialkylamino group, an acylamino group,
2  2
低級アルキルスルホニルァミノ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の 基によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A29〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A29], which is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of a lower alkylsulfonylamino group], Stereoisomers or racemates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[ASSjAr1が [ハロゲン原子、低級アルキル基、トリフルォロメチル基、低級アルコキ シ基、トリフルォロメトキシ基、 2—メトキシェトキシ基、 NH基、低級アルキルアミノ [ASSjAr 1 is [halogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, NH group, lower alkylamino group]
2  2
基、低級ジアルキルアミノ基、ァシルァミノ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1ま たは複数の基によって置換されて 、てもよ 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A29〕の 、ずれかに記載 の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; Group, lower dialkylamino group, or acylamino group], each of which is substituted by one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of [A1] to [A29]. A compound, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
〔八 八 が:!または複数のハロゲン原子にょって置換されてぃてもょぃ前記^:!〕 〜〔A29〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、ま たはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッ グ;  [Eight eight is! Or may be substituted by a plurality of halogen atoms ^ :!] to [A29], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacological Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔A34〕 Ar1が 1または複数のハロゲン原子によって置換されている前記〔A1〕〜〔A7 〕又は〔A9〕〜〔A29〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体ある!/、は ラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれら のプロドラッグ; (A34) The compound according to any one of (A1) to (A7) or (A9) to (A29), wherein Ar 1 is substituted with one or more halogen atoms, and possible stereoisomers thereof! / Is a racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
[A35] Ar1が無置換である前記〔A1〕〜〔A29〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可 能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶 媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [A35] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A29], wherein Ar 1 is unsubstituted, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, water Hydrates, solvent solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[A36]前記〔A1〕〜〔A35〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あ るいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいは これらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む医薬; 〔A37〕炎症の予防及び Z又は治療剤である〔A36〕に記載の医薬; [A36] The compound according to any one of [A1] to [A35], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof Or a medicament containing these prodrugs as active ingredients; [A37] The medicament according to [A36], which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for inflammation;
〔A38〕慢性閉塞性肺疾患の予防及び Z又は治療剤である〔A36〕に記載の医薬; [A38] The medicament according to [A36], which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease;
[A39] PDE4活性阻害剤である前記〔A36〕〜〔A38〕に記載の医薬; [A39] The medicament according to [A36] to [A38], which is a PDE4 activity inhibitor;
[A40]前記〔A1〕〜〔A35〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あ るいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいは これらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む PDE4活性阻害剤;  [A40] The compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A35], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof Or PDE4 activity inhibitors containing these prodrugs as active ingredients;
[A41]前記〔A36〕〜〔A39〕の!、ずれかに記載の医薬の製造のための前記〔A1〕 [A41] The above [A1] for producing the pharmaceutical according to any one of [A36] to [A39] above
〜〔A35〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、ま たはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッ グの使用; To [A35], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or use of these prodrugs ;
[A42]炎症の予防及び Z又は治療方法であって、上記〔A1〕〜〔A35〕の 、ずれか に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグの予防及び Z又は 治療有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法;  [A42] A method for the prevention and Z or treatment of inflammation, the compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A35], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable method thereof. Administering a prophylactic and Z or therapeutically effective amount of a salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human;
[A43]ヒトを含む哺乳類動物の生体内にお!、て PDE4活性を阻害する方法であって 、前記〔A1〕〜〔A35〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいは ラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれら のプロドラッグの有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法;[A43] A method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans, comprising the compound according to any one of the above [A1] to [A35], its possible stereoisomer or racemate Administering an effective amount of the body, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human;
〔B1〕前記一般式(1) [B1] General formula (1)
Figure imgf000013_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
[一般式(1)中、 Ar1はフリル基、チェ-ル基、トリァゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ォキサゾ リル基、又はべンゾチアゾリル基を示し; Ar1は置換されていてもよく; Ar2は— E— Ar G Q (Ar21はベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し; Eは単結合、又はァノレキレン 基を示し; Gは単結合、アルキレン基、又はァルケ-レン基を示し; Qはカルボキシ基 、 -CON (R41) (R42) (R41及び R42は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立 に、水素原子、水酸基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよ ぃァリール基を示す力、あるいは R41及び R42が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R41) (R42)として環状アミンを示す。ただし、 R41が水酸基の場合 R42は水酸基以外 の基である。)、又は— COOR43 (R43は置換されていてもよいアルキル基又は置換さ れていてもよいァリール基を示す。)を示す。)又は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香 族複素環]を示し; Ar2は置換されていてもよく; R1及び R2は同一であっても異なって いてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されて いてもよいァルケ-ル基、又は置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基を示し、 R3は水素 原子又は置換されていてもよいアルキル基を示す。 ]で示される化合物、その可能な 立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和 物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [In the general formula (1), Ar 1 is a furyl group, Choi - group, Toriazoriru group, a thiazolyl group, Okisazo Lil group, or base indicates Nzochiazoriru group; Ar 1 may be substituted; Ar 2 is - E—Ar GQ (Ar 21 represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkylene group; Q represents a carboxy group; , -CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group. May represent a aryl group, or R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ), provided that R 41 And R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group), or —COOR 43 (R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group). Or Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents hydrogen; An atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkyl group, R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group; Indicates. Or a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
[B2] Ar1が置換されて 、てもよ 、 [フリル基又はチェニル基]である前記〔B1〕に記載 の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B2] Ar 1 may be substituted, and the compound according to [B1] above, which is a [furyl group or a phenyl group], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔83〕八 が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよ いアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、及び置換されていてもよい ァシル基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されて いてもよい前記〔B1〕又は〔B2〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラ セミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらの プロドラッグ;  [83] The group wherein 8 is [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, and optionally substituted acyl group]. The compound according to the above [B1] or [B2], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacologically acceptable group, which may be substituted by one or more groups each independently selected from Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔Β4〕Ι^が低級アルキル基である前記〔Β1〕〜〔Β3〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ;  [Β4] The compound according to any one of [Β1] to [Β3], wherein Ι ^ is a lower alkyl group, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B5〕 R2が低級アルキル基又は低級ァルケ-ル基である前記〔Β1〕〜〔Β4〕の 、ずれ かに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的 に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B5] The compound according to any one of [Β1] to [Β4], wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group or a lower alkyl group, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically thereof. Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B6〕R2が低級アルキル基である前記〔B1〕〜〔B5〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B6] wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group [B1] - [B5], the compound according to any displacement, its Possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B7〕R2が低級アルケニル基である前記〔B1〕〜〔B5〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B7] The compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B5], wherein R 2 is a lower alkenyl group, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof, water Solvates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B8〕R3が水素原子である前記〔B1〕〜〔B7〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能 な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒 和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B8] The compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B7], wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, hydration Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B9〕 Ar2がー E— Ar21— G— Qである前記〔B1〕〜〔B8〕のいずれかに記載の化合 物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、 水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B9] The compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B8], wherein Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or pharmacologically thereof Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B10〕 Ar21がベンゼン環である前記〔B1〕〜〔B9〕の 、ずれか 1項に記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B10] The compound according to any one of [B1] to [B9], wherein Ar 21 is a benzene ring, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B11〕 Eが単結合であって、かつ [Gが単結合又は低級アルキレン基]である前記〔B 1〕〜〔B10〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、 またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラ ッグ;  [B11] The compound according to any one of [B1] to [B10] above, wherein E is a single bond, and [G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof;
[B12] Eが単結合であって、かつ Gが低級アルキレン基である前記〔B1〕〜〔B11〕の いずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬 理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ;  [B12] The compound according to any one of [B1] to [B11], wherein E is a single bond, and G is a lower alkylene group, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmacological thereof Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[B13] Qがカルボキシ基である前記〔B1〕〜〔B12〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B13] The compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B12], wherein Q is a carboxy group, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, hydration Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔B14〕Ar2が [水酸基、ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、及び置換 されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ基]力 なる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基 によって置換されて!、てもよ 、前記〔B1〕〜〔B13〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [B14] Ar 2 is substituted with one or more groups each independently selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, and optionally substituted alkoxy group]. However, the compounds according to any one of the above [B1] to [B13], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts thereof, hydration Products, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[BlSjAr1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキ ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、 及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複 数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E— Ar21— G— Qであり、 Ar21がベン ゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar 2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル基であり、 R2がァリル基又は ェチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である前記〔B1〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体 異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、 あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [BlSjAr 1 is a chael group, Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, and a substituted Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q, and Ar 21 is a ben, which may be substituted by one or more groups each independently selected from the group that also has an acyl group] force. Zen ring, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, Q is a carboxy group, no further substituent on Ar 2 , R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R The compound according to [B1], wherein 2 is an aryl group or an ethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof , Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[B16]前記〔B1〕〜〔B15〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あ るいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいは これらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む医薬;  [B16] The compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B15], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof Or a medicament containing these prodrugs as active ingredients;
〔B17〕炎症の予防及び Z又は治療剤である前記〔B16〕に記載の医薬;  [B17] The medicament according to [B16], which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for inflammation;
[B18] PDE4活性阻害剤である前記〔B16〕又は〔B17〕に記載の医薬;  [B18] The medicament according to [B16] or [B17], which is a PDE4 activity inhibitor;
[B19]前記〔B1〕〜〔B15〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あ るいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいは これらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む PDE4活性阻害剤;  [B19] The compound according to any one of [B1] to [B15], a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof Or PDE4 activity inhibitors containing these prodrugs as active ingredients;
[B20]前記〔B16〕〜〔B18〕の!、ずれかに記載の医薬の製造のための前記〔B1〕〜 [B20] [B16]-[B18] !, [B1]-
〔B15〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、また はその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ の使用; Use of the compound according to any of [B15], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof;
[B21]炎症の予防及び Z又は治療方法であって、前記〔B1〕〜〔B15〕の 、ずれか に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグの予防及び Z又は 治療有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法;  [B21] A method for the prevention and Z or treatment of inflammation, the compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B15], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable method thereof Administering a prophylactic and Z or therapeutically effective amount of a salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human;
[B22]ヒトを含む哺乳類動物の生体内にお!、て PDE4活性を阻害する方法であって 、上記〔B1〕〜〔B15〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいは ラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれら のプロドラッグの有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法;[B22] A method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans, comprising the compound according to any one of the above [B1] to [B15], its possible stereoisomer or Administering a racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or an effective amount of a prodrug thereof to a mammal including a human;
〔C1〕前記一般式(1) [C1] General formula (1)
Figure imgf000017_0001
Figure imgf000017_0001
[一般式(1)中、 Ar1はフリル基、チェ-ル基、トリァゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ォキサゾ リル基、又はべンゾチアゾリル基を示し; Ar1は置換されていてもよく; Ar2はカルボキ シフエ-ル基、カルボキシアルキルフエ-ル基、カルボキシナフチル基、カルボキシ アルキルナフチル基、又は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]を示し; Ar2は 置換されていてもよく; R1及び R2は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、 水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいァルケ-ル基、 又は置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキ-ル基を示し、 R3は水素原子又はアルキル基を示 す。 ]で示される化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理 学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; 〔C2〕Ar2がカルボキシアルキルナフチル基、カルボキシフヱ-ル基、カルボキシアル キルフ -ル基、又は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]である前記〔C1〕 に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [In the general formula (1), Ar 1 represents a furyl group, a chael group, a triazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, or a benzothiazolyl group; Ar 1 may be substituted; Ar 2 represents a carboxy group; Represents a thiophene group, a carboxyalkylphenol group, a carboxynaphthyl group, a carboxyalkylnaphthyl group, or a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a virazolyl group; Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted group. Represents an alkyl group, and R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof; [C2] Ar 2 is carboxyalkylnaphthyl A compound, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a group, a carboxyphenol group, a carboxyalkyl group, or a [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a virazolyl group], Pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔C3〕Ar2がカルボキシフヱ-ル基、カルボキシアルキルフエ-ル基、又は [ビラゾリル 基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]である前記〔C1〕に記載の化合物、その可能な立体 異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、 あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [C3] The compound according to [C1] above, wherein Ar 2 is a carboxyphenol group, a carboxyalkylphenol group, or a [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a virazolyl group], possible stereoisomers thereof, or Racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or prodrug thereof;
〔C4〕 Ar1が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルコキシ基で置換されて!、る前記〔C1〕〜〔C3〕 に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; 5〕1^が低級アルキルである前記〔C1〕〜〔C4〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その 可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、 溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [C4] Ar 1 is substituted !, may be! /, Substituted with an alkoxy group !, the compounds according to the above [C1] to [C3], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or Pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof; 5] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C4], wherein 1 ^ is lower alkyl, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof Solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
がェチル基である前記〔C1〕〜〔C4〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能 な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒 和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ;  Or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvate thereof according to any one of the above [C1] to [C4], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, Or prodrugs thereof;
〔C7〕R2が低級アルキル基である前記〔C1〕〜〔C6〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、そ の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和 物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [C7] The R 2 is a lower alkyl group [C1] - [C6], compounds according to any displacement, possible stereoisomers or racemates of that or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔C8〕R2が低級ァルケ-ル基である前記〔C1〕〜〔C6〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、 その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水 和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [C8] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C6], wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
〔C9〕R3が水素原子である前記〔C1〕〜〔C8〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可 能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶 媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ; [C9] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C8], wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof, water Hydrates, solvent solvates, or prodrugs thereof;
[C10]前記〔C1〕〜〔C9〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体ある いはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこ れらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む医薬;  [C10] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C9], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof Or pharmaceuticals containing these prodrugs as active ingredients;
〔C11〕炎症の予防及び Z又は治療剤である前記〔C10〕に記載の医薬;  [C11] The medicament according to [C10], which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for inflammation;
[C12] PDE4活性阻害剤である前記〔C10〕又は〔C11〕に記載の医薬;  [C12] The medicament according to [C10] or [C11], which is a PDE4 activity inhibitor;
[C13]前記〔C1〕〜〔C9〕の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体ある いはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこ れらのプロドラッグを有効成分として含む PDE4活性阻害剤;  [C13] The compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C9], its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate or solvate thereof Or a PDE4 activity inhibitor containing these prodrugs as active ingredients;
[C14]前記〔C10〕〜〔C12〕の!、ずれかに記載の医薬の製造のための前記〔C1〕〜 〔C9〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、または その薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグの 使用;  [C14] The above-mentioned [C10] to [C12] !, the compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C9] for producing the pharmaceutical according to any one, its possible stereoisomer or racemate Or the use of a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof;
[C15]炎症の予防及び Z又は治療方法であって、前記〔C1〕〜〔C9〕の 、ずれかに 記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグの予防及び Z又は治 療有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法;及び [C15] A method for preventing and / or treating inflammation, comprising the above [C1] to [C9] A prophylactic and Z or therapeutically effective amount of the described compound, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof; Comprising the step of administering to a mammal comprising: and
〔C16〕ヒトを含む哺乳類動物の生体内において PDE4活性を阻害する方法であって 、前記〔C1〕〜〔C9〕のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラ セミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらの プロドラッグの有効量をヒトを含む哺乳類動物に投与する工程を含む方法  [C16] A method for inhibiting PDE4 activity in vivo in mammals including humans, the compound according to any one of the above [C1] to [C9], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or A method comprising administering an effective amount of a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof to a mammal, including a human.
が提供される。  Is provided.
発明の効果  The invention's effect
[0006] 本発明の化合物又はその塩は、ヒトを含む哺乳類動物の生体内で強力な PDE4阻 害作用を示すので、例えば、炎症に起因する種々の疾患の予防及び Z又は治療の ための医薬の有効成分として有用である。また、本発明の化合物又はその塩は極め て毒性が低ぐ安全な医薬の有効成分として用いることができる。  [0006] The compound of the present invention or a salt thereof exhibits a strong PDE4 inhibitory action in the living body of mammals including humans, and thus, for example, a medicament for prevention and Z or treatment of various diseases caused by inflammation. It is useful as an active ingredient. In addition, the compound of the present invention or a salt thereof can be used as an active ingredient of a safe pharmaceutical with extremely low toxicity.
発明を実施するための最良の形態  BEST MODE FOR CARRYING OUT THE INVENTION
[0007] 以下、本発明について具体的に説明する。 [0007] The present invention will be specifically described below.
[0008] 本明細書においては特に断らない限り、ハロゲン原子として、フッ素原子、塩素原 子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が例示される。  In the present specification, unless otherwise specified, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
本明細書において、「低級」の置換基とは、該置換基を構成する炭素数が、最大 10 個までである置換基をいい、例えば 1から 6個までである置換基が例示され、炭素数 が 1から 3個までである置換基が好ましい例として挙げられる。  In the present specification, the “lower” substituent means a substituent having up to 10 carbon atoms constituting the substituent, for example, a substituent having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. Preferred examples include substituents having 1 to 3 numbers.
[0009] アルキル基としては、直鎖状、分枝状、環状、又はそれらの組み合わせである飽和 炭化水素基が挙げられ、低級アルキル基が好ましい。低級アルキル基は、炭素数が 1から 10個までであるアルキル基をいい、炭素数 1から 6までのアルキル基が好ましく 、炭素数 1から 3までのアルキル基が特に好ましい。アルキル部分を有する他の置換 基 (例えばアルコキシ基など)の該アルキル部分にっ 、ても同様である。  [0009] Examples of the alkyl group include a saturated hydrocarbon group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkyl group is preferable. The lower alkyl group refers to an alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and particularly preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. The same applies to the alkyl moiety of other substituents having an alkyl moiety (for example, an alkoxy group).
[0010] 炭素数 1から 3までのアルキル基としては、メチル基、ェチル基、 n-プロピル基、イソ プロピル基、又はシクロプロピル基等が好適な例として挙げられ、さらに炭素数 4から 6までのアルキル基としては、 n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、 s-ブチル基、 t-ブチル基、 シクロブチル基、シクロプロピルメチル基、 n-ペンチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロ プロピルェチル基、シクロブチルメチル基、 n-へキシル基、シクロへキシル基、シクロ プロピルプロピル基、シクロブチルェチル基、又はシクロペンチルメチル基等が好適 な例として挙げられる。アルキル基としては、メチル基、ェチル基、 n-プロピル基、又 はイソプロピル基が特に好まし ヽ。最も好まし 、アルキル基としてはメチル基が挙げら れる。又、最も好ましいアルキル基としてェチル基が挙げられる別の態様もある。 [0010] Preferred examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, and a cyclopropyl group, and further includes 4 to 6 carbon atoms. As the alkyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, Cyclobutyl, cyclopropylmethyl, n-pentyl, cyclopentyl, cyclopropylethyl, cyclobutylmethyl, n-hexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylpropyl, cyclobutylethyl, or cyclopentylmethyl Groups and the like can be mentioned as suitable examples. As the alkyl group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, or an isopropyl group is particularly preferable. Most preferably, the alkyl group includes a methyl group. There is also another embodiment in which an ethyl group is mentioned as the most preferred alkyl group.
[0011] ァルケ-ル基としては、 1個又は 2個以上の二重結合を含む低級ァルケ-ル基等が 挙げられ、 1個の二重結合を含む低級ァルケ-ル基が好ましい。低級アルケニル基 は、炭素数が 2から 10個までであるァルケ-ル基をいい、炭素数 2から 5までのアル ケニル基が好ましぐ炭素数 2から 4までのァルケ-ル基が特に好ましい。炭素数 2か ら 4までのァルケ-ル基としては、ビュル基、ァリル基、プロぺニル基、ブチリデン基、 ブト- 1-ェ-ル基、ブト- 2-ェニル基、又はブト- 3-ェニル基等が好適な例として挙げら れ、さらに炭素数 5のァルケ-ル基としては、ペンチリデン基、ベント- 1-ェ-ル基、ぺ ント -2-ェ-ル基、ベント- 3-ェニル基、又はベント- 4-ェニル基等が好適な例として挙 げられる。アルケニル基としては、ビュル基、ァリル基、又はプロべ-ル基がより好まし ぐビニル基、又はァリル基がさらに好ましぐァリル基が特に好ましい。  [0011] Examples of the alkenyl group include a lower alkenyl group containing one or more double bonds, and a lower alkenyl group containing one double bond is preferable. The lower alkenyl group refers to an alkenyl group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is particularly preferable. . Examples of the alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include a bur group, a allyl group, a propenyl group, a butylidene group, a but-1-enyl group, a but-2-enyl group, and a but-3-yl group. Preferred examples of the alkyl group include pentylidene group, bent-1-ethyl group, pent-2-ethyl group, bent-3- Preferred examples include an enyl group or a bent-4-enyl group. The alkenyl group is particularly preferably a vinyl group, more preferably a buyl group, a allyl group, or a probe group, or a allyl group, more preferably a allyl group.
[0012] アルキニル基としては、 1個又は 2個以上の三重結合を含む低級アルキニル基等が 挙げられ、 1個の三重結合を含む低級アルキ-ル基が好ましい。低級アルキニル基 としては、炭素数 2から 5までのアルキニル基が好ましい。具体的には、ェチニル基、 プロプ -1-ィ-ル基、プロプ -2-ィ-ル基、ブト- 1-ィ-ル基、ブト- 2-ィニル基、ブト- 3- ィ-ル基、ベント- 1-ィ-ル基、ベント- 2-ィ-ル基、ベント- 3-ィ-ル基、又はベント- 4 -ィ -ル基等が好適な例として挙げられ、ェチニル基、プロプ -2-ィニル基、又はブト- 3-ィニル基がより好ましぐェチニル基、又はプロプ -2-ィニル基がさらに好ましぐプ ロブ- 2-ィニル基が特に好まし ヽ。  [0012] Examples of the alkynyl group include a lower alkynyl group containing one or more triple bonds, and a lower alkyn group containing one triple bond is preferable. The lower alkynyl group is preferably an alkynyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Specifically, ethynyl group, prop-1-yl group, prop-2-yl group, but-1-yl group, but-2-ynyl group, but-3-yl group Vent-1-yl group, bent-2-yl group, bent-3-yl group, or bent-4-yl group are preferable examples. A -2-ynyl group or a -2-ynyl group is more preferred, and a propyl-2-ynyl group is more preferred, which is more preferably a prop-2-ynyl group.
[0013] アルキレン基としては、前記に説明したアルキル基から任意の 1個の水素原子を除 いてできる 2価の残基を例示することができ、直鎖状、分枝状、環状、又はそれらの 組み合わせである飽和炭化水素の 2価の基が挙げられ、低級アルキレン基が好まし い。低級アルキレン基は、炭素数が 1から 10個までであるアルキレン基をいい、炭素 数 1から 6までのアルキレン基が好ましぐ炭素数 1から 3までのアルキレン基がより好 ましぐ炭素数 1のアルキレン基がさらに好ましい。炭素数 1のアルキレン基としてはメ チレン基が挙げられ、炭素数 2から 3までのアルキレン基としては、エチレン基、 n-プ ロピレン基、イソプロピレン基、又はシクロプロピレン基等が好適な例として挙げられ、 さらに炭素数 4力 6までの好適なアルキレン基の例としては、前記炭素数 4から 6ま での好適なアルキル基の例に挙げられた基から任意の 1個の水素原子を除いてでき る 2価の残基を挙げることができる。アルキレン基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、 n -プロピレン基、又はイソプロピレン基が特に好ましい。最も好ましいアルキレン基とし てはメチレン基が挙げられる。又、最も好ましいアルキレン基としてエチレン基が挙げ られる別の態様もある。 [0013] The alkylene group can be exemplified by a divalent residue obtained by removing any one hydrogen atom from the alkyl group described above, and is linear, branched, cyclic, or those And a saturated hydrocarbon divalent group, and a lower alkylene group is preferred. A lower alkylene group is an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, An alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred, and an alkylene group having 1 carbon atom is more preferred. Examples of the alkylene group having 1 carbon atom include a methylene group, and preferable examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 3 carbon atoms include an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, an isopropylene group, and a cyclopropylene group. As examples of suitable alkylene groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms, any one hydrogen atom may be removed from the groups listed in the above examples of suitable alkyl groups having 4 to 6 carbon atoms. Bivalent residues that can be produced. As the alkylene group, a methylene group, an ethylene group, an n-propylene group, or an isopropylene group is particularly preferable. The most preferred alkylene group is a methylene group. There is another embodiment in which an ethylene group is mentioned as the most preferable alkylene group.
[0014] ァルケ-レン基としては、前記に説明したアルケニル基から任意の 1個の水素原子 を除 、てできる 2価の残基を例示することができ、 1個又は 2個以上の二重結合を含 む低級ァルケ-レン基等が挙げられ、 1個の二重結合を含む低級ァルケ-レン基が 好ましい。低級ァルケ-レン基は、炭素数が 2から 10個までであるァルケ-レン基を いい、炭素数 2から 5までのァルケ-レン基が好ましぐ炭素数 2から 4までのァルケ- レン基が特に好ましい。炭素数 2から 4までのァルケ-レン基としては、ビ-レン基、プ 口べ-レン基、ブト- 1-ェ-レン基、ブト- 2-ェ-レン基、又はブト- 3-ェ-レン基等が 好適な例として挙げられ、さらに炭素数 5のァルケ-レン基としては、前記炭素数 5の 好適なァルケ-ル基の例に挙げられた基から任意の 1個の水素原子を除いてできる 2価の残基を挙げることができる。ァルケ-レン基としては、ビニレン基、又はプロべ- レン基がより好ましぐビニレン基が特に好ましい。  [0014] Examples of the alkellene group include divalent residues formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from the alkenyl group described above, and include one or two or more double groups. And a lower alkylene group containing a bond, and a lower alkylene group containing one double bond is preferred. The lower alkylene group refers to an alkylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms, and an alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable to an alkylene group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms. Is particularly preferred. Examples of the alkylene group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms include a beylene group, a pavemental group, a but-1-erene group, a but-2-erene group, and a but-3-ene group. -Len group and the like are listed as preferred examples. Furthermore, as the alkylene group having 5 carbon atoms, any one hydrogen atom from the groups listed in the examples of the preferred alkenyl groups having 5 carbon atoms is used. Examples of divalent residues that can be formed by removing. The alkylene group is particularly preferably a vinylene group or a vinylene group, more preferably a propylene group.
[0015] アルコキシ基としては、直鎖状、分枝状、環状、又はそれらの組み合わせである飽 和アルキルエーテル基が挙げられ、低級アルコキシ基が好ましい。低級アルコキシ 基としては、炭素数 1から 6までのアルコキシ基が挙げられる力 炭素数 1から 4までの アルコキシ基が好ましい。炭素数 1から 4までのアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、ェ トキシ基、 n_プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、シクロプロポキシ基、 n-ブトキシ基、イソ ブトキシ基、 s-ブトキシ基、 t-ブトキシ基、シクロブトキシ基、又はシクロプロピルメトキ シ基等が好適な例として挙げられ、さらに炭素数 5又は 6のアルコキシ基としては、 n- ペンチルォキシ基、シクロペンチルォキシ基、シクロプロピルェチルォキシ基、シクロ ブチルメチルォキシ基、 n-へキシルォキシ基、シクロへキシルォキシ基、シクロプロピ ルプロピルォキシ基、シクロブチルェチルォキシ基、又はシクロペンチルメチルォキ シ基等が好適な例として挙げられる。 [0015] Examples of the alkoxy group include a saturated alkyl ether group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkoxy group is preferable. As the lower alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is exemplified. An alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methoxy group, ethoxy group, n_propoxy group, isopropoxy group, cyclopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, s -butoxy group, and t -butoxy group. , Cyclobutoxy group, cyclopropyl methoxy group and the like are preferable examples. Further, as the alkoxy group having 5 or 6 carbon atoms, n- Pentyloxy, cyclopentyloxy, cyclopropylethyloxy, cyclobutylmethyloxy, n-hexyloxy, cyclohexyloxy, cyclopropylpropyloxy, cyclobutylethyloxy, or cyclopentylmethyl A suitable example is a silicon group.
[0016] アルキルチオ基としては、直鎖状、分枝状、環状、又はそれらの組み合わせである 飽和アルキルチオエーテル基が挙げられ、低級アルキルチオ基が好ましい。低級ァ ルキルチオ基としては、炭素数 1から 4までのアルキルチオ基が好ましい。具体的に は、メチルチオ基、ェチォルチオ基、 n-プロピルチオ基、イソプロピルチオ基、シクロ プロピルチオ基、 n-ブチルチオ基、イソブチルチオ基、 s-ブチルチオ基、 t-ブチルチ ォ基、シクロプチルチオ基、又はシクロプロピルメチォルチオ基等が好適な例として 挙げられる。  [0016] The alkylthio group includes a saturated alkylthioether group which is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof, and a lower alkylthio group is preferred. As the lower alkylthio group, an alkylthio group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-propylthio group, isopropylthio group, cyclopropylthio group, n-butylthio group, isobutylthio group, s-butylthio group, t-butylthio group, cycloptylthio group, or A suitable example is a cyclopropylmethylthio group.
[0017] アルコキシカルボ-ル基としては、上記のアルコキシ基の末端にカルボ二ル基を付 した基が挙げられ、低級アルコキシカルボ-ル基が好ましい。低級アルコキシカルボ -ル基としては、炭素数 1から 6までのアルコキシ基の末端にカルボ-ル基を付した 基が挙げられる力 炭素数 1から 4までのアルコキシ基の末端にカルボ二ル基を付し た基が好ましい。具体的には、メトキシカルボ-ル基、エトキシカルボ-ル基、 n-プロ ポキシカノレボニノレ基、イソプロポキシカノレボニノレ基、シクロプロポキシカノレボニノレ基、 n-ブトキシカルボニル基、イソブトキシカルボニル基、 s-ブトキシカルボニル基、 t-ブト キシカルボ-ル基、シクロブトキシカルボニル基、又はシクロプロピルメトキシカルボ- ル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0017] Examples of the alkoxycarbo yl group include groups having a carbonyl group at the end of the above alkoxy group, and a lower alkoxy carbo yl group is preferable. The lower alkoxy carbo group includes a group having a carbo group attached to the end of an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. A carbo yl group is attached to the end of an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. The group attached is preferred. Specific examples include a methoxycarbon group, an ethoxycarbon group, an n-propoxy carbonyl carbonyl group, an isopropoxy carbonyl carbonyl group, a cyclopropoxy carbonyl group, an n-butoxy carbonyl group, and an isobutoxy carbonyl group. Preferred examples include a s-butoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, a cyclobutoxycarbonyl group, a cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl group, and the like.
[0018] ァルケ-ルォキシ基としては、上記アルケニル基の末端に酸素原子を付したァルケ -ルエーテル基等が挙げられ、 1個又は 2個以上の二重結合を含む低級アルケニル ォキシ基が好ましぐ 1個の二重結合を含む低級アルケニルォキシ基がより好ま ヽ 。低級ァルケ-ルォキシ基としては、炭素数 2から 4までのァルケ-ルォキシ基が好ま しい。具体的には、ビニルォキシ基、ァリルォキシ基、又はプロぺニルォキシ基が好 ましぐァリルォキシ基が特に好ましい。  Examples of the alkoxy group include an alkenyl ether group having an oxygen atom at the end of the alkenyl group, and a lower alkenyl oxy group containing one or more double bonds is preferred. A lower alkenyloxy group containing one double bond is more preferred. As the lower alkoxy group, an alkoxy group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred. Specifically, a vinyloxy group, an aryloxy group, or a propenyloxy group is preferable, and an aryloxy group is particularly preferable.
[0019] ァルケ-ルチオ基としては、上記アルケニル基の末端に硫黄原子を付したァルケ 二ルチオエーテル基等が挙げられ、 1個又は 2個以上の二重結合を含む低級アルケ 二ルチオ基が好ましぐ 1個の二重結合を含む低級ァルケ-ルチオ基がより好まし 、 。低級ァルケ-ルチオ基としては、炭素数 2から 4までのァルケ-ルチオ基が好ましい 。具体的には、ビ-ルチオ基、ァリルチオ基、又はプロぺニルチオ基が好ましぐァリ ルチオ基が特に好ましい。 [0019] Examples of the alkarylthio group include an alkenyl thioether group having a sulfur atom attached to the terminal of the alkenyl group, and the like, and a lower alkenyl group containing one or more double bonds. A dialkylthio group is preferred A lower alkylthio group containing one double bond is more preferred. The lower alkthio group is preferably an alkthio group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, a arylthio group, in which a berylthio group, a arylthio group, or a propenylthio group is preferable, is particularly preferable.
[0020] ァシル基としては、例えばアルカノィル基又はァリールカルボ-ル基が好まし!/、例と して挙げられ、アルカノィル基が好ましぐ低級アルカノィル基がさらに好ましい。アル カノィル基としては、直鎖状、分枝状、環状、又はそれらの組み合わせである飽和ァ ルキルカルボニル基が挙げられる力 該アルキル部分は 1個又は 2個以上の不飽和 結合を含んでいてもよい。低級アルカノィル基としては、炭素数 2から 5までのァシル 基が好ましい。具体的にはァセチル基、プロパノィル基、ブタノィル基、 2_メチルプロ パノィル基、シクロプロピルカルボ-ル基、ペンタノィル基、 3-メチルブタノィル基、 2,2 -ジメチルプロパノィル基、又はシクロブチルカルボニル基等が好適な例として挙げら れる。 [0020] The acyl group is preferably, for example, an alkanoyl group or an aryl carbonate group, and is exemplified as an example. A lower alkanoyl group in which an alkanoyl group is preferred is more preferred. The alkanol group includes a saturated alkylcarbonyl group that is linear, branched, cyclic, or a combination thereof. The alkyl moiety may contain one or more unsaturated bonds. Good. As the lower alkanoyl group, an acyl group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred. Specifically, acetyl group, propanol group, butanol group, 2_methyl propanol group, cyclopropyl carbonyl group, pentanoyl group, 3-methyl butanol group, 2,2-dimethyl propanol group, or cyclobutyl carbonyl group, etc. Is a suitable example.
[0021] ァシルォキシ基としては、例えばアルカノィルォキシ基(アルキルカルボ-ルォキシ 基)又はァリールカルボニルォキシ基が好ましい例として挙げられ、アルカノィルォキ シ基が好ましぐ低級アルカノィルォキシ基がさらに好ましい。アルカノィルォキシ基 のアルキル部分は 1個又は 2個以上の不飽和結合を含んでいてもよい。低級アル力 ノィルォキシ基としては、炭素数 2から 5までのァシルォキシ基が好ましい。具体的に は、ァセトキシ基、プロパノィルォキシ基、ブタノィルォキシ基、 2-メチルプロパノィル ォキシ基、シクロプロピルカルボ-ルォキシ基、ペンタノィルォキシ基、 3_メチルブタ ノィルォキシ基、 2,2-ジメチルプロパノィルォキシ基、又はシクロブチルカルボ-ルォ キシ基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0021] As the acyloxy group, for example, an alkanoyloxy group (alkylcarboxyloxy group) or an allylcarbonyloxy group can be mentioned as a preferred example, and a lower alkanoyloxy group preferred by an alkanoyloxy group is further exemplified. preferable. The alkyl part of the alkanoyloxy group may contain one or more unsaturated bonds. As the lower alkyl oxy group, an acyloxy group having 2 to 5 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, acetooxy group, propanoyloxy group, butanoyloxy group, 2-methylpropanoyloxy group, cyclopropylcarboxoxy group, pentanooxy group, 3_methylbutanoyloxy group, 2,2-dimethyl group A suitable example is a propanoyloxy group or a cyclobutylcarboxoxy group.
[0022] アルキルスルフィエル基としては、低級アルキルスルフィエル基が好ましい例として 挙げられる。低級アルキルスルフィエル基としては、炭素数 1から 4までのアルキルス ルフィ-ル基が好ましい。具体的には、メチルスルフィ-ル基、ェチルスルフィ -ル基 、 n-プロピルスルフィエル基、イソプロピルスルフィエル基、シクロプロピルスルフィ- ル基、 n-ブチルスルフィエル基、イソブチルスルフィエル基、 s-ブチルスルフィエル基 、 t-ブチルスルフィエル基、シクロプチルスルフィエル基、又はシクロプロピルメチルス ルフィ -ル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。 [0022] Preferred examples of the alkyl sulfier group include lower alkyl sulfier groups. As the lower alkylsulfur group, an alkylsulfur group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methylsulfyl group, ethylsulfuryl group, n-propylsulfuryl group, isopropylsulfuryl group, cyclopropylsulfuryl group, n-butylsulfuryl group, isobutylsulfuryl group, s-butyl Sulfiel group, t-butylsulfier group, cycloptylsulfier group, or cyclopropylmethyls A suitable example is a luffyl group.
[0023] アルキルスルホ-ル基としては、低級アルキルスルホ-ル基が好ましい例として挙 げられる。低級アルキルスルホ-ル基としては、炭素数 1から 4までのアルキルスルホ -ル基が好ましい。具体的には、メチルスルホ -ル基、ェチルスルホ -ル基、 n-プロ ピルスルホ-ル基、イソプロピルスルホ-ル基、シクロプロピルスルホ-ル基、 n-ブチ ルスルホニル基、イソブチルスルホ -ル基、 s-ブチルスルホ -ル基、 t-ブチルスルホ ニル基、シクロプチルスルホ -ル基、又はシクロプロピルメチルスルホ -ル基等が好 適な例として挙げられる。  [0023] Preferred examples of the alkylsulfol group include lower alkylsulfol groups. As the lower alkyl sulfo group, an alkyl sulfo group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methylsulfol group, ethylsulfol group, n-propylsulfol group, isopropylsulfol group, cyclopropylsulfol group, n-butylsulfonyl group, isobutylsulfol group, s Preferred examples include a -butylsulfol group, a t-butylsulfonyl group, a cycloptylsulfol group, or a cyclopropylmethylsulfol group.
[0024] アルキル力ルバモイル基としては、低級アルキル力ルバモイル基が好ましい例とし て挙げられる。低級アルキル力ルバモイル基としては、炭素数 1から 4までのアルキル 力ルバモイル基が好ましい。具体的には、メチルカルバモイル基、ェチルカルバモイ ル基、 n-プロピル力ルバモイル基、イソプロピル力ルバモイル基、シクロプロピルカル バモイル基、 n-ブチルカルバモイル基、イソブチルカルバモイル基、 s-ブチルカルバ モイル基、 t-ブチルカルバモイル基、シクロプチルカルバモイル基、又はシクロプロピ ルメチルカルバモイル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0024] Preferred examples of the alkyl-strength rubamoyl group include lower alkyl-strength rubamoyl groups. As the lower alkyl strength rubamoyl group, an alkyl strength rubamoyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, methyl carbamoyl group, ethyl carbamoyl group, n-propyl strength rubamoyl group, isopropyl strength rubamoyl group, cyclopropyl carbamoyl group, n-butyl carbamoyl group, isobutyl carbamoyl group, s-butyl carbamoyl group, t-butyl A suitable example is a rucarbamoyl group, a cycloptylcarbamoyl group, or a cyclopropylmethylcarbamoyl group.
[0025] アミノ基としては、 NH基が挙げられる。  [0025] Examples of amino groups include NH groups.
2  2
[0026] ァリール環としては、例えば、単環式芳香族環又は縮合多環式芳香族環等が挙げ られる。ァリール環は炭化水素環であってもよいが、炭素原子以外の環構成原子とし て、例えば、窒素原子、硫黄原子、及び酸素原子力 なる群力 選ばれる 1種又は 2 種以上のへテロ原子を 1個以上、例えば 1〜3個を含んでいてもよい。  [0026] Examples of aryl rings include monocyclic aromatic rings and condensed polycyclic aromatic rings. The aryl ring may be a hydrocarbon ring, but as a ring constituent atom other than a carbon atom, for example, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom, and one or more heteroatoms selected from the group power of oxygen nuclear power are selected. One or more, for example, 1 to 3 may be included.
[0027] 該単環式芳香族環としては、単環式芳香族炭化水素、又はへテロ原子を 1個又は 2個以上含む単環式芳香族複素環などが挙げられる。単環式芳香族炭化水素として はベンゼン環が挙げられる。単環式芳香族複素環としてはへテロ原子を 1個又は 2個 以上含む 5又は 6員環の芳香族複素環が挙げられる。 5又は 6員環芳香族複素環と しては、具体的には、チォフェン、ピリジン、フラン、チアゾール、ォキサゾール、ビラ ゾール、ピラジン、ピリミジン、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピリダジン、イソチアゾール、ィ ソォキサゾール、 1,2,4-ォキサジァゾール、 1,3,4-ォキサジァゾール、 1,2,4-チアジア ゾール、 1,3,4-チアジアゾール、又はフラザン等が好適な例として挙げられる。 [0028] 該縮合多環式芳香族環としては、縮合多環式芳香族炭化水素、又はへテロ原子を 1個又は 2個以上含む縮合多環式芳香族複素環などが挙げられる。縮合多環式芳 香族炭化水素としては、例えば、炭素数 9〜14個の縮合多環式、すなわち、 2又は 3 環式芳香族炭化水素が挙げられ、具体例としては、ナフタレン、インデン、フルオレン 、又はアントラセン等が好適な例として挙げられる。縮合多環式芳香族複素環として は、例えば、ヘテロ原子を 1個以上、例えば 1〜4個を含む 9〜14員、好ましくは 9又 は 10員の縮合多環式芳香族複素環などが挙げられ、具体例としては、ベンゾフラン 、ベンゾチォフェン、ベンズイミダゾール、ベンズォキサゾール、ベンゾチアゾーノレ、 ベンズイソチアゾール、ナフト [2, 3-b]チォフェン、キノリン、イソキノリン、インドール、 キノキサリン、フエナントリジン、フエノチアジン、フエノキサジン、フタラジン、ナフチリ ジン、キナゾリン、シンノリン、カルバゾール、 13 カルボリン、アタリジン、フエナジン、 フタルイミド、又はチォキサンテン等が好適な例として挙げられる。 [0027] Examples of the monocyclic aromatic ring include a monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon or a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle containing one or more heteroatoms. A monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbon includes a benzene ring. Monocyclic aromatic heterocycles include 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms. Specific examples of the 5- or 6-membered aromatic heterocycle include thiophene, pyridine, furan, thiazole, oxazole, azole, pyrazine, pyrimidine, pyrrole, imidazole, pyridazine, isothiazole, isoxazole, 1, Suitable examples include 2,4-oxadiazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1,2,4-thiadiazole, 1,3,4-thiadiazole, and furazane. [0028] Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic ring include condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycles containing one or more heteroatoms, and the like. Examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon include, for example, a condensed polycyclic having 9 to 14 carbon atoms, that is, a bicyclic or tricyclic aromatic hydrocarbon. Specific examples include naphthalene, indene, Fluorene, anthracene or the like is a suitable example. The condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycle includes, for example, a 9 to 14-membered, preferably 9- or 10-membered condensed polycyclic aromatic heterocycle containing 1 or more heteroatoms, for example 1 to 4 heteroatoms. Specific examples include benzofuran, benzothiophene, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazonole, benzisothiazole, naphtho [2,3-b] thiophene, quinoline, isoquinoline, indole, quinoxaline, phenanthridine Preferable examples include phenothiazine, phenoxazine, phthalazine, naphthyridine, quinazoline, cinnoline, carbazole, 13 carboline, atalidine, phenazine, phthalimide, and thixanthene.
[0029] ァリール基としては、例えば、単環式芳香族基又は縮合多環式芳香族基等が挙げ られ、上記に説明したァリール環から任意の 1個の水素原子を除いてできる 1価の残 基を例示することができる。  [0029] The aryl group includes, for example, a monocyclic aromatic group or a condensed polycyclic aromatic group, and is a monovalent aromatic group formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from the aryl ring described above. Residues can be exemplified.
[0030] 該単環式芳香族基としては、単環式芳香族環から任意の 1個の水素原子を除いて できる 1価の残基が挙げられる。単環式芳香族基の具体例としては、フ ニル基、チ ェニル基 (2-又は 3-チェニル基)、ピリジル基 (2-, 3-又は 4-ピリジル基)、フリル基 (2 -又は 3-フリル基)、チアゾリル基 (2-, 4-又は 5-チアゾリル基)、ォキサゾリル基 (2-, 4-又は 5-ォキサゾリル基)、ピラゾリル基(1-, 3-又は 4-ピラゾリル基)、 2-ビラジニル 基、ピリミジ -ル基 (2-, 4-又は 5-ピリミジ -ル基)、ピロリル基(1-, 2-又は 3-ピロリル 基)、イミダゾリル基(1-, 2-又は 4-イミダゾリル基)、ピリダジ -ル基 (3-又は 4-ピリダ ジ-ル基)、 3-イソチアゾリル基、 3-イソォキサゾリル基、 1,2,4-ォキサジァゾール -5- ィル基、又は 1,2,4-ォキサジァゾール -3-ィル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0030] Examples of the monocyclic aromatic group include monovalent residues formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from a monocyclic aromatic ring. Specific examples of the monocyclic aromatic group include a phenyl group, a phenyl group (2- or 3-phenyl group), a pyridyl group (2-, 3- or 4-pyridyl group), and a furyl group (2- or 3-furyl group), thiazolyl group (2-, 4- or 5-thiazolyl group), oxazolyl group (2-, 4- or 5-oxazolyl group), pyrazolyl group (1-, 3- or 4-pyrazolyl group) 2-birazinyl group, pyrimidyl group (2-, 4- or 5-pyrimidyl group), pyrrolyl group (1-, 2- or 3-pyrrolyl group), imidazolyl group (1-, 2- or 4) -Imidazolyl group), pyridazil group (3- or 4-pyridazyl group), 3-isothiazolyl group, 3-isoxazolyl group, 1,2,4-oxadiazole-5-yl group, or 1,2 A suitable example is a 1,4-oxadiazol-3-yl group.
[0031] 該縮合多環式芳香族基としては、 2〜4個、好ましくは 2又は 3個の環力 なる縮合 多環式芳香族環から任意の 1個の水素原子を除いてできる 1価の残基が挙げられる  [0031] The condensed polycyclic aromatic group is a monovalent group formed by removing any one hydrogen atom from a condensed polycyclic aromatic ring having 2 to 4, preferably 2 or 3 ring forces. Of the residues
[0032] 縮合多環式芳香族基の具体例としては、 1-ナフチル基、 2-ナフチル基、 2-インデ -ル基、 2-アンスリル基、キノリル基 (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-又は 8-キノリル基)、イソ キノリル基(1-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7-又は 8-イソキノリル基)、インドリル基(1-, 2-, 3-, 4 -, 5-, 6-又は 7-インドリル基)、イソインドリル基(1-, 2-, 4-又は 5-イソインドリル基) 、フタラジュル基(1-, 5-又は 6-フタラジュル基)、キノキサリニル基 (2-, 3-又は 5-キ ノキサリ-ル基)、ベンゾフラ -ル基(2-, 3-, 4-, 5-又は 6-ベンゾフラ-ル基)、ベン ゾチアゾリル基(2-, 4-, 5-又は 6-ベンゾチアゾリル基)、ベンズイミダゾリル基(1-, 2- , 4-, 5-又は 6-ベンズイミダゾリル基)、フルォレ -ル基(1-, 2-, 3-又は 4-フルォレ -ル基)、又はチォキサンテュル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。 [0032] Specific examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic group include 1-naphthyl group, 2-naphthyl group, 2-indene Group, 2-anthryl group, quinolyl group (2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, 7- or 8-quinolyl group), isoquinolyl group (1-, 3-, 4-, 5 -, 6-, 7- or 8-isoquinolyl group), indolyl group (1-, 2-, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- or 7-indolyl group), isoindolyl group (1-, 2-, 4- or 5-isoindolyl group), phthaladyl group (1-, 5- or 6-phthaladyl group), quinoxalinyl group (2-, 3- or 5-quinoxalyl group), benzofuryl group (2-, 3-, 4-, 5- or 6-benzofulleryl group), benzothiazolyl group (2-, 4-, 5- or 6-benzothiazolyl group), benzimidazolyl group (1-, 2-, 4-, 5 -Or 6-benzimidazolyl group), a fluoro group (1-, 2-, 3- or 4-fluoro group), a thixanthur group, and the like are preferable examples.
[0033] 置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキル基における置換基としては、水酸基、シァノ基、ハロ ゲン原子、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換さ れたアルコキシ基、ァルケ-ルォキシ基、ァルケ-ルチオ基、ァシル基、ァシルォキ シ基、アルキルスルフィエル基、アルキルスルホ-ル基、アルキル力ルバモイル基、ァ ルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたァ ルキルアミノ基、ァシルァミノ基、ァシル(アルキル)アミノ基、アルキルスルホ-ルアミ ノ基、アルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)アミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置 換されたアルキルスルホニルァミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換された アルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)アミノ基、又は置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基等が 好適な例として挙げられ、水酸基、ハロゲン原子、又はアルコキシ基がより好ましい例 として挙げられ、アルコキシ基又はフッ素原子がさらに好ましい例として挙げられ、ァ ルコキシ基が特に好ましい例として挙げられる。また、フッ素原子が特に好ましい別の 態様もある。 [0033] Substituted! As the substituent in the alkyl group, examples of the substituent include a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, and an alkoxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. , Alkyloxy groups, alkyloxy groups, acyl groups, acyloxy groups, alkylsulfuryl groups, alkylsulfol groups, alkyl strength rubamoyl groups, alkylamino groups, dialkylamino groups, and any one or more halogen atoms An alkylamino group, an acylamino group, an acyl (alkyl) amino group, an alkylsulfoamino group, an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group, or an alkylsulfonyl optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms An amino group, an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, or However, an aryl group or the like may be mentioned as a preferred example, a hydroxyl group, a halogen atom or an alkoxy group may be mentioned as a more preferred example, an alkoxy group or a fluorine atom may be mentioned as a more preferred example, and an alkoxy group. Groups are particularly preferred examples. There is also another embodiment in which a fluorine atom is particularly preferred.
本明細書において、置換されていてもよい基(すなわち、アルキル基、ァルケ-ル基 、アルキニル基、アルコキシ基など)における置換基の数は特に限定されないが、通 常 1個から数個であり、 1個であることが好ましい。別の態様においては、置換されて いてもよい基における置換基がハロゲン原子である場合、該置換基の数は 1〜3個で あることが好ましい。  In the present specification, the number of substituents in an optionally substituted group (that is, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, an alkoxy group, etc.) is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to several. 1 is preferable. In another embodiment, when the substituent in the optionally substituted group is a halogen atom, the number of the substituent is preferably 1 to 3.
[0034] 置換されていてもよいアルキル基としては、前述したアルキル基としての好適な例 が好ましい。別の態様として、置換されていてもよいアルキル基としては、前述した置 換されて!/、てもよ!/、アルキル基における好適な置換基によって置換されたアルキル 基が好ましい。置換されていてもよいアルキル基としては、メチル基、ェチル基、 n-プ 口ピル基、イソプロピル基、シクロプロピル基、 n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、 s-ブチル 基、 t-ブチル基、シクロブチル基、シクロプロピルメチル基、 n-ペンチル基、シクロべ ンチル基、シクロプロピルェチル基、シクロブチルメチル基、 n-へキシル基、シクロへ キシル基、シクロプロピルプロピル基、シクロブチルェチル基、シクロペンチルメチル 基、トリフルォロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、 2-ヒドロキシェチル基、メトキシメチル 基、又は 2-メトキシェチル基等が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、メチ ル基、ェチル基、 n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、トリフルォロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチ ル基、 2-ヒドロキシェチル基、メトキシメチル基、又は 2-メトキシェチル基が挙げられ、 特に好ましい例としてメチル基、ェチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、 2-ヒドロキシェチル基 、又はメトキシメチル基が挙げられる。 [0034] As the alkyl group which may be substituted, preferred examples of the alkyl group described above are preferable. In another embodiment, the optionally substituted alkyl group includes the above-mentioned substituents. Preferred is an alkyl group substituted by a suitable substituent in the alkyl group. Examples of the alkyl group which may be substituted include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, cyclopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, and cyclobutyl. Group, cyclopropylmethyl group, n-pentyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclopropylethyl group, cyclobutylmethyl group, n-hexyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclopropylpropyl group, cyclobutylethyl group, Preferred examples include cyclopentylmethyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl group, or 2-methoxyethyl group, and more preferable examples include methyl group and ethyl group. N-propyl group, isopropyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxyethyl group, methoxymethyl Group, or a 2-Metokishechiru group, and a methyl group, Echiru group, hydroxymethyl group, 2-hydroxy E chill group, and a methoxymethyl group as a particularly preferred example.
[0035] 置換されて!、てもよ 、ァルケ-ル基における置換基、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキ -ル基における置換基としては、上記の置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基における置 換基と同様である。 [0035] Substituted in the alkenyl group, substituted !, or the substituent in the alkyl group may be substituted as described above! /, Same as the substituent in the alkyl group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、ァルケ-ル基としては、前述したァルケ-ル基としての好適な 例が好ましぐ置換されていてもよいアルキニル基としては、前述したアルキ-ル基と しての好適な例が好まし 、。  Although the alkenyl group may be substituted, the preferred examples of the alkenyl group described above are preferably substituted. The alkynyl group which may be substituted is preferably the above-described alkenyl group. A preferred example is preferred.
[0036] 置換されて!、てもよ 、アルコキシ基における置換基としては、上記の置換されて!ヽ てもよ 、アルキル基における置換基と同様である。置換されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ 基としては、前述したアルコキシ基としての好適な例が好ましい。別の態様として、置 換されて!/、てもよ!/、アルコキシ基としては、前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ 基における好適な置換基によって置換された好適なアルコキシ基が好まし 、。具体 的には、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、 n_プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、 n-ブトキシ基、ィ ソブトキシ基、 s-ブトキシ基、 t-ブトキシ基、トリフルォロメトキシ基、又は 2—メトキシェ トキシ基が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、トリ フルォロメトキシ基、又は 2—メトキシェトキシ基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例としてメト キシ基、又はエトキシ基が挙げられ、最も好ましい例としてメトキシ基が挙げられる。 [0037] 置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基における置換基としては、上記の置換されて V、てもよ 、アルキル基における置換基と同様である。置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキル チォ基としては、前述したアルキルチオ基としての好適な例が好ましい。具体的には 、メチルチオ基、ェチォルチオ基、 n-プロピルチオ基、イソプロピルチオ基、シクロプ ロピルチオ基、 n-ブチルチオ基、イソブチルチオ基、 s-ブチルチオ基、 t-ブチルチオ 基、シクロプチルチオ基、シクロプロピルメチォルチオ基、又は 2-メトキシェチルチオ 基等が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、メチルチオ基、ェチルチオ基 、又は 2-メトキシェチルチオ基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例としてメチルチオ基、又は ェチルチオ基が挙げられる。 [0036] The substituent in the alkoxy group may be the same as the substituent in the alkyl group, which may be substituted. The alkoxy group may be substituted, but preferred examples of the alkoxy group described above are preferred. In another embodiment, the substituted! /, May! /, And the alkoxy group is preferably a suitable alkoxy group substituted by a suitable substituent in the alkoxy group as described above. Better ,. Specifically, methoxy group, ethoxy group, n_propoxy group, isopropoxy group, n-butoxy group, isobutoxy group, s-butoxy group, t-butoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, or 2-methoxyethoxy group Group is mentioned as a preferred example, more preferred examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, or 2-methoxyethoxy group, and particularly preferred examples include methoxy group or ethoxy group, A most preferred example is a methoxy group. [0037] The substituent in the optionally substituted alkylthio group is the same as the above-described substituent in the substituted V or alkyl group. The alkylthio group is preferably the above-mentioned preferred example of the alkylthio group. Specifically, methylthio group, ethylthio group, n-propylthio group, isopropylthio group, cyclopropylthio group, n-butylthio group, isobutylthio group, s-butylthio group, t-butylthio group, cycloptylthio group, cyclopropyl A methylthio group, a 2-methoxyethylthio group or the like is a preferred example, and a more preferred example is a methylthio group, an ethylthio group, or a 2-methoxyethylthio group, and a particularly preferred example is methylthio group. Group, or an ethylthio group.
[0038] 置換されて!、てもよ 、アルコキシカルボ-ル基としては、前記の置換されて 、てもよ V、アルコキシ基の末端にカルボ二ル基を付したものが好適な例として挙げられる。具 体的には、メトキシカルボ-ル基、エトキシカルボ-ル基、 n-プロポキシカルボ-ル基 、イソプロポキシカノレボニノレ基、シクロプロポキシカノレボニノレ基、 n-ブトキシカノレボニ ル基、イソブトキシカルボ-ル基、 s-ブトキシカルボ-ル基、 t-ブトキシカルボニル基、 シクロブトキシカルボ-ル基、又はシクロプロピルメトキシカルボニル基等が好適な例 として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、メトキシカルボ-ル基、エトキシカルボ-ル基、 又は t-ブトキシカルボ-ル基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例として、メトキシカルボ-ル 基、又はエトキシカルボ-ル基が挙げられる。  [0038] Substituted! As the alkoxy carbo group, the above-described substituted V may be one having a carbonyl group attached to the terminal of the alkoxy group. It is done. Specifically, methoxycarbon group, ethoxycarbon group, n-propoxycarbol group, isopropoxycanenoboninole group, cyclopropoxynoleboninore group, n-butoxycanonolonol group, iso A butoxycarbol group, an s-butoxycarbonyl group, a t-butoxycarbonyl group, a cyclobutoxycarbonyl group, a cyclopropylmethoxycarbonyl group, and the like are given as preferred examples. Group, an ethoxycarbo ol group, or a t-butoxy carbo ol group, and particularly preferred examples include a methoxy carbo ol group or an ethoxy carbo ol group.
[0039] 置換されていてもよいアミノ基としては、 NH基、アルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルァ [0039] The amino group which may be substituted includes NH group, alkylamino group, dialkyla
2  2
ミノ基、ァシルァミノ基、ァシル(アルキル)アミノ基、アルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基、ァ ルキルスルホ -ル(アルキル)アミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換された アルキルアミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル アミノ基、又は 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル(ァ ルキル)アミノ基等が挙げられる。さらに、置換されていてもよいアミノ基としては、 1又 は 2個の置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基で置換されたァミノ基、 1又は 2個の置換さ れて 、てもよ 、ァリール基で置換されたァミノ基、置換されて!、てもよ 、ァリール基及 び置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基で置換されたァミノ基、置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシ ル基で置換されたァミノ基、置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシル基で置換されたアルキルァ ミノ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたァミノ基、置換され て!、てもよ 、アルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたアルキルアミノ基、置換されて!、て もよ 、アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキルチオ力ルバモイ ルァミノ基、置換されていてもよいァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基、置換されていてもよ Vヽァリールチオ力ルバモイルァミノ基、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキルォキシカルボ- ルァミノ基、又は置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリールォキシカルボ-ルァミノ基等も挙げら れる。 Mino group, acylamino group, acyl (alkyl) amino group, alkylsulfolumino group, alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group, alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, one or more halogens Examples thereof include an alkylsulfoamino group optionally substituted with an atom, or an alkylsulfoamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Further, the optionally substituted amino group includes 1 or 2 substituted !, may! /, An amino group substituted with an alkyl group, 1 or 2 substituted, Alternatively, an amino group substituted with an aryl group, substituted !, or an aryl group and substituted, or an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, substituted! , An amino group substituted with an acyl group, substituted !, or an alkyl group substituted with an acyl group Amino group substituted with an optionally substituted alkylsulfol group, substituted! The alkylamino group substituted with an alkylsulfol group, substituted !, or the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group, substituted !, or the alkylthio strength ruberamolyamino group, substituted. May be substituted arylmolybamino group, may be substituted Varylthiolamino group, substituted !, may be alkyloxycarbolamino group, or may be substituted A xylcarbolumino group may also be mentioned.
[0040] アルキルアミノ基としては、低級アルキルアミノ基が好まし 、例として挙げられる。低 級アルキルアミノ基としては、炭素数 1から 4までのアルキルアミノ基が好ましい。具体 的には、メチルァミノ基、ェチルァミノ基、 n-プロピルアミノ基、イソプロピルアミノ基、 シクロプロピルアミノ基、 n-ブチルァミノ基、イソブチルァミノ基、 s-ブチルァミノ基、 t- ブチルァミノ基、シクロブチルァミノ基、又はシクロプロピルメチルァミノ基等が好適な 例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、メチルァミノ基、ェチルァミノ基、又はイソプ 口ピルアミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例としてメチルァミノ基、又はェチルァミノ基 が挙げられる。 [0040] The alkylamino group is preferably a lower alkylamino group, and examples thereof include. The lower alkylamino group is preferably an alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Specifically, methylamino group, ethylamino group, n-propylamino group, isopropylamino group, cyclopropylamino group, n -butylamino group, isobutylamino group, s-butylamino group, t-butylamino group, cyclobutylamino group Group, cyclopropylmethylamino group and the like are preferable examples, and more preferable examples include methylamino group, ethylamino group, and isopropylamino group, and particularly preferable examples include methylamino group and ethylamino group. It is done.
[0041] ジアルキルアミノ基としては、同一又は異なったアルキル基で置換されたァミノ基が 挙げられ、通常、低級ジアルキルァミノ基が好ましい。低級ジアルキルアミノ基として は、それぞれ炭素数 1から 4までのアルキルで置換されたァミノ基が好ましい。具体的 には、ジメチルァミノ基、ェチル (メチル)アミノ基、ジェチルァミノ基、メチル (n-プロピ ル)アミノ基、イソプロピル (メチル)アミノ基、シクロプロピル (メチル)アミノ基、 n-ブチ ル (メチル)アミノ基、イソブチル (メチル)アミノ基、 s-ブチル (メチル)アミノ基、 t-プチ ル (メチル)アミノ基、シクロブチル (メチル)アミノ基、又はシクロプロピルメチル (メチル )ァミノ基等が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、ジメチルァミノ基、ジェ チルァミノ基、又はェチル (メチル)ァミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例として、ジメチ ルァミノ基、又はジェチルァミノ基が挙げられる。  [0041] Examples of the dialkylamino group include an amino group substituted with the same or different alkyl group, and a lower dialkylamino group is usually preferred. As the lower dialkylamino group, an amino group substituted with an alkyl having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is preferable. Specifically, dimethylamino group, ethyl (methyl) amino group, jetylamino group, methyl (n-propyl) amino group, isopropyl (methyl) amino group, cyclopropyl (methyl) amino group, n-butyl (methyl) Preferred examples include amino group, isobutyl (methyl) amino group, s-butyl (methyl) amino group, t-butyl (methyl) amino group, cyclobutyl (methyl) amino group, and cyclopropylmethyl (methyl) amino group. More preferred examples include a dimethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, or an ethyl (methyl) amino group, and particularly preferred examples include a dimethylamino group or a jetylamino group.
[0042] ァシルァミノ基としては、上記ァシル基で置換されたァミノ基が挙げられ、ァシル基 の好ましい例については前記と同様である。具体的には、ァセチルァミノ基、プロパノ ィルァミノ基、ブタノィルァミノ基、 2-メチルプロパノィルァミノ基、シクロプロピルカル ボ-ルァミノ基、ペンタノィルァミノ基、 3-メチルブタノィルァミノ基、 2,2-ジメチルプロ パノィルァミノ基、又はシクロブチルカルボ-ルァミノ基などが好適な例として挙げら れ、より好ましい例として、ァセチルァミノ基、プロパノィルァミノ基、又は 2,2-ジメチル プロパノィルァミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましい例として、ァセチルァミノ基、またはプ ロパノィルァミノ基が挙げられる。 [0042] Examples of the isylamino group include an amino group substituted with the above-mentioned acyl group, and preferred examples of the acyl group are the same as those described above. Specific examples include an acetylamino group, a propanoylamino group, a butanoylamino group, a 2-methylpropanoylamino group, a cyclopropylcarbono group. Preferred examples include a boramino group, a pentanolumino group, a 3-methylbutanoylamino group, a 2,2-dimethylpropanolumino group, and a cyclobutylcarbolamino group. , An acetylamino group, a propanoylamino group, or a 2,2-dimethylpropanoylamino group, and particularly preferred examples include an acetylamino group or a propanoylamino group.
[0043] ァシル(アルキル)アミノ基としては、 1個のァシル基及び 1個のアルキル基で同時に 置換されたァミノ基が挙げられ、ァシル基及びアルキル基の好ま ヽ例につ!、ては 前記と同様である。具体的には、ァセチル (メチル)アミノ基、メチル (プロパノィル)ァ ミノ基、ブタノィル (メチル)アミノ基、メチル (2-メチルプロパノィル)アミノ基、シクロプ 口ピルカルボ-ル (メチル)アミノ基、メチル(ペンタノィル)アミノ基、メチル(3-メチル ブタノィル)アミノ基、 2,2-ジメチルプロパノィル (メチル)アミノ基、又はシクロプチルカ ルポニル (メチル)アミノ基などが好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましい例として、ァセ チル (メチル)アミノ基、又はメチル (プロパノィル)ァミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましくは ァセチル (メチル)ァミノ基が挙げられる。  [0043] Examples of the acyl (alkyl) amino group include one asil group and an amino group substituted with one alkyl group at the same time. Preferred examples of the acyl group and the alkyl group include: It is the same. Specifically, a acetyl (methyl) amino group, a methyl (propanoyl) amino group, a butanol (methyl) amino group, a methyl (2-methylpropanoyl) amino group, a cyclopentacarbonyl (methyl) amino group, Preferred examples include methyl (pentanoyl) amino group, methyl (3-methylbutanol) amino group, 2,2-dimethylpropanol (methyl) amino group, and cycloptylcarbonyl (methyl) amino group, and more preferred. Examples include a acetyl (methyl) amino group or a methyl (propanol) amino group, and particularly preferably a acetyl (methyl) amino group.
[0044] アルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基としては、前記アルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたアミ ノ基が挙げられ、アルキルスルホ-ル基の好まし 、例にっ 、ては前記と同様である。 具体的には、メチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、ェチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、 n-プロピルスル ホ-ルァミノ基、イソプロピルスルホ -ルァミノ基、シクロプロピルスルホ -ルァミノ基、 n-ブチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、イソブチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、 s-ブチルスルホ -ルァ ミノ基、 t-ブチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、シクロプチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、又はシクロプ 口ピルメチルスルホ -ルァミノ基が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましくは、メチルス ルホ -ルァミノ基、ェチルスルホ -ルァミノ基、又は n-プロピルスルホ -ルァミノ基が 挙げられ、特に好ましくは、メチルスルホ -ル基、又はェチルスルホ -ル基が挙げら れる。  [0044] Examples of the alkylsulfoamino group include an amino group substituted with the alkylsulfo group. Preferred examples of the alkylsulfo group are the same as those described above. Specifically, methyl sulfo-lamino group, ethyl sulfo-lamino group, n-propyl sulforamino group, isopropyl sulfo-lamino group, cyclopropyl sulfo-lamino group, n-butyl sulfo-lamino group, isobutyl sulfo-lamino group, Suitable examples include s-butylsulfo-amino group, t-butylsulfo-lumino group, cyclobutylsulfo-lumino group, and cyclopropylmethylsulfo-lumino group, and more preferably methylsulfo-lumino group, ethylsulfo group. -Luamino group or n-propylsulfo-lumino group is mentioned, and methylsulfol group or ethylsulfo group is particularly preferred.
[0045] アルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)アミノ基としては、 1個のアルキルスルホ -ル基及び 1個のアルキル基で同時に置換されたァミノ基が挙げられ、アルキルスルホ二ル基及 びアルキル基の好ましい例については前記と同様である。具体的には、メチル (メチ ルスルホ -ル)アミノ基、ェチルスルホ -ル(メチル)アミノ基、メチル(n-プロピルスル ホ -ル)アミノ基、イソプロピルスルホ-ル(メチル)アミノ基、シクロプロピルスルホ-ル[0045] The alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group includes one alkylsulfo group and an amino group substituted simultaneously with one alkyl group. Preferred examples are the same as described above. Specifically, methyl (methylsulfol) amino group, ethylsulfol (methyl) amino group, methyl (n-propylsulfurate) Hol) amino group, isopropylsulfol (methyl) amino group, cyclopropylsulfol
(メチル)アミノ基、 n-ブチルスルホ -ル (メチル)アミノ基、イソブチルスルホ -ル (メチ ル)アミノ基、 s-ブチルスルホ -ル (メチル)アミノ基、 t-ブチルスルホ -ル (メチル)アミ ノ基、シクロプチルスルホ -ル(メチル)アミノ基、又はシクロプロピルメチルスルホ -ル (メチル)ァミノ基が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましくは、メチル (メチルスルホ- ル)アミノ基、又はェチルスルホニル (メチル)ァミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましくは、メ チル (メチルスルホニル)ァミノ基が挙げられる。 (Methyl) amino group, n-butylsulfol (methyl) amino group, isobutylsulfol (methyl) amino group, s-butylsulfol (methyl) amino group, t-butylsulfol (methyl) amino group , Cycloptylsulfo (methyl) amino group, or cyclopropylmethylsulfo (methyl) amino group, and more preferably, methyl (methylsulfo) amino group or ethylsulfonyl ( A methyl) amino group, particularly preferably a methyl (methylsulfonyl) amino group.
[0046] 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルアミノ基としては、上記のァ ルキルアミノ基の 1個以上の水素原子が任意の種類のハロゲン原子で置換されたァ ルキルアミノ基が挙げられ、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換された炭素数 1か ら 4のアルキルアミノ基が好まし 、。 2個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されて 、る場合に は、該ハロゲン原子は同一でも異なっていてもよい。具体的には、クロロメチルァミノ 基、ジクロロメチルァミノ基、トリクロロメチルァミノ基、フルォロメチルァミノ基、ジフル ォロメチルァミノ基、トリフルォロメチルァミノ基、フルォロェチルァミノ基、又は 2,2,2-ト リフルォロェチルァミノ基等が好適な例として挙げられ、より好ましくはトリフルォロメチ ルァミノ基、又は 2,2,2-トリフルォロェチルァミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましくはトリフル ォロメチルァミノ基が挙げられる。 [0046] Examples of the alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms include alkylamino groups in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the above alkylamino groups are substituted with any kind of halogen atoms. An alkylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred. In the case of being substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples include a chloromethylamino group, a dichloromethylamino group, a trichloromethylamino group, a fluoromethylamino group, a difluoromethylamino group, a trifluoromethylamino group, and a fluorethylamino group. Or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino group and the like are preferable examples, more preferably a trifluoromethylamino group, or a 2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino group, Particularly preferred is a trifluoromethylamino group.
[0047] 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基としては、 前記のアルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基の 1個以上の水素原子が任意の種類のハロゲン 原子で置換されたアルキルスルホニルァミノ基が例示され、通常、 1個以上のハロゲ ン原子で任意に置換された炭素数 1から 4のアルキルスルホニルァミノ基が好ましい 。 2個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている場合には、該ハロゲン原子は同一でも異 なっていてもよい。具体的には、トリフルォロメチルスルホ -ルァミノ基などが例示され る。  [0047] The alkylsulfo-lumino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms includes an alkylsulfonyl in which one or more hydrogen atoms of the alkylsulfo-lumino group are substituted with any kind of halogen atom Examples of the amino group include an alkylsulfonylamino group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. When substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples include a trifluoromethylsulfo-lumino group.
[0048] 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)ァミノ 基としては、前記のアルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)ァミノ基の 1個以上の水素原子が 任意の種類のハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル(アルキル)ァミノ基が 例示され、通常、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換された炭素数 1から 4のアル キルスルホ-ル(アルキル)ァミノ基が好まし 、。 2個以上のハロゲン原子で置換され ている場合には、該ハロゲン原子は同一でも異なっていてもよい。具体的には、メチ ル(トリフルォロメチルスルホ -ル)アミノ基などが例示される。 [0048] As the alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, one or more hydrogen atoms of the aforementioned alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino group may be of any kind. Illustrative are alkylsulfol (alkyl) amino groups substituted with halogen atoms, usually an alkyl of 1 to 4 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Killsulfol (alkyl) amino groups are preferred. When substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. Specific examples include a methyl (trifluoromethylsulfo) amino group.
1又は 2個の置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基で置換されたァミノ基における置換さ れて 、てもよ 、アルキル基としては、前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基として の好適な例が好まし 、。 1又は 2個の置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基で置換された アミノ基としては、前述したアルキルアミノ基、及びジアルキルアミノ基としての好適な 例が好ましい。別の態様として、 1又は 2個の置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置 換されたアミノ基としては、前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基における好適な 置換基によって置換された 1又は 2個のアルキル基で置換されたァミノ基が好まし ヽ 。又、別の態様として、 1又は 2個の置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置換されたァ ミノ基としては、前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基における好適な置換基に よって置換された 1個のアルキル基で置換されたァミノ基が好まし 、。さらに別の態様 として、 1又は 2個の置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置換されたァミノ基としては、 前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基における好適な置換基によって置換され た 1個のアルキル基及び 1個の低級アルキル基で置換されたァミノ基が好ま U、。具 体的には、ジメチルァミノ基、ジェチルァミノ基、ェチルメチルァミノ基、メトキシェチル アミノ基、メチル (メトキシェチル)アミノ基、ヒドロキシェチルァミノ基、又はヒドロキシェ チル (メチル)ァミノ基が好ま 、例として挙げられ、特に好ま 、例としてジメチルアミ ノ基、メトキシェチルァミノ基、又はヒドロキシェチルァミノ基が挙げられる。 1 or 2 substituted or may be substituted in an amino group substituted with an alkyl group, or the alkyl group may be substituted as described above or may be used as an alkyl group. A preferred example is preferred. As the amino group substituted with 1 or 2 substituted !, may! /, Or alkyl groups, preferred examples of the alkylamino group and dialkylamino group described above are preferable. In another embodiment, the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted as described above, or may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group. Or, an amino group substituted with two alkyl groups is preferred. In another embodiment, the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group as described above. Preferred is an amino group substituted with one alkyl group. In still another embodiment, the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted alkyl groups may be substituted as described above, or may be substituted with a suitable substituent in the alkyl group. U, preferably an amino group substituted with one alkyl group and one lower alkyl group. Specifically, a dimethylamino group, a jetylamino group, an ethylmethylamino group, a methoxyethylamino group, a methyl (methoxyethyl) amino group, a hydroxyethylamino group, or a hydroxyethyl (methyl) amino group is preferred. Particularly preferred examples include dimethylamino group, methoxyethylamino group, and hydroxyethylamino group.
1又は 2個の置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基で置換されたァミノ基における置換され て!、てもよ 、ァリール基としては、後述する置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基としての 好適な例が好ましい。また、 1又は 2個の置換されていてもよいァリール基で置換され たァミノ基としては、 1個の前述したァリール基の好適な例で置換されたァミノ基が好 まし!/、。特に好まし!/、例としてはフエニルァミノ基を挙げることができる。 1 or 2 substituted, may be substituted in an amino group substituted with an aryl group !, or may be an aryl group, which will be described later, may be substituted as an aryl group. Preferred examples are preferred. In addition, as the amino group substituted with one or two optionally substituted aryl groups, an amino group substituted with one preferred example of the aforementioned aryl group is preferred! /. Especially preferred! As an example, mention may be made of a phenylamino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基及び置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基で置換された アミノ基における、置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基の好ま 、例としては前記と同様 であり、置換されていてもよいアルキル基における置換基としては、前述した置換され て!、てもよ 、アルキル基の好適な例が好まし 、。置換されて!、てもよ 、ァリール基及 び置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基で置換されたァミノ基としては、置換されて!ヽても ょ ヽァリール基で置換されたアルキルアミノ基が好まし 、。特に好まし 、例としては、 メチル (フエニル)アミノ基を挙げることができる。 Substituted, aryl, and substituted !, may! /, Amino groups substituted with alkyl groups, substituted, and preferred aryl groups, for example Similarly, the substituent in the alkyl group which may be substituted is the above-described substituted group. ! However, preferred examples of alkyl groups are preferred. Substituted !, may, or aryl groups and may be substituted, alkylamino groups substituted with alkyl groups include substituted! Alkylamino groups substituted with aryl groups. Is preferred. Particular preference is given to the methyl (phenyl) amino group as an example.
置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基で置換されたァミノ基、及び置換されて 、てもよ ヽァ シル基で置換されたアルキルアミノ基におけるァシル基の置換基としては、後述する 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基における置換基の好適な例が好まし 、。置換されてAs the substituent of the asil group in the alkylamino group which may be substituted or may be substituted with an acyl group and the alkylamino group which may be substituted and may be substituted with an acyl group, However, preferred examples of substituents on the acyl group are preferred. Replaced
V、てもよ 、ァシル基で置換されたァミノ基の特に好まし 、例としては、ァセチルァミノ 基、プロパノィルァミノ基、ブタノィルァミノ基、又はフエ-ルァセチルァミノ基を挙げる ことができる。 However, particularly preferred examples of the amino group substituted with an acyl group include an acetylylamino group, a propanoylamino group, a butanoylamino group, and a phenylacetylamino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたァミノ基、及び置換されてSubstituted, may be an amino group substituted with an alkylsulfol group, and substituted
V、てもよ 、アルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたアルキルアミノ基におけるアルキルス ルホ-ル基の置換基としては、後述する置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルスルホ -ル基 における置換基の好適な例が好まし 、。置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキルスルホ-ル 基で置換されたァミノ基の特に好ましい例としては、メタンスルホニルァミノ基、トリフ ルォロメタンスルホ -ルァミノ基、メチル (メタンスルホ -ル)アミノ基、又はメチル(トリ フルォロメタンスルホ -ル)アミノ基を挙げることができる。 The substituent of the alkyl sulfo group in the alkyl amino group substituted with the alkyl sulfo group may be substituted as described later !, may! /, The substitution in the alkyl sulfo group. Preferred examples of groups are preferred. Particularly preferable examples of the amino group substituted and substituted with an alkylsulfol group include a methanesulfonylamino group, a trifluoromethanesulfo-lumino group, a methyl (methanesulfol) amino group, or Mention may be made of methyl (trifluoromethanesulfol) amino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基における置換基としては、該置 換基の置換位置がアルキル基上である場合、該置換基は前述した置換されて ヽても ょ 、アルキル基における置換基の好適な例が好ましぐ又は該置換基の置換位置が アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基の窒素原子上であった場合は、該置換基は前述した 置換されていてもよいアルキル基の好適な例、又は水素原子が好ましい。置換され て!、てもよ 、アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基における置換基は 1つ又はそれ以上あつ てもよく、それぞれ独立に同一又は異なっていてもよい。置換されていてもよいアルキ ルカルバモイルァミノ基としては、該置換基として一つ存在し、その置換位置がアル キル基上である基が好ましい。特に好ましい例としては、ェチルカルバモイルァミノ基 又はメチルカルバモイルァミノ基を挙げることができる。 The substituent in the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group may be substituted when the substitution position of the substituent is on the alkyl group, the substituent may be substituted as described above. Preferred examples of the substituent are preferred, or when the substitution position of the substituent is on the nitrogen atom of the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group, the substituent is a preferred example of the alkyl group which may be substituted as described above. Or a hydrogen atom is preferred. Replaced! However, there may be one or more substituents in the alkyl strength ruberamoylamino group, and each may be independently the same or different. As the optionally substituted alkylcarbamoylamino group, a group in which one substituent exists and the substitution position is on the alkyl group is preferable. Particularly preferred examples include ethylcarbamoylamino group and methylcarbamoylamino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキルチオ力ルバモイルァミノ基につ!、ての好まし!/、例は上 記アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基の例に対応するそれぞれの場合と同様である。特に 好まし 、例としては、ェチルチオ力ルバモイルァミノ基又はメチルチオ力ルバモイル アミノ基を挙げることができる。 Substituted, but the alkylthio group may be a ruberamoylamino group! It is the same as the respective cases corresponding to the examples of the alkyl power ruberamoylamino group. Particularly preferred examples include an ethylthio-powered ruberamoylamino group or a methylthio-powered ruberamoylamino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキルォキシカルボ-ルァミノ基にっ 、ての好まし!/、例は上 記アルキル力ルバモイルァミノ基の例に対応するそれぞれの場合と同様である。特に 好まし 、例としては、エトキシカルボ-ルァミノ基又はメトキシカルボ-ルァミノ基を挙 げることができる。  Even if substituted, the alkyloxycarbolamino group is preferably preferred! /, And examples thereof are the same as in the respective cases corresponding to the examples of the alkyl power ruberamoylamino group. Particularly preferred examples include an ethoxycarbo-amino group or a methoxycarbo-amino group.
置換されて ヽてもよ 、ァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基における置換基としては、該置換 基の置換位置がァリール基上である場合、後述する置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基 の好適な例が好ましぐ該置換基の置換位置がァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基の窒素 上であった場合には、該置換基は前述した置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基の好適 な例、又は水素原子が好ましい。置換されていてもよいァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基 における置換基は一つ又はそれ以上あってもよぐそれぞれ独立に同一又は異なつ ていてもよい。置換されていてもよいァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基としては、該置換さ れて 、てもよ 、ァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基上の置換基として一つ存在し、その置 換位置がァリール基上である基が好ましい。特に好ましい例としては、置換されてい てもよいフエ-ルカルバモイルァミノ基を挙げることができる。  Even if it is substituted, as a substituent in the aryl group ruberamoylamino group, when the substitution position of the substituent is on the aryl group, a preferred example of the aryl group may be substituted as described later. When the substitution position of the substituent is on the nitrogen of the aryl group ruberamoylamino group, the substituent may be substituted as described above, but a preferred example of an alkyl group or a hydrogen atom is preferred. There may be one or more substituents in the aryl group ruberamoylamino group which may be substituted, and each may be independently the same or different. The optionally substituted allyl force ruberamoylamino group is preferably a group that is present as a substituent on the allyl force ruberamoylamino group and the substitution position is on the allyl group. . A particularly preferred example is an optionally substituted phenylcarbamoylamino group.
置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリールチオ力ルバモイルァミノ基につ!、ての好まし!/、例は上 記ァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基の例に対応するそれぞれの場合と同様である。 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリールォキシカルボ-ルァミノ基にっ 、ての好まし!/、例は上 記ァリール力ルバモイルァミノ基の例に対応するそれぞれの場合と同様である。特に 好まし 、例としては、置換されて 、てもよ 、フエ-ルチオ力ルバモイルァミノ基を挙げ ることがでさる。  Even if it is substituted, it is preferable to use the arylo-powered ruberamoylamino group, and examples thereof are the same as those in the respective examples corresponding to the above-mentioned examples of the arylo-powered ruberamoylamino group. Although preferred, the aryloxycarbo-lamino groups are preferred! /, And examples thereof are the same as those in the respective cases corresponding to the above-described examples of the aryl force ruberamoylamino groups. Particular preference is given to mention, as an example, a substituted thiol-molybamoylamino group.
[0049] 置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシル基における置換基としては、上記の置換されて ヽても よいアルキル基における置換基と同様である力 特に、 1個以上のハロゲン原子が好 ましい。  [0049] The substituent in the acyl group may be the same force as the substituent in the alkyl group that may be substituted, in particular, one or more halogen atoms are preferred. Yes.
[0050] 置換されていてもよいァシル基としては、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換さ れたァシル基が好ましぐ 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換された炭素数 2から 5のァシル基が好ましい。 2個以上のハロゲン原子で置換されている場合には、該ハ ロゲン原子は同一でも異なって 、てもよ 、。トリフルォロアセチル基等が好適な例とし て挙げられる。 [0050] The optionally substituted acyl group is preferably an acyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. From 2 carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. An acyl group of 5 is preferred. When substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. A suitable example is a trifluoroacetyl group.
[0051] そのほかに、置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシル基としては、ァセチル基、プロパノィル基 、ブタノィル基、 2-メチルプロパノィル基、シクロプロピルカルボ-ル基、ペンタノィル 基、 3-メチルブタノィル基、 2, 2-ジメチルプロパノィル基、又はシクロブチルカルボ- ル基等が好ましぐより好ましくはァセチル基、プロパノィル基、又は 2,2-ジメチルプロ パノィル基が挙げられ、特に好ましくはァセチル基、又はプロパノィル基が挙げられ る。  [0051] In addition, there may be substituted !, but the acyl group includes an acetyl group, a propanol group, a butanol group, a 2-methyl propanol group, a cyclopropyl carbonyl group, a pentanoyl group, and a 3-methyl butanol group. Group, 2,2-dimethylpropanol group, cyclobutylcarbol group, etc. are preferred, more preferably acetyl group, propanol group, or 2,2-dimethylpropanol group, particularly preferably acetyl group. Group or a propanol group.
[0052] 置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシルォキシ基としては、上記の置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシル 基の末端に酸素原子を付したものが好まし 、。トリフルォロアセトキシ基等が好適な 例として挙げられる。  [0052] As the acyloxy group, the above-mentioned substituted! Is preferably one having an oxygen atom attached to the terminal of the acyl group. A suitable example is a trifluoroacetoxy group.
[0053] そのほかに、置換されて!、てもよ ヽァシルォキシ基としては、ァセトキシ基、プロパノ ィルォキシ基、ブタノィルォキシ基、 2-メチルプロパノィルォキシ基、シクロプロピル力 ルボニルォキシ基、ペンタノィルォキシ基、 3-メチルブタノィルォキシ基、 2,2-ジメチ ルプロパノィルォキシ基、又はシクロブチルカルボ-ルォキシ基等が好ましぐより好 ましくはァセトキシ基、プロパノィルォキシ基、又は 2,2-ジメチルプロパノィルォキシ基 が挙げられ、特に好ましくはァセトキシ基、又はプロパノィルォキシ基があげられる。  [0053] In addition, substituted! May be used. Examples of the acyloxy group include acetoxy group, propanoyloxy group, butanoyloxy group, 2-methylpropanoyloxy group, cyclopropyl group sulfonyloxy group, and pentanoyloxy group. , 3-methylbutanoyloxy group, 2,2-dimethylpropanoyloxy group, cyclobutylcarboxoxy group, etc. are more preferable, acetooxy group, propanoloxy group, or 2 1,2-dimethylpropanoyloxy group, particularly preferably acetooxy group or propanoyloxy group.
[0054] 置換されていてもよいアルキルスルフィエル基における置換基としては、上記の置 換されていてもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様である力 特に、 1個以上のハ ロゲン原子が好ましい。  [0054] The substituent in the optionally substituted alkylsulfier group is the same force as the substituent in the above optionally substituted alkyl group, and particularly preferably one or more halogen atoms.
[0055] 置換されていてもよいアルキルスルフィエル基としては、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で 任意に置換されたアルキルスルフィニル基が好ましぐ 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任 意に置換された炭素数 1から 4のアルキルスルフィエル基が好まし!/、。 2個以上のハロ ゲン原子で置換されて 、る場合には、該ハロゲン原子は同一でも異なって 、てもよ ヽ 。トリフルォロメタンスルフィニル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0055] The optionally substituted alkylsulfiel group is preferably an alkylsulfinyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The number of carbon atoms arbitrarily substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred. 1 to 4 alkylsulfier groups are preferred! When substituted with two or more halogen atoms, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. A preferred example is a trifluoromethanesulfinyl group.
[0056] そのほかに、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキルスルフィエル基としては、メチルスルフィ -ル基、ェチルスルフィ-ル基、 n-プロピルスルフィエル基、イソプロピルスルフィ- ル基、シクロプロピルスルフィエル基、 n-ブチルスルフィエル基、イソブチルスルフィ二 ル基、 s-ブチルスルフィエル基、 t-ブチルスルフィエル基、シクロプチルスルフィエル 基、又はシクロプロピルメチルスルフィエル基等が好ましぐより好ましい例としてメチ ルスルフィ-ル基、又はェチルスルフィエル基が挙げられ、特に好ましくは、メチルス ルフィ-ル基が挙げられる。 [0056] Besides, substituted! May be used. Examples of the alkylsulfur group include methylsulfyl group, ethylsulfuryl group, n-propylsulfuryl group, isopropylsulfuryl group. Group, cyclopropylsulfuryl group, n-butylsulfuryl group, isobutylsulfuryl group, s-butylsulfuryl group, t-butylsulfuryl group, cycloptylsulfuryl group, or cyclopropylmethylsulfuryl group More preferred examples of which are preferred include methylsulfyl group or ethylsulfuryl group, and particularly preferred is methylsulfuryl group.
[0057] 置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基における置換基としては、上記の置換 されていてもよいアルキル基における置換基と同様である力 特に、 1個以上のハロ ゲン原子が好ましい。  [0057] The substituent in the optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group is the same force as the substituent in the above optionally substituted alkyl group, and particularly preferably one or more halogen atoms.
[0058] 置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル基としては、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換 されたアルキルスルホニル基が好ましぐ 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換され た炭素数 1から 4のアルキルスルホ-ル基が好まし!/、。 2個以上のハロゲン原子で置 換されている場合には、該ハロゲン原子は同一でも異なっていてもよい。トリフルォロ メタンスルホニル基等が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0058] The substituted alkylsulfonyl group is preferably an alkylsulfonyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. The number of carbon atoms optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is 1-4. The alkylsulfol group is preferred! When two or more halogen atoms are substituted, the halogen atoms may be the same or different. A suitable example is a trifluoromethanesulfonyl group.
[0059] そのほかに、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキルスルホ-ル基としては、メチルスルホ- ル基、ェチルスルホ -ル基、 n-プロピルスルホ-ル基、イソプロピルスルホ-ル基、シ クロプロピルスルホ-ル基、 n-ブチルスルホ -ル基、イソブチルスルホ -ル基、 s -プチ ルスルホニル基、 t-ブチルスルホ -ル基、シクロプチルスルホ -ル基、又はシクロプロ ピルメチルスルホニル基等が好ましぐより好ましい例としては、メチルスルホ -ル基、 又はェチルスルホ -ル基が挙げられ、特に好ましくはメチルスルホ -ル基が挙げられ る。  [0059] In addition, the alkylsulfol group may be substituted !, methylsulfol group, ethylsulfol group, n-propylsulfol group, isopropylsulfol group, cyclopropyl group. A sulfo group, an n-butyl sulfo group, an isobutyl sulfo group, an s-butyl sulfonyl group, a t-butyl sulfo group, a cyclobutyl sulfo group, or a cyclopropyl methyl sulfonyl group is preferred. More preferable examples include a methylsulfol group or an ethylsulfol group, and a methylsulfol group is particularly preferable.
[0060] 置換されて!、てもよ 、ァリール環における置換基、置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基 における置換基としては、水酸基、 1個以上の水酸基で任意に置換されたアルキル 基、ハロゲン原子、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキル基、アルコ キシ基、アルキルチオ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルコキシ基 [0060] Substituted in the aryl ring, may be substituted, and the substituent in the aryl group may be a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more hydroxyl groups, Halogen atom, alkyl group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, alkoxy group, alkylthio group, alkoxy group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms
、ァルケ-ルォキシ基、ァルケ-ルチオ基、ァシル基、ァシルォキシ基、アルキルス ルフィ-ル基、アルキルスルホ-ル基、アルキル力ルバモイル基、アルキルアミノ基、 ジアルキルアミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルアミノ基、 ァシルァミノ基、ァシル(アルキル)アミノ基、アルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基、アルキルス ルホニル(アルキル)アミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキル スルホ -ルァミノ基、又は 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスル ホニル (アルキル)アミノ基等が好適な例として挙げられる。 , Alkyloxy group, alkylthio group, acyl group, acyloxy group, alkylsulfuryl group, alkylsulfol group, alkyl strength rubamoyl group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group, any one or more halogen atoms Substituted alkylamino groups, acylamino groups, acyl (alkyl) amino groups, alkylsulfo-amino groups, alkyls Preferred are a sulfonyl (alkyl) amino group, an alkyl sulfo-lamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, or an alkyl sulfonyl (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms. Take as an example.
[0061] 置換されて!、てもよ 、ァリール環、置換されて!、てもよ 、ァリール基としては、前述 したァリール環、ァリール基としての好適な例において、上記の置換基を有するァリ ール環、ァリール基が好適な例として挙げられる。  [0061] Substituted !, may be an aryl ring, may be substituted !, or an aryl group may be the aforementioned aryl group or aryl group having the above-mentioned substituents. Preferred examples include a reel ring and an aryl group.
[0062] 前記一般式(1)中、 Ar1はフリル基、チェニル基、トリァゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ォ キサゾリル基、又はべンゾチアゾリル基を示し、 Ar1は置換されていてもよい。 Ar1は 置換されて 、てもよ 、し置換されて 、なくてもょ 、が、 Ar1は置換されて!、ることが好 ましい。また、置換されていないことが好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar1としてはフリル基 、チェニル基、又はチアゾリル基がより好ましぐフリル基又はチェニル基がさらに好 ましぐチェニル基が特に好ましい。また、フリル基が特に好ましい別の態様もある。 一般式(1)中、 Ar1がピリミジン環と結合する位置、及び Ar1上に置換基が存在する 場合の該置換基の位置及び数を示した好ましい例を下記に示す。ただし、下記構造 中 Vは一般式(1)中でピリミジン環 2位に結合する位置を、
Figure imgf000037_0001
W2は置換基の結合 する位置をそれぞれ示す。
In the general formula (1), Ar 1 represents a furyl group, a phenyl group, a triazolyl group, a thiazolyl group, an oxazolyl group, or a benzothiazolyl group, and Ar 1 may be substituted. Ar 1 is substituted, even I, being a tooth replacement, Nakutemoyo, but, Ar 1 is substituted!, Rukoto is good Masui. There is also another embodiment in which it is preferably not substituted. Ar 1 is particularly preferably a furyl group, a chenyl group, or a thiazolyl group, more preferably a furyl group or a chenyl group, and even more preferably a chenyl group. There is also another embodiment in which a furyl group is particularly preferred. In the general formula (1), preferred examples showing the position at which Ar 1 is bonded to the pyrimidine ring and the position and number of the substituent when Ar 1 is present are shown below. However, in the following structure, V represents the position bonded to the 2-position of the pyrimidine ring in the general formula (1),
Figure imgf000037_0001
W 2 represents the position to which the substituent is bonded.
Ar1がフリル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is a furyl group,
[0063] [化 2]
Figure imgf000037_0002
[0063] [Chemical 2]
Figure imgf000037_0002
A -1 ΑΠ-2 Ar1-3 A -4 Ar1-5 AM -6 A - Ar1-8
Figure imgf000037_0003
A -1 ΑΠ-2 Ar1-3 A -4 Ar1-5 AM -6 A-Ar1-8
Figure imgf000037_0003
Ar1 -9 A -10 Ar1 -11 Ar1 -12 A -13 A -14 が好ましぐ  Ar1 -9 A -10 Ar1 -11 Ar1 -12 A -13 A -14 is preferred
[0064] [化 3] [0064] [Chemical 3]
-w1 -w 1
Figure imgf000037_0004
Figure imgf000037_0004
AM-4 A -5 Ar1 -6 A - Ar1 -8 力 り好ましぐ AM-4 A -5 Ar1 -6 A-Ar1 -8 Power
[0065] [化 4]
Figure imgf000038_0001
[0065] [Chemical 4]
Figure imgf000038_0001
Ar1-4 Ar1-5 Ar1-8 が特に好ましい。  Ar1-4 Ar1-5 Ar1-8 is particularly preferred.
Ar1がチェ-ル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is a chaer group,
[0066] [化 5]
Figure imgf000038_0002
[0066] [Chemical 5]
Figure imgf000038_0002
A -15 Ar1-16 A -17 AM- 18 A -19 Ar1-21 A -22
Figure imgf000038_0003
A -15 Ar1-16 A -17 AM- 18 A -19 Ar1-21 A -22
Figure imgf000038_0003
Ar1-23 Ar1-24 AM -25 A -26 Ar1-27 A -28 が好ましく、  Ar1-23 Ar1-24 AM -25 A -26 Ar1-27 A -28 is preferred,
[0067] [化 6]
Figure imgf000038_0004
[0067] [Chemical 6]
Figure imgf000038_0004
A -17 Ar1-18 Ar1-19 A -20 A -21 Ar1-22 力はり好ましく、  A -17 Ar1-18 Ar1-19 A -20 A -21 Ar1-22
[0068] [化 7] v -s [0068] [Chemical 7] v -s
w1 - w w 1 -w
w1 w 1
ArM8 AM -19 Ar1-22 力 Sさらに好ましく、  ArM8 AM -19 Ar1-22 force S More preferable,
[0069] [化 8] ノ w. [0069] [Chemical 8] No w.
Arl-19 が特に好ましい。 Arl-19 Is particularly preferred.
Ar1がトリァゾリル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is a triazolyl group,
[化 9]
Figure imgf000039_0001
[Chemical 9]
Figure imgf000039_0001
AM -29 AM -30 Ar1-31 A -32  AM -29 AM -30 Ar1-31 A -32
Tl Tl
A -36A -36
Figure imgf000039_0002
Figure imgf000039_0002
が好ましぐ  Prefer
[0071] [化 10]
Figure imgf000039_0003
[0071] [Chemical 10]
Figure imgf000039_0003
Ar1-31 Ar 32 Ar1-38 Ar1-39 Ar 40 A「1 がより好ましぐ Ar1-31 Ar 32 Ar1-38 Ar1-39 Ar 40 A `` 1 is more preferred
[0072] [化 11]
Figure imgf000039_0004
[0072] [Chemical 11]
Figure imgf000039_0004
A -33 Ar1-38 Ar -40  A -33 Ar1-38 Ar -40
が特に好ましい。  Is particularly preferred.
Ar1がチアゾリル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is a thiazolyl group,
[0073] [化 12]  [0073] [Chemical 12]
Figure imgf000039_0005
が好ましぐ
Figure imgf000039_0005
Prefer
[0074] [化 13]
Figure imgf000040_0001
AM-47 力 り好まし
[0074] [Chemical 13]
Figure imgf000040_0001
AM-47 power is preferred
[0075] [化 14]
Figure imgf000040_0002
[0075] [Chemical 14]
Figure imgf000040_0002
AM-47 Ar1-48 Ar1,49 A -51 が特に好ましい。  AM-47 Ar1-48 Ar1, 49 A -51 are particularly preferred.
Ar1がォキサゾリル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is an oxazolyl group,
[0076] [化 15] / [0076] [Chemical 15] /
W1 W 1
ΑΠ-62
Figure imgf000040_0003
が好ましぐ
ΑΠ-62
Figure imgf000040_0003
Prefer
[0077] [化 16] w1丫。 [0077] [Chemical 16] w 1丫.
0 w  0 w
N ■w1 N w 1
w1 『 /, w 1 '/,
W1 w1 V V W 1 w 1 VV
Ar1'59 Ad -60 A -61 A -62 AM -63 A -64 力 り好ましぐ  Ar1'59 Ad -60 A -61 A -62 AM -63 A -64
[0078] [化 17] w1[0078] [Chemical 17] w 1 ,
N N
Figure imgf000040_0004
ΐ v V
Figure imgf000040_0004
ΐ v V
A -59 A -60 Ar 61 A -63 が特に好ましい。 A -59 A -60 Ar 61 A -63 Is particularly preferred.
Ar1がべンゾチアゾリル基の場合、 When Ar 1 is a benzothiazolyl group,
[0079] [化 18] [0079] [Chemical 18]
Figure imgf000041_0001
が好ましぐ
Figure imgf000041_0001
Prefer
[0080] [化 19]
Figure imgf000041_0002
[0080] [Chemical 19]
Figure imgf000041_0002
Ar1-68 A -69 Ar1-70 AM -71 Ar仁 72 力 り好ましぐ  Ar1-68 A -69 Ar1-70 AM -71 Ar Jin 72 Power
[0081] [化 20]
Figure imgf000041_0003
[0081] [Chemical 20]
Figure imgf000041_0003
Ar 68 A -70 AM -71 が特に好ましい。  Ar 68 A -70 AM -71 is particularly preferred.
[0082] Ar1が置換されて 、る場合、該置換基として好ましくはハロゲン原子、水酸基、シァ ノ基、カルボキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルケ -ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置 換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換されていて もよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換されていてもよ いアルキルスルフィエル基、置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換され ていてもよいァリール基、— CON (RU) (R12) (R11及び R12は同一であっても異なつ ていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換 されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基を示すか、あるいは R11及び R12が一緒になつて 3〜7員 環を形成して N R11) (R12)として環状アミンを示す。)、及び- SO N (R13) (R14) (R13 [0082] When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, Group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group. An optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfier group, a substituted An optionally substituted alkylsulfol group, an optionally substituted aryl group, —CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 may be the same or different, and each independently. , A hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted, may represent an aryl group, or R 11 and R 12 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to form an NR 11 ) (R 12 ) represents a cyclic amine. ), And -SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13
2  2
及び R14は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されて いてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよいァリール基を示す力、あるいは R13 及び R14が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R13) (R14)として環状アミンを示す。 )からなる群より選択される任意の 1つ以上の基であり、 1つ又は 2つの基であることが 好ましぐ 1つの基であることがより好ましい。また 2つの基であることがより好ましい別 の態様もある。 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基としてより好ましくはハロゲン原 子、水酸基、シァノ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアル コキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置 換されていてもよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換さ れていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァリール基、—CON ( R11) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である)、及び- SO N (R13) (R14) (R13及び R14 And R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, or R 13 and R 14 Together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine. ) Is any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of 1) or 2 groups, more preferably 1 group. In another embodiment, two groups are more preferable. When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent is more preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or optionally substituted. An alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, a substituted An aryl group, —CON (R 11 ) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above), and —SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13 and R 14
2  2
は前記と同義である)からなる群より選択される任意の基であり、さらに好ましくはハロ ゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置 換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換され ていてもよいァリール基、及び— CON (R11) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である) 力もなる群より選択される任意の基である。 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基とし て、 [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコ キシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、及び 置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より選択される任意の基が好ま 、別の 態様もある。また、 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基として、 [ハロゲン原子、置換 されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていても よいアミノ基]からなる群より選択される任意の基が好ましい別の態様もある。さらに、 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基として、 [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよい アルキル基、置換されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ基]力 なる群より選択される任意の基 が好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基として、特に好まし くは置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基である。 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基 として、置換されていてもよいアミノ基が特に好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar1における 置換基が置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基である場合、前述した置換されて 、てもよ ヽ アミノ基であれば特に限定されないが、 -NH基、アルキルアミノ基、ジアルキルアミ Is an arbitrary group selected from the group consisting of the above and more preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group. An optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, and —CON (R 11 ) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above) Any group selected from the group of forces. When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent includes: a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted Preferred is an amino group which may be substituted, and any group selected from the group which may be substituted or may also be an acyl group. There are also embodiments. In the case where Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent is a group consisting of [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, optionally substituted alkoxy group, optionally substituted amino group]. There is another embodiment in which any group selected is more preferable. Further, when Ar 1 is substituted, as the substituent, [halogen atom, optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted or optionally alkoxy group] any group selected from the group consisting of There are other preferred embodiments. When Ar 1 is substituted, the substituent is particularly preferably an optionally substituted alkoxy group. When Ar 1 is substituted, there is another embodiment in which an amino group which may be substituted is particularly preferable as the substituent. In the case where the substituent in Ar 1 is substituted or an amino group, it is not particularly limited as long as it is an amino group as described above, but it is not particularly limited, but —NH group, alkylamino group, dialkylamino group
2  2
ノ基、ァシルァミノ基、ァシル(アルキル)アミノ基、アルキルスルホ -ルァミノ基、アル キルスルホ-ル(アルキル)アミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたァ ルキルアミノ基、 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ -ルァ ミノ基、又は 1個以上のハロゲン原子で任意に置換されたアルキルスルホ-ル(アル キル)ァミノ基が好ましぐ又、 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基として、 CON ( R11) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である)が特に好ましい別の態様もある。さらに 、 Ar1が置換されている場合、該置換基としてハロゲン原子が特に好ましい別の態様 もある。該ハロゲン原子としてはフッ素、塩素、又は臭素が好ましぐ臭素が特に好ま しい。該ハロゲン原子として塩素又はフッ素が好ましい別の態様もある。また、該ハロ ゲン原子として塩素が好ましい別の態様もあり、さらにフッ素が好ましい別の態様もあ る。 Ar1が複数の置換基で置換されている場合、該置換基は同一であっても異なって いてもよい。 Group, an acylamino group, an acyl (alkyl) amino group, an alkylsulfolumino group, an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group, an alkylamino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms, and one or more halogens An alkylsulfo-amino group optionally substituted with an atom or an alkylsulfo (alkyl) amino group optionally substituted with one or more halogen atoms is preferred and Ar 1 is substituted In this case, there is another embodiment in which CON (R 11 ) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above) is particularly preferable as the substituent. Furthermore, when Ar 1 is substituted, there is another embodiment in which a halogen atom is particularly preferable as the substituent. The halogen atom is particularly preferably bromine, preferably fluorine, chlorine or bromine. There is another embodiment in which chlorine or fluorine is preferred as the halogen atom. Further, there is another embodiment in which chlorine is preferred as the halogen atom, and there is another embodiment in which fluorine is further preferred. When Ar 1 is substituted with a plurality of substituents, the substituents may be the same or different.
以上の特に好ましい組み合わせとしては、 Ar1がチェ-ル基であって、 1つのハロゲ ン原子に置換され、上記 Arl— 19の結合様式を有する場合が挙げられる。 A particularly preferred combination of the above is a case where Ar 1 is a chaer group and is substituted with one halogen atom, and has the above-mentioned Arl-19 bonding mode.
Ar2は E— Ar21— G Q (Ar21はベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し; Eは単結合 又はアルキレン基を示し; Gは単結合、アルキレン基、又はァルケ-レン基を示し; Q はカルボキシ基、 CON (R41) (R42) (R41及び R42は同一であっても異なっていても よぐ各々独立に、水素原子、水酸基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換 されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基を示すか、あるいは R41及び R42が一緒になつて 3〜7員 環を形成して N (R41) (R42)として環状アミンを示す。ただし、 R41が水酸基の場合 R42 は水酸基以外の基である。)、又は— COOR43 (R43は置換されていてもよいアルキル 基又は置換されていてもよいァリール基を示す。)を示す。)、 -E-Ar21-G2-G- Q (E、 Ar21、 G、 Qは前記と同義であり、 G2は— O 、 S―、 SO—、—SO ―、 Ar 2 represents E—Ar 21 —GQ (Ar 21 represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group, or an alkene group; and Q represents a carboxy group. Group, CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted group; However, it may be an aryl group, or R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring to represent a cyclic amine as N (R 41 ) (R 42 ). However, when R 41 is a hydroxyl group, R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group. ), Or —COOR 43 (R 43 represents an optionally substituted alkyl group or an optionally substituted aryl group). ), -E-Ar 21 -G 2 -G- Q (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above, G 2 is —O, S—, SO—, —SO—,
2 又は NR 21—(R 21は水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されてい てもよいァシル基、又は置換されていてもよいスルホ -ル基を示す。)を示す。)、又 は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]を示し、 Ar2は置換されて 、てもよ 、。 2 or NR 21 — (R 21 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, or an optionally substituted sulfol group). ), Or [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than virazolyl group], Ar 2 may be substituted.
Ar2としては一 E—Ar21— G Q、 一E—Ar21— G2—G Q、又は [ビラゾリノレ基以外 の単環式芳香族複素環]が挙げられ、 E— Ar21— G Q又は一 E— Ar21— G2— G —Qが好ましく、 E—Ar21— G Qであることがより好ましい。また、 E—Ar21— G2 - G― Qがより好ま 、別の態様もある。 Ar 2 one as E-Ar 21 - GQ, one E-Ar 21 - G 2 -GQ , or [monocyclic aromatic heterocyclic ring other than Birazorinore radical can be mentioned, E- Ar 21 - GQ or one E —Ar 21 —G 2 —G —Q is preferred, and E—Ar 21 —GQ is more preferred. Further, E—Ar 21 —G 2 -G—Q is more preferred, and there is another embodiment.
Ar2は置換されて!、てもよ!/、し置換されて!、なくてもよ!、が、 Ar2は置換されて!、な!/ヽ ことが好ましい。また、置換されていることが好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar 2 is substituted !, may! /, And is substituted !, and may not be !, but Ar 2 is preferably substituted! There is also another embodiment in which substitution is preferred.
Ar2が置換されている場合、該置換基として好ましくはハロゲン原子、水酸基、シァノ 基、ニトロ基、カルボキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよ ぃァルケ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコ キシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換 されていてもよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換され て 、てもよ 、アルキルスルフィエル基、置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルスルホ-ル基、 置換されていてもよいァリール基、― CON (RU) (R12) (R11及び R12は同一であって も異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又 は置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基を示すか、ある 、は R11及び R12が一緒になつて 3 〜7員環を形成して N R11) (R12)として環状アミンを示す。)、及び— SO N (R13) (R When Ar 2 is substituted, the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyan group, a nitro group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, and an optionally substituted alkoxy carbo group. An optionally substituted acyl group, a substituted, may be an alkylsulfier group, a substituted !, may! /, An alkylsulfonyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 may be the same or different, and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted, Yo R 11 and R 12 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring and represent a cyclic amine as NR 11 ) (R 12 ). ) And — SO N (R 13 ) (R
2  2
14) (R13及び R14は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換 されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよいァリール基を示す力、あるい は R13及び R14が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R13) (R14)として環状アミンを 示す。)からなる群より選択される任意の 1つ以上の基であり、より好ましくはハロゲン 原子、水酸基、シァノ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいァ ルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、 置換されていてもよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置 換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァリール基、—CO 14 ) (R 13 and R 14 may be the same or different, and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Or R 13 and R 14 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine.) Any one or more selected from the group consisting of Group, more preferably halogen An atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted Alkoxycarbonyl group, optionally substituted acyl group, optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, optionally substituted aryl group, —CO
N R11) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である)、及び SO N (R13) (R14) (R13NR 11 ) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above), and SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13 and
2  2
び R14は前記と同義である)からなる群より選択される任意の基であり、さらに好ましく はハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキ シ基、及び置換されていてもよいアミノ基カもなる群より選択される任意の 1つ以上の 基である。 Ar2が置換されている場合、該置換基として、特に好ましくはハロゲン原子 、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、又は置換さ れていてもよいアルキルチオ基である。また、 Ar2が [水酸基、ハロゲン原子、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、アルキル基、及び置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルコキシ基]力らなる群より 選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていることが特に好ましい別の態様もあ る。 Ar2がハロゲン原子で置換されている場合、該ハロゲン原子としてはフッ素、塩素 、臭素が好ましぐ臭素が特に好ましい。該ハロゲン原子として塩素又はフッ素が好ま しい別の態様もある。また、該ハロゲン原子として塩素が好ましい別の態様もあり、さ らにフッ素が好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar2が複数の置換基で置換されている場合、 該置換基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。また Ar2が置換されている場合、 1つ 又は 2つの基で置換されていることが好ましぐ 1つの基で置換されていることがより好 ましい。また 2つの基で置換されていることがより好ましい別の態様もある。 Ar2上の置 換されていてもよい置換基は、他の Ar2上の置換されていてもよい置換基、あるいは Ar2の一部と一緒になつて結合し、又は一緒になつて同一の酸素原子、硫黄原子、 若しくは窒素原子と結合して環を形成して 、てもよ 、。 Ar2上の置換基が Ar2の一部 と一緒になつて結合し、又は一緒になつて同一の酸素原子、硫黄原子、若しくは窒 素原子と結合して環を形成している例としては、 Ar2がフタルイミドー 5—ィル基、 1, 4 ージォキソ 1, 2, 3, 4ーテトラヒドロフタラジンー6—ィル基である場合を例示するこ とができる。特に、 Ar2が 2個のアルキル基で置換されている場合、該アルキル基が 一緒になつて環を形成して ヽても好まし ヽ。 Ar2が置換されて ヽる場合、該置換基の置換位置としては Ar2上の置換可能な位置 を挙げることができる。 Ar2が一 E— Ar21— G— Qであり、かつ Ar2が置換されている 場合、該置換基の置換位置としては E、 Ar21、又は G上であることが好ましぐ Ar21又 は G上であることがより好ましぐ Ar21上であることがさらに好ましい。 Ar2がー E—Ar21 — G— Qであり、かつ Ar2が置換されていて、かつ該置換基の置換位置が G上であり 、かつ Gがアルキレン基である場合、該置換基の好ましい例は前記の Ar2の置換基 で例示されている例と同様である力 さらに、該アルキレン基上の同一炭素上の 2つ の水素原子を除いてできる 2本の結合手が一緒になつて同一の酸素原子に結合し、 ォキソ体として置換される例も好ましい例として挙げることができる。 And R 14 is as defined above), more preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group. The amino group may be any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of When Ar 2 is substituted, the substituent is particularly preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or an optionally substituted alkylthio group. . In addition, Ar 2 is one or more groups selected from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, halogen atom, substituted, alkyl group, and substituted !, may! /, Alkoxy group]. There is another embodiment in which it is particularly preferably substituted by. When Ar 2 is substituted with a halogen atom, the halogen atom is particularly preferably bromine, preferably fluorine, chlorine or bromine. There is another embodiment in which chlorine or fluorine is preferred as the halogen atom. Further, there is another embodiment in which chlorine is preferable as the halogen atom, and there is another embodiment in which fluorine is more preferable. When Ar 2 is substituted with a plurality of substituents, the substituents may be the same or different. Also, when Ar 2 is substituted, it is preferred that it is substituted with one or two groups. It is more preferred that it is substituted with one group. There is also another embodiment in which substitution with two groups is more preferred. Replacement which may also be a substituent on Ar 2 is to connexion bond such together with a portion of another Ar 2 on optionally substituted substituent or Ar 2,, or connexion same such together It may be combined with an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, or nitrogen atom to form a ring. Substituents on Ar 2 is connexion bond such together with a portion of the Ar 2, or together such connexion same oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, or as an example of joined to form a ring with nitrogen atom is A case where Ar 2 is a phthalimido-5-yl group or a 1,4-dioxo 1,2,3,4-tetrahydrophthalazine-6-yl group can be exemplified. In particular, when Ar 2 is substituted with two alkyl groups, the alkyl groups may be joined together to form a ring. When Ar 2 is substituted, examples of the substitution position of the substituent include substitutable positions on Ar 2 . When Ar 2 is one E—Ar 21 —G—Q and Ar 2 is substituted, the substitution position of the substituent is preferably E, Ar 21 , or G. Ar 21 Or, it is more preferable to be on Ar 21 which is more preferable on G. When Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q, Ar 2 is substituted, the substitution position of the substituent is on G, and G is an alkylene group, A preferred example is the same force as that exemplified in the substituent of Ar 2 above. Further, two bonds formed by removing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon on the alkylene group are joined together. An example in which they are bonded to the same oxygen atom and substituted as an oxo isomer can also be mentioned as a preferred example.
Ar21としてはベンゼン環、又はナフタレン環が具体的な例として挙げられ、ベンゼン 環が好ましい。 Specific examples of Ar 21 include a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and a benzene ring is preferred.
Eとしては単結合又は低級アルキレン基が具体的な例として挙げられ、単結合、メチ レン基、又はエチレン基が好ましぐ単結合又はエチレン基がより好ましぐ単結合が さらに好ましい。  Specific examples of E include a single bond or a lower alkylene group, and a single bond, a methylene group, a single bond in which an ethylene group is preferable, or a single bond in which an ethylene group is more preferable is more preferable.
Gとしては単結合、低級アルキレン基、又は低級ァルケ-レン基が具体的な例として 挙げられ、単結合、メチレン基、エチレン基、又はビ-レン基が好ましぐ単結合、メチ レン基、又はビ-レン基がより好ましぐ単結合又はメチレン基がさらに好ましぐメチ レン基が特に好ましい。 Gとしては単結合又は低級アルキレン基が好ましぐ低級ァ ルキレン基がより好ましい別の態様もある。 Eと Gの組み合わせとしては、 Eが単結 合であって、かつ [Gが単結合又は低級アルキレン基]であることが好ましぐ Eが単結 合であって、かつ Gが低級アルキレン基であることがより好ましい。  Specific examples of G include a single bond, a lower alkylene group, and a lower alkylene group, and a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, or a beylene group are preferred, a single bond, a methylene group, Or, a single bond in which a beylene group is more preferable or a methylene group in which a methylene group is more preferable is particularly preferable. There is another embodiment in which G is more preferably a lower alkylene group, preferably a single bond or a lower alkylene group. As a combination of E and G, it is preferable that E is a single bond and [G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group]. E is a single bond and G is a lower alkylene group. It is more preferable that
Ar21に対する E及び Gの置換位置の具体的な例としては、 E—Ar21— Gとして、 Specific examples of the substitution position of E and G for Ar 21, E-Ar 21 - as G,
[化 21]
Figure imgf000047_0001
[Chemical 21]
Figure imgf000047_0001
Ar21-1 Ar21 -2 Ar21-3  Ar21-1 Ar21 -2 Ar21-3
Figure imgf000047_0002
Figure imgf000047_0002
ΑΓ21-12 Ar21-15 Ar21"16 ΑΓ21-17 ΑΓ21-12 Ar21-15 Ar21 " 16 ΑΓ21-17
ΑΓ21-13 Ar21-14  ΑΓ21-13 Ar21-14
が挙げられ、  Are mentioned,
[0084] [化 22] [0084] [Chemical 22]
Figure imgf000047_0003
Ar21 -15 Ατ21-1β Ar21-17
Figure imgf000047_0003
Ar21 -15 Ατ21-1β Ar21-17
ΑΓ21-13 が好ましく、  ΑΓ21-13 is preferred,
[0085] [化 23]
Figure imgf000047_0004
ΑΓ21-2 ΑΓ21-Β Ar21-15 Ar21-16
[0085] [Chemical 23]
Figure imgf000047_0004
ΑΓ21-2 ΑΓ21-Β Ar21-15 Ar21-16
ΑΓ21-7 AT21-1 力はり好ましぐ  ΑΓ21-7 AT21-1 Power is preferred
[0086] [化 24]
Figure imgf000047_0005
[0086] [Chemical 24]
Figure imgf000047_0005
AT21-1 ΑΓ21-15 がさらに好ましぐ  AT21-1 ΑΓ21-15 is even more preferred
[化 25]
Figure imgf000047_0006
[Chemical 25]
Figure imgf000047_0006
Ar21-1 が特に好ましい。 Ar21-1 Is particularly preferred.
Qとしてはカルボキシ基、 CON (R41) (R42)、又は— COOR43が具体的な例として 挙げられ、カルボキシ基又は— CON (R41) (R42)が好ましぐカルボキシ基がより好ま しい。 Specific examples of Q include a carboxy group, CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ), or —COOR 43 , and a carboxy group or a carboxy group that is preferred to —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) is more preferred. I like it.
R41及び R42は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、水酸基、 置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基、又は置換されて!、てもよ!/、ァリール基を示すか、 あるいは R41及び R42が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R41) (R42)として環状ァ ミンを示す。ただし、 R41が水酸基の場合 R42は水酸基以外の基である。 R41としては 水素原子又は置換されていてもよいアルキル基が好ましぐ水素原子又はメチル基 がより好ましぐ水素原子が最も好ましい。 R42としては水素原子、水酸基、置換され て!、てもよ 、ァリール基で置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基、又はアルコキシ基で置 換されていてもよいァリール基が好ましぐ水素原子、水酸基、又はアルキル基がより 好ましぐ水素原子、水酸基、又はメチル基がさらに好ましい。 R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a substituted, an alkyl group, or a substituted !, may! /, Aryl R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 41 ) (R 42 ) represents a cyclic amine. However, when R 41 is a hydroxyl group, R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group. R 41 is most preferably a hydrogen atom, preferably a hydrogen atom or an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a hydrogen atom more preferably a methyl group. R 42 is a hydrogen atom, hydroxyl group or substituted! However, an aryl group that may be substituted with an aryl group, or an alkyl group or an alkoxy group, is preferably a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, or an alkyl group. More preferred are an atom, a hydroxyl group, or a methyl group.
R43としては、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキル基又は置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基 が具体的な例として挙げられ、置換されていてもよいアルキル基が好ましぐ低級ァ ルキル基がより好ましぐメチル基又はェチル基が特に好まし 、。 As R 43 , substituted !, may be an alkyl group, or may be substituted, an aryl group may be mentioned as a specific example, and an optionally substituted alkyl group is preferred. A methyl group or an ethyl group, in which an alkyl group is more preferable, is particularly preferable.
Ar2が一 E— Ar21— G2— G— Qである場合、 G2としては一 O 、 一 S 、 一 SO—、 - SO 一、又は NRG21—(RG21は水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換When Ar 2 is one E— Ar 21 — G 2 — G— Q, G 2 is one O, one S, one SO—, one SO—, or NR G21 — (R G21 is a hydrogen atom, substituted Optionally substituted alkyl group, substituted
2 2
されていてもよいァシル基、又は置換されていてもよいスルホ -ル基を示す。)であれ ば特に限定されることはないが、 O—、 - S—、又は— NH が好ましぐ S が特 に好ましい。また、前記— NRG21—における RG21としては水素原子であることがより好 ましい。 Ar2が一 E— Ar21— G2— G Qである場合の E、 Ar21、 G、 Qの好ましい例は 前記と同様である。 And an optionally substituted acyl group or an optionally substituted sulfol group. ), There is no particular limitation, but O—, —S—, or —NH is particularly preferred. Further, R G21 in —NR G21 — is more preferably a hydrogen atom. Preferred examples of E, Ar 21 , G, and Q when Ar 2 is one E—Ar 21 —G 2 —GQ are the same as described above.
また、 Ar2としては以下に述べる例も好ましい。 Ar2はカルボキシフエニル基、カルボ キシアルキルフエ-ル基、カルボキシナフチル基、カルボキシアルキルナフチル基、 又は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]を示し、 Ar2は置換されて 、てもよ ヽ 。 Ar2としてはカルボキシフヱ-ル基、カルボキシアルキルフエ-ル基、又はカルボキ シナフチル基が好ましい。又、 Ar2としてカルボキシフエ-ル基、カルボキシアルキル フエニル基、又は [ビラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]が好ましい別の態様も ある。カルボキシフエ-ル基が特に好ましい。また、 Ar2としてカルボキシアルキルフエ ニル基が特に好ましい別の態様もある。さらに又、 Ar2としてカルボキシナフチル基が 特に好ま 、別の態様もある。 Further, as Ar 2 , the following examples are also preferable. Ar 2 represents a carboxyphenyl group, a carboxyalkyl phenyl group, a carboxy naphthyl group, a carboxyalkyl naphthyl group, or [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than virazolyl group], Ar 2 is substituted, Moyo ヽ. Ar 2 is preferably a carboxyphenyl group, a carboxyalkylphenyl group, or a carboxycinnaftyl group. Ar 2 may be a carboxyphenol group or a carboxyalkyl group. There is also another embodiment in which a phenyl group or [monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than virazolyl group] is preferred. A carboxyphenol group is particularly preferred. In addition, there is another embodiment in which a carboxyalkylphenyl group is particularly preferable as Ar 2 . Furthermore, a carboxynaphthyl group is particularly preferred as Ar 2 , and there is another embodiment.
Ar2がカルボキシアルキルフ -ル基又はカルボキシアルキルナフチル基の場合、こ れらの基における「アルキル」は炭素数が 1〜6個であることが好ましぐ 1〜3個であ ることがより好ましく、 1個又は 2個であることがさらに好ましぐ 1個であることが特に好 ましい。 When Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl furol group or a carboxyalkyl naphthyl group, the “alkyl” in these groups preferably has 1 to 6 carbon atoms, preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms. More preferably, one or two is even more preferable, and one is particularly preferable.
一般式(1)中、 Ar2がァミノ基と結合する位置、及び Ar2上に置換基が存在する場合 の該置換基の位置及び数を示した好ましい例を下記に示す。ただし、下記構造中 X は一般式(1)中でアミノ基に結合する位置を、
Figure imgf000049_0001
Υ2は置換基の結合する位置を、 Ζ はアルキレン基をそれぞれ示す。
In the general formula (1) shows the position in which Ar 2 is bound to Amino group, and preferred examples showing the location and number of the substituent, if the substituent is present on Ar 2 below. However, in the following structure, X represents the position bonded to the amino group in the general formula (1),
Figure imgf000049_0001
Upsilon 2 indicates the position of attachment of substituents, Zeta is an alkylene group respectively.
Ar2がカルボキシフヱ-ル基の場合、 When Ar 2 is a carboxyphenyl group,
[0088] [化 26] [0088] [Chemical 26]
Figure imgf000049_0002
が好ましぐ
Figure imgf000049_0002
Prefer
[0089] [化 27]
Figure imgf000050_0001
力 り好ましぐ
[0089] [Chemical 27]
Figure imgf000050_0001
Power
[0090] [化 28]
Figure imgf000050_0002
[0090] [Chemical 28]
Figure imgf000050_0002
-1 Ar2-2 Ar2-4 Ar2-5 がさらに好ましぐ  -1 Ar2-2 Ar2-4 Ar2-5 is more preferred
[化 29]
Figure imgf000050_0003
[Chemical 29]
Figure imgf000050_0003
Ai2-1 Ar2-4 Ar2-l が特に好ましぐ  Ai2-1 Ar2-4 Ar2-l is particularly preferred
[化 30]  [Chemical 30]
"COOH "COOH
Ar2-1  Ar2-1
が最も好ましい。  Is most preferred.
Ar2がカルボキシアルキルフエニル基の場合、When Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl phenyl group,
[0093] [化 31]
Figure imgf000051_0001
[0093] [Chemical 31]
Figure imgf000051_0001
Ar2-23 Ar2-24 Ar2-25 Ar2-26 が好ましぐ  Ar2-23 Ar2-24 Ar2-25 Ar2-26 is preferred
[0094] [化 32] [0094] [Chemical 32]
Figure imgf000051_0002
力 り好ましぐ
Figure imgf000051_0002
Power
[0095] [化 33]
Figure imgf000051_0003
[0095] [Chemical 33]
Figure imgf000051_0003
Ar2-14 Ar2-17 Ar2-18 力 Sさらに好ましぐ  Ar2-14 Ar2-17 Ar2-18 Force S
[0096] [化 34]  [0096] [Chemical 34]
,COOH , COOH
Ar2-14  Ar2-14
が特に好ましい Ar2がカルボキシナフチル基の場合、 Is particularly preferred When Ar 2 is a carboxynaphthyl group,
[0097] [化 35] [0097] [Chemical 35]
H H
Figure imgf000052_0001
Figure imgf000052_0001
Ar2-27 Ar2-28 Ar9. 9 が好ましぐ Ar2-27 Ar2-28 Ar9. 9 is preferred tool
[0098] [化 36]
Figure imgf000052_0002
[0098] [Chemical 36]
Figure imgf000052_0002
Ar2-27 Ar2-28  Ar2-27 Ar2-28
がより好ましぐ  Is more preferred
[化 37]
Figure imgf000052_0003
[Chemical 37]
Figure imgf000052_0003
Ar2-27  Ar2-27
が特に好ましい。  Is particularly preferred.
Ar2がカルボキシアルキルナフチル基の場合 [0100] [化 38] When Ar 2 is a carboxyalkylnaphthyl group [0100] [Chemical 38]
Figure imgf000052_0004
が好ましく
Figure imgf000052_0004
Is preferred
[0101] [化 39]
Figure imgf000052_0005
[0101] [Chemical 39]
Figure imgf000052_0005
Ar2-30 Ar2-31 力 り好ましぐ  Ar2-30 Ar2-31 Power
[0102] [化 40]
Figure imgf000053_0001
[0102] [Chemical 40]
Figure imgf000053_0001
Ar2-30 が特に好ましい。  Ar2-30 is particularly preferred.
Ar2が置換されて 、る場合、該置換基として好ましくはハロゲン原子、水酸基、シァ ノ基、カルボキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルケ -ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置 換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換されていて もよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換されていてもよ いアルキルスルフィエル基、置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換され ていてもよいァリール基、— CON (RU) (R12) (R11及び R12は同一であっても異なつ ていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換 されて 、てもよ 、ァリール基を示すか、あるいは R11及び R12が一緒になつて 3〜7員 環を形成して N R11) (R12)として環状アミンを示す。)、及び- SO N (R13) (R14) (R13 When Ar 2 is substituted, the substituent is preferably a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyan group, a carboxy group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkenyl group, or a substituted group. An optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted alkoxy carbo group, a substituted An optionally substituted acyl group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfier group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, an optionally substituted aryl group, —CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group, Alternatively R 11 and R 12 Forming a connexion 3-7 membered ring such the cord shows a cyclic amine as NR 11) (R 12). ), And -SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13
2  2
及び R14は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されて いてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよいァリール基を示す力、あるいは R13 及び R14が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R13) (R14)として環状アミンを示す。 )からなる群より選択される任意の 1つ以上の基であり、より好ましくはハロゲン原子、 水酸基、シァノ基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキ シ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、置換さ れていてもよいアルコキシカルボ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換され ていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基、置換されていてもよいァリール基、—CON (RUAnd R 14 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, or R 13 and R 14 Together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) represents a cyclic amine. Any one or more groups selected from the group consisting of: a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, and a substituted group. An optionally substituted alkylthio group, an optionally substituted amino group, an optionally substituted alkoxycarbonyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, an optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl group, An optionally substituted aryl group, —CON (RU
) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である)、及び— SO N (R13) (R14) (R13及び R14) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above), and —SO N (R 13 ) (R 14 ) (R 13 and R 14 are
2  2
前記と同義である)からなる群より選択される任意の基であり、さらに好ましくはハロゲ ン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置 換されて 、てもよ 、アミノ基カもなる群より選択される任意の基である。 Ar2が置換さ れている場合、該置換基として、特に好ましくはハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよい アルキル基、又は置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基である。 Ar2が複数の置換基で 置換されて 、る場合、該置換基は同一であっても異なって 、てもよ 、。 An arbitrary group selected from the group consisting of the same as defined above, more preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, a substituted However, it is an arbitrary group selected from the group consisting of amino groups. When Ar 2 is substituted, the substituent is particularly preferably a halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkoxy group. Ar 2 with multiple substituents When substituted, the substituents may be the same or different.
以上の特に好ま U、組み合わせとしては、 Ar2がカルボキシアルキルフエニル基であ つて、該アルキル基力メチレン基であり、該フエ-ル基上で 1つのハロゲン原子に置 換され、上記 Ar2— 18の結合様式を有する例、又は Ar2がカルボキシアルキルフエ -ル基であって、該アルキル基カ チレン基であり、上記 Ar2— 14の結合様式を有 する例が挙げられる。 As the above-mentioned particularly preferred U, the combination is that Ar 2 is a carboxyalkyl phenyl group and is an alkyl group-powered methylene group, and is substituted with one halogen atom on the phenyl group. An example having 18 bonding modes, or an example in which Ar 2 is a carboxyalkylphenol group and the alkyl group is a alkylene group, and has the above Ar2-14 bonding mode.
前記一般式(1)中、 R1及び R2は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、 水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいァルケ-ル基、 置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、アルキルスルフィエル基、又は置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルスルホ -ル基を示す。 R1及び R2としては置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されて V、てもよ 、ァルケ-ル基が好まし!/、。 R1としては置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基が より好ましぐ炭素数 1から 3の低級アルキル基がさらに好ましぐメチル基又はェチル 基が特に好ましぐェチル基が最も好ましい。また、 R1としてメチル基力もっとも好まし い別の態様もある。 R2としては置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されてい てもよぃァルケ-ル基がより好ましぐ炭素数 1から 4までの低級アルキル基、又は炭 素数 2から 4までの低級アルケニル基がさらに好ましぐメチル基、ェチル基、プロピ ル基、又はァリル基が特に好ましぐェチル基又はァリル基が最も好ましい。ァリル基 が最も好ましい別の態様もある。又、ェチル基が最も好ましい別の態様もある。さらに 水酸基で置換されたメチル基が最も好ましい別の態様もある。 In the general formula (1), R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkenyl. A group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted, optionally, alkylsulfier group, or a substituted !, may! /, Alkylsulfol Indicates a group. R 1 and R 2 are preferably an alkyl group which may be substituted, or V which is substituted, or a alkenyl group! R 1 is substituted !, may! /, An alkyl group is more preferred, a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms is more preferred, and a methyl group or an ethyl group is particularly preferred, and an ethyl group is most preferred. preferable. In addition, there is another embodiment in which methyl group is most preferable as R 1 . R 2 is an optionally substituted alkyl group, or an optionally substituted alkyl group, more preferably a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a lower alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. An alkenyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, or an aryl group, and an ethyl group or an aryl group is particularly preferable. In another embodiment, the aryl group is most preferred. There is also another embodiment in which an ethyl group is most preferred. There is also another embodiment in which a methyl group substituted with a hydroxyl group is most preferred.
R3は水素原子又は置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキル基である。 R3としては水素原子又 は低級アルキル基が好ましぐ水素原子又はメチル基がより好ましぐ水素原子が特 に好ましい。 R 3 is a hydrogen atom or a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group. R 3 is particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a hydrogen atom, preferably a lower alkyl group, or more preferably a methyl group.
一般式(1)で示される化合物における各置換基の組み合わせは特に限定されない 力 例えば、  The combination of each substituent in the compound represented by the general formula (1) is not particularly limited.
< 1 八!:1がフリル基である化合物; <1 8 !: compounds in which 1 is a furyl group;
< 2>Ar1がチェ-ル基である化合物; <2> a compound in which Ar 1 is a chael group;
< 3 八!:1がトリァゾリル基である化合物; く 八!:1がチアゾリル基である化合物; <3 8 !: compounds in which 1 is a triazolyl group; Kuhachi !: A compound in which 1 is a thiazolyl group;
< 5 八!:1がォキサゾリル基である化合物; <5 8 !: compounds in which 1 is an oxazolyl group;
< 6 八!:1がべンゾチアゾリル基である化合物; <6 8 !: compounds in which 1 is a benzothiazolyl group;
< 7 八!:1が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルコキシ基で置換されて!、る化合物;<7 8 !: 1 substituted !, may! /, Substituted with an alkoxy group!
< 8 八!:1が置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基で置換されて 、る化合物; <8 8 !: Compound in which 1 is substituted, but is substituted with an amino group;
く 9>Ar1が— CON(RU) (R12) (R11及び R12は前記と同義である)で置換されてい る化合物; 9> Ar 1 is substituted with —CON (RU) (R 12 ) (R 11 and R 12 are as defined above);
< 10 >Ar2がカルボキシフエ-ル基である化合物; <10> a compound in which Ar 2 is a carboxyphenol group;
< 11 >Ar2がカルボキシアルキルフエ-ル基である化合物; <11> a compound in which Ar 2 is a carboxyalkylphenol group;
< 12 >Ar2がカルボキシナフチル基である化合物; <12> a compound in which Ar 2 is a carboxynaphthyl group;
< 13 >Ar2がカルボキシアルキルナフチル基である化合物; <13> a compound in which Ar 2 is a carboxyalkylnaphthyl group;
< 14 >Ar2がピラゾリル基以外の単環式芳香族複素環である化合物; <14> a compound in which Ar 2 is a monocyclic aromatic heterocycle other than a pyrazolyl group;
< 15 > Ar2が置換されて!、な!/、化合物; <15> Ar 2 is substituted !, na! /, Compound;
< 16 >Ar2がノヽロゲン原子で置換されて!、る化合物; <16> Ar 2 is substituted with a norogen atom!
< 17 > Ar2が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基で置換されて!、る化合物;<17> Compounds in which Ar 2 is substituted !, may! /, Substituted with alkyl groups!
< 18 > Ar2が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルコキシ基で置換されて!、る化合物;<18> Ar 2 is substituted !, may! /, An alkoxy group is substituted!
< 19 >1^が炭素数 1から 3までの低級アルキル基である化合物; <19> 1 ^ is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms;
< 20 >R2が炭素数 1から 4までの低級アルキル基である化合物; <20> a compound in which R 2 is a lower alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms;
< 21 >R2が炭素数 2から 4までの低級アルケニル基である化合物; <21> a compound in which R 2 is a lower alkenyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms;
< 22 >R3が水素原子である化合物; <22> a compound in which R 3 is a hydrogen atom;
< 23 >上記 <1>かつ <7>である化合物;  <23> a compound which is <1> and <7> above;
< 24 >上記 <1>かつ <8>である化合物;  <24> a compound which is <1> and <8> above;
< 25 >上記 <1>かつ <9>である化合物;  <25> a compound which is <1> and <9> above;
< 26 >上記 <1>かつく 10>である化合物;  <26> a compound which is <1> above 10>;
<27>上記 <1>かつく 11>である化合物; <27> a compound which is <1> above 11>
< 28 >上記 <1>かつく 12>である化合物;  <28> a compound which is <1> the above 12>
< 29 >上記 <1>かつく 13>である化合物;  <29> a compound which is <1> above-mentioned 13>
< 30 >上記 <1>かつく 14>である化合物; < 31 >上記 <1>かつく 15>である化合物; <30> a compound which is <1> above 14>; <31> a compound which is <1> above 15>;
< 32 >上記 <2>かつ <7>である化合物;  <32> a compound which is <2> and <7> above;
< 33 >上記 <2>かつ <8>である化合物;  <33> a compound which is <2> and <8> above;
< 34 >上記 <2>かつ <9>である化合物;  <34> a compound which is <2> and <9> above;
<35>上記く 2>かつく 10>である化合物; <35> a compound that is 2> hot 10>;
< 36 >上記 <2>かつく 11>である化合物;  <36> Compound which is <2> above 11>
<37>上記 <2>かつく 12>である化合物; <37> Compound which is <2> above-mentioned 12>
< 38 >上記 <2>かつく 13>である化合物;  <38> a compound which is the above <2> hot 13>;
< 39 >上記 <2>かつく 14>である化合物;  <39> the compound which is <14> the above 14 <2>;
< 40 >上記 <2>かつく 15>である化合物;  <40> a compound that is <2> above 15>;
<41>上記 <4>かつ <7>である化合物; <41> a compound which is <4> and <7> above;
<42>上記 <4>力つ <8>である化合物; <42> the compound which is <4> powerful <8> above;
< 43 >上記 <4>かつ <9>である化合物;  <43> a compound which is <4> and <9> above;
く 44 >上記 <4>力つく 10>である化合物; <44> Compound <4> Powerful 10> above;
< 45 >上記 <4>かつく 11>である化合物;  <45> a compound that is <4> above 11>
<46>上記 <4>かつく 12>である化合物; <46> a compound which is <4> the above 12>
< 47 >上記 <4>かつく 13>である化合物;  <47> a compound that is <4> above-mentioned 13>
<48>上記 <4>力つく 14>である化合物; <48> Compound <14> Powerful 14> above;
< 49 >上記 <4>かつく 15>である化合物;  <49> A compound that is <4> Fat 15> above;
く 50 >上記く 23 >〜 < 49 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、く 19 >である化合物; < 51 >上記 <23>〜<50>の!、ずれかにお ヽて、 < 20 >である化合物; <52>上記く 23 >〜 < 50 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、く 21 >である化合物; く 53>上記く 23>〜<52>のいずれかにおいて、く 22>である化合物;<50> Above 23> to <49> !, in any case, a compound which is <19>; <51> Above <23> to <50> !, < <52> a compound of <23> above <50>, in any case, a compound of <21>; <53> any of <23> above <52> A compound that is 22>;
< 54 八!:1がノヽロゲン原子で置換されて!、る化合物; <54 Eight !: Compounds in which 1 is substituted with a neurogen atom!
< 55 八!:1が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキル基で置換されて!、る化合物;<55 8 !: 1 substituted !, may! /, Substituted with alkyl groups !, compounds;
< 56 八!:1が置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルチオ基で置換されて!、る化合物;<56 Eight !: 1 substituted !, may! /, Substituted with an alkylthio group!
< 57 八!:1が置換されて!、てもよ!/、ァシル基で置換されて!、る化合物;<57 Eight !: 1 substituted !, may! /, Substituted with an acyl group!
< 58 八!:1がアルキル基で置換されて!、る化合物; < 59 八!:1がアルキルチオ基で置換されて!、る化合物; <58 Eight !: Compound in which 1 is substituted with an alkyl group! <59 Eight !: Compound in which 1 is substituted with an alkylthio group!
< 60 八!:1がァシル基で置換されて!、る化合物; <60 Eight !: Compound in which 1 is substituted with an acyl group!
< 61 八!:1がアルコキシ基で置換されて!、る化合物; <61 Eight !: Compounds in which 1 is substituted with an alkoxy group!
く 62>Ar2が— E— Ar21— G— Qである化合物; 62> Ar 2 is a compound that is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q;
< 63 >上記く 62 >かつ Ar21がベンゼン環である化合物; <63> The above compound 62> and a compound wherein Ar 21 is a benzene ring;
く 64 >上記く 62 >かつ Ar21がナフタレン環である化合物; 64> Above 62> and Ar 21 is a naphthalene ring;
< 65 >上記 < 62 >かつ Eが単結合である化合物;  <65> the above <62>, wherein E is a single bond;
< 66 >上記 < 62 >かつ Gが単結合又は低級アルキレン基である化合物; <67>上記 < 62 >かつ Gが低級アルキレン基である化合物;  <66> the above <62> and a compound wherein G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group; <67> the above <62> and a compound wherein G is a lower alkylene group;
<68>上記く 62 >かつ Gが炭素数 1な!、し 3の低級アルキレン基である化合物; <68> The above compound 62, and G is a lower alkylene group having 1 and 3 carbon atoms;
< 69 >上記く 62 >かつ G力 Sメチレン基である化合物; <69> Compounds as described above 62 and G force S methylene group;
<70>上記く 62 >かつ Qがカルボキシ基である化合物; <70> The above compound 62 and a compound wherein Q is a carboxy group;
く 71 >Ar2が水酸基で置換されて 、る化合物; 71> Ar 2 is substituted with a hydroxyl group;
< 72 >Ar2がアルキル基で置換されて!、る化合物; <72> a compound in which Ar 2 is substituted with an alkyl group!
< 73 >Ar2がアルコキシ基で置換されて!、る化合物; <73> a compound in which Ar 2 is substituted with an alkoxy group!
< 74 >1^が低級アルキル基である化合物;  <74> 1 ^ is a lower alkyl group;
< 75 >R2が低級アルキル基である化合物; <75> a compound wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group;
< 76 >R2が低級ァルケ-ル基である化合物; <76> compounds wherein R 2 is a lower alkenyl group;
く 77>上記く 8>、く 9>、及びく 54>〜<61>のいずれかにおいて、かつく 7 >である化合物; <77> The above compound <8>, <9>, and <54> to <61>, wherein the compound is 7>
<78>上記く 9>、及びく 54>〜<61>のいずれかにおいて、かつ <8>である 化合物;  <78> A compound according to any one of <9> and <54> to <61>, and <8>;
<79>上記<54>〜<61>のぃずれかにぉぃて、かつ <9>である化合物; く 80 >上記く 55>〜<61>の!、ずれかにお 、て、かつく 54 >である化合物; <81>上記<56>〜<61>のぃずれかにぉぃて、かつく 55>である化合物; <82>上記<57>〜<61>のぃずれかにぉぃて、かつく 56>である化合物; <82>上記<58>〜<61>のぃずれかにぉぃて、かつく 57>である化合物; <83>上記<59>〜<61>のぃずれかにぉぃて、かつく 58>である化合物; <84>上記く 60>〜<61>の!、ずれかにお 、て、かつく 59 >である化合物; <85>上記く 61>かつく 60>である化合物; <79> Compounds <54> to <61> above and <9>;<80><55> to <61> above! <81> A compound of <56> to <61> above, <55> a compound of <55> to <61><82> Compounds <58> to <61> above <58> Compounds <58> to <61><83><59><61> a compound that is 58> <84> The above 60> to <61> !, the compound which is all over 59, <85> the above 61> all over 60>;
く 86>上記く 17>、く 18>、及びく 71>〜<73>のいずれかにおいて、かつく 16 >である化合物; <86> Above compound 17>, <18>, and <71>, a compound that is 16>
<87>上記く 18>及びく 71>〜<73>のいずれかにおいて、かつく 17>であ る化合物;  <87> A compound which is a 17> in any one of the above 18 and 71> to <73>;
く 88 >上記く 71 >〜 < 73 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、かつく 18 >である化合物; く 89 >上記く 72 >〜 < 73 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、かつく 71 >である化合物;<88> Above 71> ~ <73> !, compound that has a bite 18>; 89> Above 72>-<73> !, anyway, A compound that is 71>
< 90 >上記 <72>カつく 73>である化合物; <90> a compound which is <72> hot 73> above;
<91>上記く 63 >及びく 64 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、く 65 >である化合物; <92>上記く 66 >〜< 69 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、く 91 >である化合物; <91> The above 63> and 64> !, a compound which is in the range 65>; <92> The above 66> to <69>! 91 is a compound;
< 93 >上記 <70>かつく 92>である化合物; <93> a compound which is <70> above-mentioned 92>
<94>上記 <1>及び <2>のいずれかにおいて、かつ上記く 7>〜<9>、 <54 >〜 < 61 >、及び < 77>〜<85>の!、ずれかである化合物;  <94> Any of the above <1> and <2> and the above 7> to <9>, <54> to <61>, and <77> to <85>! ;
く 95>上記く 15>〜<18>、く 71>〜<73>、及びく 86>〜<90>のいずれ かにおいて、く 94 >である化合物; <95> A compound that is <94> in any one of <15> to <18>, <71> to <73>, and <86> to <90>;
く 96>上記く 10>〜<14>、く 62>〜<70>、及びく 91 >〜< 93>のいずれ かにおいて、く 95 >である化合物; <96> Above 10> to <14>, <62> to <70>, and <91> to <93>
<97>上記く 19 >及びく 74 >の!、ずれかにお 、て、 < 96 >である化合物; <98>上記 <20>、 <21>、 <75>、及び <76>の!ヽずれ力にお!/ヽて、 <97> である化合物;  <97> Above 19> and 74> !, and in any case, <96> compounds; <98> Above <20>, <21>, <75>, and <76>! A compound that is <97> to the shear force!
< 99 >上記 <22>かつく 98>である化合物;  <99> a compound that is <22> above 98>;
< 100 >R2が低級アルコキシ基で置換されたメチル基である化合物; <100> a compound in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted by a lower alkoxy group;
< 101 >R2カ トキシメチル基、又はエトキシメチル基である化合物; <101> R 2 is a compound which is a hydroxymethyl group or an ethoxymethyl group;
< 102 >R2がヒドロキシメチル基である化合物; <102> a compound in which R 2 is a hydroxymethyl group;
く 103 >R2が低級アルキルチオ基で置換されたメチル基である化合物; 103> Compounds in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted with a lower alkylthio group;
< 104 >R2が低級アルキルスルフィエル基で置換されたメチル基である化合物;<104> a compound in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted with a lower alkylsulfier group;
< 105 >R2が低級アルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されたメチル基である化合物; < 106 >R2がェチル基である化合物; <105> a compound in which R 2 is a methyl group substituted by a lower alkylsulfol group; <106> a compound in which R 2 is an ethyl group;
< 107>上記く 100>〜< 106 >のいずれかにおいて、く 96 >である化合物; < 108 >上記く 100>〜< 106 >のいずれかにおいて、く 97>である化合物; < 109 >上記く 107 >及びく 108 >のいずれかにおいて、く 22 >である化合物。  <107> A compound which is <96> in any of the above <100> to <106>; <108> A compound which is <97> in any of the above <100> to <106>; <109> In any of <107> and <108>, a compound wherein <22>.
[0105] また、一般式(1)で示される化合物、又は一般式(1)で示される化合物における各 置換基の組み合わせを限定した上記く 1 >〜< 109 >の化合物の塩; [0105] In addition, a salt of the compound represented by the above formula 1) or a compound represented by formula <1>, wherein the combination of each substituent in the compound represented by the formula (1) is limited;
一般式(1)で示される化合物、又は一般式(1)で示される化合物における各置換基 の組み合わせを限定した上記 < 1 >〜< 109 >の化合物の薬理学的に許容される 塩;  A pharmacologically acceptable salt of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or the compound represented by the above <1> to <109>, wherein the combination of each substituent in the compound represented by the general formula (1) is limited;
一般式(1)で示される化合物、又は一般式(1)で示される化合物における各置換基 の組み合わせを限定した上記く 1 >〜< 109 >の化合物のプロドラッグ; 一般式(1)で示される化合物、又は一般式(1)で示される化合物における各置換基 の組み合わせを限定した上記く 1 >〜< 109 >の化合物の塩のプロドラッグ; 一般式(1)で示される化合物、又は一般式(1)で示される化合物における各置換基 の組み合わせを限定した上記 < 1 >〜< 109 >の化合物の薬理学的に許容される 塩のプロドラッグが好まし 、。  A prodrug of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or a compound represented by the general formula (1), wherein the combination of the substituents in the compound represented by the general formula (1) is limited; Or a prodrug of a salt of the compound of <1> to <109>, wherein the combination of each substituent in the compound represented by the general formula (1) is limited; the compound represented by the general formula (1), or the general Preferred is a prodrug of a pharmacologically acceptable salt of the compound of the above <1> to <109>, wherein the combination of each substituent in the compound represented by the formula (1) is limited.
[0106] 具体的に、一般式(1)で示される本発明の化合物の好ましい例として、以下の化合 物:  [0106] Specifically, preferred examples of the compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1) include the following compounds:
[0107] [化 41] [0107] [Chemical 41]
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000060_0001
Figure imgf000061_0001
Figure imgf000062_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Figure imgf000063_0001
Cl.60f/900Zdf/13d 1-9 6ε9εΖΐ/900ί OAV
Figure imgf000064_0001
Cl.60f / 900Zdf / 13d 1-9 6ε9εΖΐ / 900ί OAV
Figure imgf000064_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000065_0001
Figure imgf000066_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000067_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0001
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000068_0002
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0001
Figure imgf000069_0002
Figure imgf000069_0002
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000070_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000071_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000072_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
Figure imgf000073_0001
meomoozdf/ud 6€9€ίΙ/9 ε OAV
Figure imgf000074_0001
meomoozdf / ud 6 € 9 € ίΙ / 9 ε OAV
Figure imgf000074_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000075_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000076_0001
Figure imgf000076_0002
Figure imgf000076_0002
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000077_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000078_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000079_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000080_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000081_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000082_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000083_0001
Figure imgf000084_0001
Figure imgf000085_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000086_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000087_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
Figure imgf000088_0001
ClZ,60f/900ZdT/X3d 98 6C9Cil/900Z OJS\
Figure imgf000089_0001
ClZ, 60f / 900ZdT / X3d 98 6C9Cil / 900Z OJS \
Figure imgf000089_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000090_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
U60£/90QZd£/13d 68 6C9CZl/900Z OAV
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000091_0001
U60 £ / 90QZd £ / 13d 68 6C9CZl / 900Z OAV
Figure imgf000092_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000093_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000096_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure imgf000097_0001
ει.6οε/9θοζ<ΐΓ/χ3<ι 96
Figure imgf000098_0001
ει.6οε / 9θοζ <ΐΓ / χ3 <ι 96
Figure imgf000098_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
Figure imgf000099_0001
£U60£/900Zd£/L3d 16 6£9ε /900Ζ OAV
Figure imgf000100_0001
£ U60 £ / 900Zd £ / L3d 16 6 £ 9ε / 900Ζ OAV
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
を挙げることができる力 本発明の範囲はこれらの好ましい例に限定されることはない
Figure imgf000101_0001
The scope of the present invention is not limited to these preferred examples
[0108] また、これら化合物の可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に 許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグも本発明の範囲であ る。 [0108] In addition, possible stereoisomers or racemates of these compounds, or pharmacologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates thereof, or prodrugs thereof are also within the scope of the present invention.
[0109] 本発明の化合物は、文献には記載されていない新規ィ匕合物である。一般式(1)で 示される本発明の化合物は例えば下記の方法により製造できるが、本発明の化合物 の製造方法は特に限定されるものではな 、。  [0109] The compound of the present invention is a novel compound not described in the literature. The compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, by the following method, but the production method of the compound of the present invention is not particularly limited.
[0110] それぞれの反応において、反応時間は特に限定されないが、公知の分析手段によ り反応の進行状態を容易に追跡できるため、目的物の収量が最大となる時点で終了 すればよい。  [0110] In each reaction, the reaction time is not particularly limited. However, since the progress of the reaction can be easily traced by a known analysis means, it may be terminated when the yield of the target product is maximized.
[0111] 一般式(1)で示される本発明の化合物は、例えば下記の反応経路の逆合成経路 に従って製造することが可能である。  [0111] The compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1) can be produced, for example, according to the reverse synthesis route of the following reaction route.
[0112] [化 42]
Figure imgf000102_0001
例えば、一般式(1)で示される化合物は、一般式 (2) [—般式 (2)中、 R3は前記と 同義であり、 Arla、 Ar2a、 Rla、及び R2aは、それぞれ前記 Ar1 Ar2、 R1,及び R2と同 義であるか、或いはこれらのうちの 1以上の基が保護されていてもよい。 ]で示される 化合物において、すべての保護基を同時又は順次脱保護することにより一般式(1) で示される化合物を製造することができる。脱保護反応は、公知の方法、例えば Prot ective Groups m Organic synthesis、 John Wiley and ¾ons fll (1999) に記載の方法などに準じて行えばょ 、。
[0112] [Chemical 42]
Figure imgf000102_0001
For example, in the compound represented by the general formula (1), the general formula (2) [—in the general formula (2), R 3 is as defined above, and Ar la , Ar 2a , R la , and R 2a are Each of them is synonymous with Ar 1 Ar 2 , R 1 , and R 2 , or one or more groups thereof may be protected. The compound represented by the general formula (1) can be produced by simultaneously or sequentially deprotecting all protecting groups. The deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method such as the method described in Protective Groups organic synthesis, John Wiley and ¾ons fll (1999).
一般式 (2)で示される化合物は、一般式 (3) [—般式 (3)中、 Arla、 Rla、及び R2aは 前記と同義である。 ]で示される化合物と、一般式 (4) [一般式 (4)中、 Ar2 及び R3 は前記と同義である。 ]で示される化合物とを、酸の存在下で反応させることにより製 造することができる。一般式 (3)で示される化合物と一般式 (4)で示される化合物との 反応に際して、一般式 (4)で示される化合物の使用量は、一般式 (3)で示される化 合物に対して 1Z10から 10当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1Z5当量から 5当量で あり、より好ましくは 1当量から 3当量である力 一般式(2)で示される化合物の純度、 収率、精製効率等を考慮して適宜設計すればよい。なお、用いる一般式 (4)で示さ れる化合物としては、あら力じめ塩酸などの酸付加塩としたものを用いても好適であ る。酸としては塩酸、硝酸、又は硫酸などの鉱酸や、酢酸、トリフルォロ酢酸、メタンス ルホン酸、又は P-トルエンスルホン酸などの有機酸などが挙げられ、酢酸、又はトリフ ルォロ酢酸が好ましい例として挙げられる。酸の用量としては一般式(3)で示される 化合物に対して当量又は過剰量であることが好ましぐ例えば 1〜10当量、より好ま しくは 1〜20当量用いることができ、別の態様として、好ましくは過剰量、例えば溶媒 量で用いることができる。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えば、ジクロロメタン、クロロホ ルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフ ラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチル又はァセトニトリルなど が挙げられ、クロ口ホルム、トルエン、テトラヒドロフランが好ましい例として挙げられるIn the compound represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (3) [in the general formula (3), Ar la , R la , and R 2a are as defined above. And a compound represented by the general formula (4): [In the general formula (4), Ar 2 and R 3 are as defined above. Can be produced by reacting in the presence of an acid. In the reaction of the compound represented by the general formula (3) and the compound represented by the general formula (4), the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is used in the compound represented by the general formula (3). The power of 1Z10 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z5 equivalents to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalents to 3 equivalents. Purity, yield, purification efficiency, etc. of the compound represented by the general formula (2) May be designed as appropriate. As the compound represented by the general formula (4) to be used, an acid addition salt such as hydrochloric acid can be used. Examples of the acid include mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, and sulfuric acid, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, methanesulfonic acid, and P-toluenesulfonic acid. Acetic acid or trifluoroacetic acid is a preferred example. It is done. The acid dose is preferably an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound represented by the general formula (3), for example, 1 to 10 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 20 equivalents. Preferably as an excess, for example a solvent Can be used in quantities. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetonitrile. Preferred examples include black mouth form, toluene, and tetrahydrofuran.
。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いることもできる。又は、前記の反応に用 いる酸を溶媒として用いることも好適である。好ましい反応条件としては、酢酸を溶媒 量用いる条件が挙げられる。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ま しくは 50°Cから 150°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間から 96 時間が例示され、 3時間から 60時間が好まし 、例として挙げられる。 . Also, a mixture of two or more of these solvents can be used. Alternatively, it is also preferable to use the acid used in the above reaction as a solvent. Preferred reaction conditions include conditions where acetic acid is used in a solvent amount. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 to 60 hours, and examples thereof.
一般式(2)で示される化合物のうち、特に該化合物の構造中にカルボン酸エステル 部分を持つ化合物についても前記一般式 (2)で示される化合物の製造法と同様に、 酸の存在下で反応させることによって製造することができる力 使用する酸としては塩 酸が好ま 、例として挙げられ、反応に用いる溶媒としてはアルコールが好ま ヽ例 として挙げられ、具体的にはメタノール、エタノール、 1 プロパノール、又は 2—プロ パノールが挙げられ、メタノール又はエタノールがより好まし!/、。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), particularly for compounds having a carboxylic acid ester moiety in the structure of the compound, as in the method for producing the compound represented by the general formula (2), Force that can be produced by reacting Hydrochloric acid is preferable as an acid to be used, and an example is mentioned. Alcohol is preferable as a solvent used in the reaction. Specific examples are methanol, ethanol, and 1 propanol. Or 2-propanol, with methanol or ethanol being more preferred! /.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar2中の Eがアルキレン基を示す場合、一般式 (2)で示される化合物は、一般 式 (3)で示される化合物と、一般式 (4)で示される化合物とを、塩基の存在下で反応 させること〖こより製造することができる。一般式 (3)で示される化合物と一般式 (4)で 示される化合物との反応に際して、一般式 (4)で示される化合物の使用量は、一般 式(3)で示される化合物に対して 1Z10から 10当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1Z 5当量から 5当量であり、より好ましくは 1当量から 3当量である力 一般式(2)で示さ れる化合物の純度、収率、精製効率等を考慮して適宜設計すればよい。塩基として はトリエチルァミン、ジイソプロピルェチルァミン、又は 1, 8 ジァザビシクロ [5. 4. 0Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), when E in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2) represents an alkylene group, in the general formula (2) The compound shown can be produced by reacting the compound represented by the general formula (3) and the compound represented by the general formula (4) in the presence of a base. In the reaction of the compound represented by the general formula (3) and the compound represented by the general formula (4), the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (4) is used with respect to the compound represented by the general formula (3). 10 to 10 equivalents of 1Z can be used, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents of 1Z, more preferably 1 to 3 equivalents The purity, yield, purification efficiency, etc. of the compound represented by the general formula (2) What is necessary is just to design suitably in consideration. Bases include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, or 1,8 diazabicyclo [5.4.0.
]ゥンデカー 7 ェンなどの有機塩基などが挙げられ、 1, 8 ジァザビシクロ [5. 4. 0 ]ゥンデ力 7—ェンが好ま U、例として挙げられる。塩基の用量としては一般式(3) で示される化合物に対して当量又は過剰量であることが好ましく、例えば 1〜 10当量 、より好ましくは 1〜20当量用いることができる。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えば、 ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルェ 一テル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、メタノール、エタノール、プ ロパノール、ブタノール、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチル、又はァセトニトリルなどが挙げら れ、ブタノールが好ましい例として挙げられる。又、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して 用いることもできる。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 50 °Cから 150°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間 が例示され、 1時間から 60時間が好まし 、例として挙げられる。 ] Organic bases such as Undekar 7 are listed, and 1,8 diazabicyclo [5. 4. 0] Unde force 7-Yen is preferred U, for example. The dose of the base is preferably equivalent or excessive to the compound represented by the general formula (3), for example, 1 to 10 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 20 equivalents. As a solvent used in the reaction, for example, Dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, or acetonitrile. Butanol is a preferred example. Also, a mixture of two or more of these solvents can be used. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, preferably 1 to 60 hours, and is exemplified.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar2中の Q [Qは前記と同義である。 ]が— CON (R41) (R42)を示す場合 [R41及 び R42は前記と同義である。 ]、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般 式(1)中の Ar2中の Q [Qは前記と同義である。 ]がカルボキシ基を示すィ匕合物と、ァ ンモユア、 1級ァミン、 2級ァミン、又はヒドロキシァミンとを、縮合剤の存在下で、必要 があれば塩基の存在下で反応させることによって製造することができる。アンモニア、 1級ァミン、 2級ァミン、又はヒドロキシァミンの使用量としては、一般式(2)中の Ar2a 部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar2中の Q [Qは前記と同義である。 ]が— CON (R41 ) (R42)を示す場合 [R41及び R42は前記と同義である。 ]、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar2中の Q [Qは前記と同義である。 ]がカルボキ シ基を示す化合物に対して 1 Z 10から 100当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1当量 から 10当量である。縮合剤としてはジシクロへキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)、 O— (7 —ァザべンゾトリアゾール—1—ィル) N, N, Ν' , Ν,—テトラメチルゥ口-ゥムへキサ フルオロフォスフェート(HATU)、又は 1—ェチル—3— [3—ジメチルァミノプロピル ]カルポジイミド (EDC)塩酸塩等を挙げることができる。縮合剤の使用量としては、一 般式(2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar2中の Q [Qは前記と同義である 。 ]が— CON (R41) (R42)を示す場合 [R41及び R42は前記と同義である。 ]、該化合物 は一般式(2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar2中の Q[Qは前記と同義 である。 ]がカルボキシ基を示すィ匕合物に対して当量ないし過剰量用いることができ、 例として 1から 10当量が挙げられ、好ましくは 1当量から 5当量である。縮合反応にお V、て補助剤をカ卩えることも望ましく、補助剤としてはヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール (HO BT)等が挙げられる。塩基としては、例えばトリメチルァミン、トリェチルァミン、ジイソ プロピルェチルァミン、 N—メチルモルホリン、又はピリジンなどが挙げられる。好まし くはトリエチルァミン、ジイソプロピルェチルァミン、 N—メチルモルホリン、又はピリジ ンである。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭 素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン 、ジメトキシェタン、ピリジン、又はジメチルホルムアミドなどが挙げられる。また、これら の溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いても好適である。好ましくはジメチルホルムアミド、又 はテトラヒドロフランである。反応温度は通常— 80°Cから 100°Cで行うことができる。 反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間から 96時間が例示され、 2時間から 4 8時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。該反応におけるアンモニア、 1級ァミン、 2級ァ ミン、又はヒドロキシァミンは保護されているものを用いてもよぐ例えば保護されたヒド 口キシァミンとしては O— (2—メトキシプロパン一 2—ィル)ヒドロキシァミンを挙げるこ とができ、保護基は公知の方法(Mori, K., Tetrahedron, 44, 6013(1988).)に従って 脱保護することができる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Q [Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar 2a portion of the general formula (2) are as defined above. ] Represents —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) [R 41 and R 42 are as defined above]. ], The compound corresponds to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2), Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) [Q is as defined above]. ] By reacting a compound having a carboxy group with ammonia, primary amine, secondary amine, or hydroxyamine in the presence of a condensing agent, if necessary, in the presence of a base. Can be manufactured. The amount of ammonia, primary amine, secondary amine, or hydroxyamine used is as follows. Q in Ar 2 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in general formula (2) It is synonymous. ] Represents —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) [R 41 and R 42 are as defined above]. ], The compound is represented by Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2) [Q is as defined above]. ] Can be used in an amount of 10 to 100 equivalents, preferably 1 to 10 equivalents, relative to the compound having a carboxyl group. As the condensing agent, dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), O— (7-azabenzotriazole-1-yl) N, N, Ν ′, Ν, —tetramethyl carboxy-phosphate hexaphosphate ( HATU), or 1-ethyl-3- [3-dimethylaminopropyl] carpositimide (EDC) hydrochloride. As the amount of the condensing agent used, Q [Q in Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in the general formula (2) is as defined above. ] Represents —CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) [R 41 and R 42 are as defined above]. ], The compound has the same meaning as defined above for Q [Q in Ar 2 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar 2a moiety in general formula (2). ] Can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount relative to the compound showing a carboxy group, and examples thereof include 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents. It is also desirable to add an auxiliary agent to the condensation reaction. Hydroxybenzotriazole (HO BT). Examples of the base include trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, and pyridine. Preferred is triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, or pyridine. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, pyridine, and dimethylformamide. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. Preferred is dimethylformamide or tetrahydrofuran. The reaction temperature is usually from −80 ° C to 100 ° C. Although reaction time is not specifically limited, Usually, 1 to 96 hours are illustrated, and 2 to 48 hours are preferable examples. Ammonia, primary amine, secondary amine, or hydroxyamine in the reaction may be protected. For example, protected hydroxylated amine may be O- (2-methoxypropane-2-yl. ) Hydroxyamine, and the protecting group can be deprotected according to a known method (Mori, K., Tetrahedron, 44, 6013 (1988)).
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいァリール基又は置換されていてもよいァルケ-ル 基で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応す る一般式(1)中の Ar1が、臭素又はヨウ素で置換されている化合物より製造することも できる。該製造は公知の Suzuki反応条件下、あるいは Heck反応条件下で実施する ことができ、反応条件については公知文献(R.F.Heck, Organic Reactions, 27, 345(1 982)., R.F.Heck, Palladium Reagents in urganic Synthesis , Academic Press, 1985 ., N.Miyaura et.al, J.Am.Chem.Soc.,107, 972(1985)., N.Miyaura, A.Suzuki, Chem. R ev. 95, 2457(1995))などに記載のとおりである。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is, be also good Ariru or substituted optionally be substituted In the case of a compound substituted with a good alkenyl group, Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine. It can also be produced from a compound. The production can be carried out under the known Suzuki reaction conditions or under the Heck reaction conditions. The reaction conditions are described in known literature (RFHeck, Organic Reactions, 27, 345 (1 982)., RFHeck, Palladium Reagents in urganic Synthesis). , Academic Press, 1985., N. Miyaura et.al, J. Am. Chem. Soc., 107, 972 (1985)., N. Miyaya, A. Suzuki, Chem. R ev. 95, 2457 (1995) ) Etc.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置換されている化合物の場合、該 化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、置換されてい てもよ 、ァルケ-ル基又は置換されて 、てもよ 、アルキ-ル基により置換されて!、る 化合物より製造することもできる。該製造法としては接触水素還元による方法が挙げ られ、接触水素還元においては、溶媒中、水素雰囲気下で触媒を用いて実施するこ とができる。触媒としては例えばパラジウム—炭素、酸ィ匕白金、白金—炭素、又は水 酸化パラジウム等が挙げられる。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、 クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラ ヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、メタノール、又はエタノールなどが挙げら れる。好ましくはテトラヒドロフラン又はメタノールである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以 上混合して用いても好適である。反応温度は通常— 80°Cから 100°Cで行うことがで きる。好ましくは 0°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間 から 96時間が例示され、 3時間力 48時間が好まし 、例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an optionally substituted alkyl group In this case, in the compound, Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) may be substituted, an alkenyl group or a substituted group. Substituted by an alkyl group! It can also be produced from these compounds. Examples of the production method include a method using catalytic hydrogen reduction. In addition, the catalytic hydrogen reduction can be carried out using a catalyst in a solvent under a hydrogen atmosphere. Examples of the catalyst include palladium-carbon, acid platinum, platinum-carbon, palladium hydroxide and the like. Examples of the solvent used for the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, and ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or methanol is preferred. It is also preferable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from –80 ° C to 100 ° C. The temperature is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 hours and 48 hours, and examples are given.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいァミノ基で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合 物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、臭素又はヨウ素で 置換されて 、る化合物より製造することもできる。該製造は公知の Buchwald— Hart wig反応を経由して実施することができ、反応条件については公知文献 (A.R Mud, S丄. Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131(2002)., J.F.Hartwig, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046(1998)., D.Baranano, G.Mann, Hartwig, J. F. Curr. Org. Chem. 1, 28 7(1997)., C.G.Frost, P.Mendonca, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.1, 1998, 2615.)など に記載のとおりである。該反応の条件によってはァミノ基が保護された状態で生成物 が得られる場合もあり、その場合には適宜脱保護反応を行うことによってアミノ基を有 する誘導体を製造することができる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an optionally substituted amino group In this case, the compound can also be produced from the compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine. The production can be carried out via a known Buchwald-Hart wig reaction, and the reaction conditions are known (AR Mud, S 丄. Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131 (2002). JF Hartwig, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046 (1998)., D. Baranano, G. Mann, Hartwig, JF Curr. Org. Chem. 1, 28 7 (1997)., CGFrost, P. Mendonca, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1998, 2615.). Depending on the reaction conditions, the product may be obtained in a state where the amino group is protected. In such a case, a derivative having an amino group can be produced by appropriately performing a deprotection reaction.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、 [置換されていてもよいァシル基、置換されていてもよいアルキルスル ホ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキル力ルバモイル基、置換されていてもよいァ ルキルチオ力ルバモイル基、置換されていてもよいァリール力ルバモイル基、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、ァリールチオ力ルバモイル基、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキルォキシ カルボ-ル基、又は置換されて 、てもよ 、ァリールォキシカルボ-ル基]で置換され たァミノ基で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に 対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァミノ基で置換されている化合物と求電子剤を反応 させて製造することもできる。求電子剤としては例えば、塩化ァシル、臭化ァシル、酸 無水物、塩化アルキルスルホニル、アルキルスルホン酸無水物、塩化ァリールスルホ -ル、ァリールスルホン酸無水物、イソシァネート、イソチオシァネート、力ルバモイル クロライド、又はクロ口ホルメートなどを挙げることができる。求電子剤の使用量として は、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァミノ基で置換され ている化合物に対して、当量ないし過剰量使用することが好ましぐ例えば 1当量から 10当量が例示され、好ましくは 1当量から 3当量である。反応に際して必要があれば 塩基を使用することができ、塩基としては、有機または無機の塩基のいずれであって もよぐ例えば水酸ィ匕ナトリウム、水酸ィ匕カリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、トリメ チルァミン、トリエチルァミン、ジイソプロピルェチルァミン、 N—メチルモルホリン、又 はピリジンなどが挙げられる。塩基の用量としては一般式(2)中の Arla部分に対応す る一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァミノ基で置換されている化合物に対して当量または過剰 量であることが好ましぐさらに好ましくは 1から 100当量、特に好ましくは 1から 10当 量が例示される。反応に用いる溶媒としては不活性溶媒を用いることができる。不活 性溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルェ ン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢 酸ェチル、又は酢酸ブチルなどが挙げられる。好ましくはジクロロメタン、ジェチルェ 一テル、又はテトラヒドロフランである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いて も好適である。反応温度は通常— 20°Cから 100°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは— 10 °Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 2時間から 24時間が 例示され、 1時間から 5時間が好まし 、例として挙げられる。 Among the general formula (2) compound represented by, Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (2), [optionally substituted Ashiru group, substituted Alkyl sulfonyl group, optionally substituted alkyl rubamoyl group, optionally substituted alkylthio rubamoyl group, optionally substituted allyl force rubamoyl group, substituted, or It is substituted with an aryloxy carbamoyl group, substituted !, or an alkyloxycarbonyl group, or may be substituted with an amino group substituted with an aryloxycarbol group]. A compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an electrophile is reacted with an electrophile. It can also be manufactured. Examples of electrophiles include acyl chloride, acyl bromide, acid anhydride, alkylsulfonyl chloride, alkyl sulfonic acid anhydride, aryl chloride sulfone, aryl sulfonic acid anhydride, isocyanate, isothiocyanate, and power rubamoyl chloride. Or black formate. The electrophile is used in an equivalent or excess amount relative to the compound in which Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. For example, 1 to 10 equivalents are preferred, and preferably 1 to 3 equivalents. If necessary for the reaction, a base can be used, and the base may be either an organic or inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, Examples thereof include trimethylamine, triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, and pyridine. As the dose of the base, it is preferable that Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound substituted with the amino group. More preferably, 1 to 100 equivalents, particularly preferably 1 to 10 equivalents are exemplified. An inert solvent can be used as a solvent used in the reaction. Examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate. Preferred is dichloromethane, jetyl ether, or tetrahydrofuran. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from −10 ° C. to 50 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually exemplified by 0.2 to 24 hours, and preferably 1 to 5 hours.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar2がー E—Ar21— G— Qであり、かつ Gがアルキレン基であり、かつ該アルキ レン基上の同一炭素上の 2つの水素原子を除いてできる 2本の結合手が一緒になつ て同一の酸素原子に結合し、ォキソ体として置換されている化合物の場合、一般式( 2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Ar2a部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar 2がー E—Ar21— G— Qであり、かつ Gがアルキレン基であり、かつ該アルキレン基上 で水酸基によって置換されている化合物を酸化反応に供することにより製造すること ができる。酸化反応としては、例えば Dess— Martin試薬を用いる方法、 Swern酸ィ匕 法、又はクロム酸を用いた酸ィ匕法などを挙げることができる。これらの酸ィ匕法は、当業 者には容易に実施できる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (2) General formula corresponding to Ar 2a moiety in (1) of Ar 2 guard E-Ar 21 - G- is Q, and G is A compound which is an alkylene group and has two bonds formed by removing two hydrogen atoms on the same carbon on the alkylene group, bonded together to the same oxygen atom and substituted as an oxo isomer for, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), the general formula (2) Ar 2 in the general formula (1) corresponds to Ar 2a moiety in guard E-Ar 21 - G- is Q, And G is an alkylene group, and is produced by subjecting a compound substituted on the alkylene group by a hydroxyl group to an oxidation reaction. Can do. Examples of the oxidation reaction include a method using a Dess-Martin reagent, a Swern acid method, or an acid method using chromic acid. These acid methods can be easily carried out by those skilled in the art.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、水酸基によって置換されたアルキル基によって置換されている化合物 の場合、一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する 一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァシル基によって置換されている化合物を還元反応に供す ることにより製造することができる。還元条件としては、例えばヒドリド還元等が挙げら れる。ヒドリド還元条件としては、例えば、金属水素化物を必要があれば酸の存在下 で反応させる条件が挙げられる。金属水素化物としては例えばトリェチルシランなど のヒドロシランや水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化テルルナトリウム等を挙げることがで きる。金属水素化物の使用量としては、一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 ( 2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1がァシル基によって置換されている 化合物に対して当量ないし過剰量用いることができ、例として 1当量から 20当量が挙 げられ、好ましくは 1当量から 10当量である。反応は必要があれば酸の存在下で行う ことができ、酸としては、有機または無機の酸のいずれであってもよぐ例えば塩酸、 硫酸、臭化水素酸、ギ酸、酢酸、トリフルォロ酢酸、又はボロントリフルオライド'ジェ チルエーテルコンプレックスなどが挙げられ、好ましくはトリフルォロ酢酸である。酸の 使用量としては、一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対 応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァシル基によって置換されている化合物に対して当量 ないし過剰量用いることができ、 1当量から 20当量であることが好ましぐ 1当量から 1 0当量であることがより好ましい。又、酸を溶媒として過剰量用いることも好適である。 反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベン ゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキ シェタン、メタノール、又はエタノールなどが挙げられる。好ましくはテトラヒドロフラン 又はジクロロメタンである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いても好適であ る。反応温度は通常— 80°Cから 100°Cで行うことができる。好ましくは 0°Cから 50°C である。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間から 48時間が例示され、 3時 間から 24時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is a compound substituted by an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group In this case, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an acyl group is subjected to a reduction reaction. It can be manufactured by providing. Examples of the reducing conditions include hydride reduction. Examples of the hydride reduction condition include a condition in which a metal hydride is reacted in the presence of an acid if necessary. Examples of the metal hydride include hydrosilane such as triethylsilane, sodium borohydride, sodium tellurium hydride and the like. As for the amount of metal hydride used, Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) among the compounds represented by the general formula (2) is substituted with an acyl group. The compound can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount with respect to the compound, and examples thereof include 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents, preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. If necessary, the reaction can be carried out in the presence of an acid, which may be either an organic or inorganic acid such as hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, hydrobromic acid, formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, Or, boron trifluoride 'diethyl ether complex may be mentioned, and trifluoroacetic acid is preferred. The amount of acid, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) that corresponds to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted by Ashiru group It can be used in an equivalent amount to an excess amount with respect to the compound, and is preferably 1 equivalent to 20 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. It is also preferable to use an excess amount of acid as a solvent. Examples of the solvent used for the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxetane, methanol, and ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or dichloromethane is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from −80 ° C to 100 ° C. Preferably, it is 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 1 to 48 hours is exemplified, and 3 hours A preferred example is 24 hours in between.
また、一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般 式(1)中の Ar1が、水酸基によって置換されたアルキル基によって置換されているィ匕 合物は、一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する 一般式(1)中の Ar1がァルケ-ル基によって置換されている化合物をヒドロホウ素化 反応による水酸ィ匕反応に供することにより製造することができる。ヒドロホウ素化反応 による水酸化反応は当該業者には容易に実施できる。 Further, among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (2) in is replaced by an alkyl group substituted by a hydroxyl group In the compound represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an alkenyl group. It can be produced by subjecting the compound to a hydroxylation reaction by a hydroboration reaction. The hydroxylation reaction by hydroboration reaction can be easily performed by those skilled in the art.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置換されたァミノ基で置換されてい る化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式 (1)中の A r1がァミノ基で置換されて ヽる化合物とアルキル化剤を、必要があれば塩基の存在 下で反応させることにより製造することができる。アルキル化剤としては例えば、対応 するアルキルノヽライドを使用することができ、例えばヨウ化アルキル、臭化アルキル、 塩化アルキル、又は 2—ブロモェチルメチルエーテル等が挙げられる。アルキル化剤 の使用量としては、一般式(2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式(2)中の Arla部分に 対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、ァミノ基で置換されている化合物に対して当量ない し過剰量使用することが好ましぐ例えば 1当量から 10当量が例示され、好ましくは 1 当量から 3当量である。反応に際して必要があれば塩基を使用することができ、塩基 としては、有機または無機の塩基のいずれであってもよぐ例えば水酸ィ匕ナトリウム、 水酸ィ匕カリウム、炭酸カリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、トリメチルァミン、トリェチルァミン、ジィ ソプロピルェチルァミン、 N—メチルモルホリン、ピリジン、又は 2, 6—ルチジンなどが 挙げられる。塩基の用量としては、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1) 中の Ar1がァミノ基で置換されている化合物に対して当量または過剰量であることが 好ましぐ 1当量から 100当量であることがより好ましぐ 1当量から 10当量であること がさらに好ましい。反応に用いる溶媒としては不活性溶媒を用いることができる。不活 性溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルェ ン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢 酸ェチル、又は酢酸ブチルなどが挙げられる。好ましくはジクロロメタン、ジェチルェ 一テル、又はテトラヒドロフランである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いて も好適である。反応温度は通常— 20°Cから 100°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは— 10 °Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 2時間から 24時間が 例示され、 1時間から 5時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。また、一般式(2)中の Ar la部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいアルキル基で置換さ れたァミノ基で置換されている化合物は、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般 式(1)中の Ar1がァミノ基で置換されている化合物に、溶媒中アルデヒド又はケトンの 存在下、さらに必要に応じて酸の存在下、還元剤を作用させる還元アミノ化反応条 件によっても製造することができる。反応に用いる溶媒としてはジェチルエーテル、テ トラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、メタノール、エタノール、ァセトニトリル などが挙げられる。好ましくはメタノール又はァセトニトリルである。また、これらの溶媒 を 2種以上混合して用いても好適である。アルデヒド又はケトンとしてはホルムアルデ ヒド、ァセトアルデヒド、アセトンを例示することができ、一般式(2)中の Arla部分に対 応する一般式(1)中の Ar1がァミノ基で置換されている化合物に対し当量または過剰 量用いることが好ましぐより好ましくは 1当量から 10当量である。必要に応じて使用 する酸としては酢酸又は酸性緩衝溶液が好ま 、。還元剤としては水素化シァノホウ 素ナトリウムが好ましぐ一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1がァ ミノ基で置換されている化合物に対し当量または過剰量用いることが好ましぐより好 ましくは 1当量から 10当量である。反応温度は通常— 20°Cから 100°Cで行うことがで き、好ましくは— 10°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 2 時間から 36時間が例示され、 1時間から 24時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1がヨウ素で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla 部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、臭素で置換されている化合物とヨウ素化剤を 、必要があれば銅塩及びァミンの存在下で反応させることにより製造することができる 。ヨウ素ィ匕剤としては例えばヨウ化ナトリウム又はヨウ化カリウムなどのヨウ化物塩等を 挙げることができ、使用量は当量又は過剰量が好ましい。銅塩としては例えばヨウィ匕 銅 (I)を好ましい例として挙げることができ、触媒量使用することが好ましい。ァミンと しては例えば N, N,一ジメチルー 1, 2—ジアミノシクロへキサン等を挙げることができ 、触媒量使用することが好ましい。溶媒としてはジォキサン又はテトラヒドロフランなど の不活性溶媒を用いることができる。反応温度は室温から 150°Cが好ましい。反応時 間は 1時間から 50時間が例示され、 3時間から 30時間が好ましい。 Among the general formula (2) compound represented by Amino groups Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (2), it is substituted with alkyl group which may be substituted for compounds that have been substituted in, the compounds of the general formula (2) a r 1 of the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety is substituted with Amino group Ru compound in an alkylating agent If necessary, it can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base. As the alkylating agent, for example, a corresponding alkyl halide can be used, and examples thereof include alkyl iodide, alkyl bromide, alkyl chloride, 2-bromoethyl methyl ether and the like. As the amount of the alkylating agent used, Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) in the compound represented by the general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. It is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount with respect to the compound in question, for example, 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 equivalent to 3 equivalents. If necessary in the reaction, a base can be used, and the base may be either an organic or inorganic base such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, potassium carbonate, sodium carbonate, Examples thereof include trimethylamine, triethylamine, disopropylethylamine, N-methylmorpholine, pyridine, and 2,6-lutidine. As the dose of the base, it is preferable that Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the compound substituted with an amino group. More preferably, it is 1 equivalent to 100 equivalents. More preferably, it is 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. An inert solvent can be used as a solvent used in the reaction. Examples of the inert solvent include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, and butyl acetate. Preferably dichloromethane, Jetille One ter or tetrahydrofuran. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from −10 ° C. to 50 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually from 0.2 hours to 24 hours, and preferably from 1 hour to 5 hours. In addition, a compound in which Ar 1 in general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group substituted with an optionally substituted alkyl group is generally A compound in which Ar 1 in formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in formula (2) is substituted with an amino group is added to a solvent in the presence of an aldehyde or ketone, and optionally in the presence of an acid. It can also be produced by reductive amination reaction conditions in which a reducing agent acts. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, ethanol, and acetonitrile. Methanol or acetonitrile is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. Examples of the aldehyde or ketone include formaldehyde, acetoaldehyde, and acetone. Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. It is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount with respect to the compound, more preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. Acetic acid or an acidic buffer solution is preferred as the acid to be used as necessary. Sodium cyanobium hydride is preferred as a reducing agent. Equivalent or excessive to the compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with an amino group. The amount used is preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. The reaction temperature is usually from -20 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably from -10 ° C to 50 ° C. Although reaction time is not specifically limited, Usually, 0.2 to 36 hours are illustrated, and 1 to 24 hours are preferable examples. Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), when Ar 1 in the general formula (2) General formula corresponding to Ar la moiety in (1) is a compound which is substituted with iodine, the compounds have the general formula (2) Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in (2) is reacted with a bromine substituted compound and an iodinating agent in the presence of a copper salt and an amine if necessary. Can be manufactured. Examples of the iodine glaze include iodide salts such as sodium iodide and potassium iodide, and the amount used is preferably equivalent or excessive. As a copper salt, for example, Yowi copper (I) can be mentioned as a preferred example, and a catalytic amount is preferably used. Ammin and Examples thereof include N, N, monodimethyl-1,2-diaminocyclohexane and the like, and a catalytic amount is preferably used. An inert solvent such as dioxane or tetrahydrofuran can be used as the solvent. The reaction temperature is preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C. The reaction time is exemplified by 1 to 50 hours, preferably 3 to 30 hours.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が塩素で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla 部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が臭素で置換されている化合物と銅塩ィ匕物を反 応させること〖こより製造することができる。銅塩ィ匕物としては例えば塩化銅 (I)を好まし い例として挙げることができ、当量又は過剰量使用することが好ましい。溶媒としては N, N—ジメチルホルムアミド、ジォキサン又はテトラヒドロフランなどの不活性溶媒を 用いることができる。反応温度は室温から 150°Cが好ましい。反応時間は 1時間から 50時間が例示され、 3時間から 30時間が好ま U、。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), when Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is a compound which is substituted by chlorine, the compounds have the general formula It can be produced by reacting a compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la part in (2) is substituted with bromine and copper chloride. An example of a preferable copper salt is copper (I) chloride, and it is preferable to use an equivalent amount or an excess amount. As the solvent, an inert solvent such as N, N-dimethylformamide, dioxane or tetrahydrofuran can be used. The reaction temperature is preferably from room temperature to 150 ° C. The reaction time is exemplified from 1 to 50 hours, preferably 3 to 30 hours U.
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基で置換されている化合物の場合、 該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、臭素又はョ ゥ素で置換されて 、る化合物より製造することもできる。該製造は公知の Sonogashi ra反応条件下で実施することができ、反応条件につ!、ては公知文献 (K.Sonogashira, et al. Tetrahedron lett., 50, 4467(1975)., J. Organomet. Chem., 653, 46(2002).)な どに記載のとおりである。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the general formula (2) General formula corresponding to Ar la moiety in (1) is optionally substituted alkyl - substituted with Le group In the case of a compound, the compound can also be produced from the compound in which Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is substituted with bromine or iodine. . The production can be carried out under the known Sonogashira reaction conditions. For the reaction conditions, the known literature (K. Sonogashira, et al. Tetrahedron lett., 50, 4467 (1975)., J. Organomet Chem., 653, 46 (2002).).
一般式 (2)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1 )中の Ar1が、置換されていてもよいアルキルスルホ-ル基で置換されている化合物 の場合、該化合物は一般式 (2)中の Arla部分に対応する一般式(1)中の Ar1が、置 換されて 、てもよ 、アルキルチオ基で置換されて 、る化合物に対し溶媒中で酸化剤 を作用させることにより製造することもできる。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジク ロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩ィ匕炭素などが挙げられる。好ましくはジクロロメタンであ る。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いても好適である。反応温度は通常— 8 0°Cから 100°Cで行うことができる。好ましくは 0°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に 限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間力も 48時間が例示され、 0. 3時間から 24時間が好 ましい例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (2), Ar 1 in the formula (1) corresponding to Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) is optionally substituted alkylsulfonyl - is substituted by Le group In the compound, Ar 1 in the general formula (1) corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (2) may be substituted or substituted with an alkylthio group. It can also be produced by reacting a compound with an oxidizing agent in a solvent. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, tetrasalt-carbon, and the like. Preferred is dichloromethane. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from −80 ° C. to 100 ° C. The temperature is preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 hour force is also exemplified by 48 hours, and 0.3 to 24 hours is preferable. A good example.
一般式 (3)で示される化合物は、一般式 (5) [—般式 (5)中、 Arla、 Rla、及び R2aは 前記と同義である。 ]で示される化合物を、クロ口化剤の存在下で反応させることによ り製造することができる。クロ口化剤としてはォキシ塩化リン、塩ィ匕チォ -ル、又は塩 化ォキザリルなどの酸塩ィ匕物を挙げることができる。酸塩ィ匕物として好ましくはォキシ 塩化リンである。クロ口化剤の使用量は、一般式(5)で示される化合物に対して 1Z1 0から 10当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1Z5当量から 5当量であり、より好ましくは 1当量から 3当量である。又、別の態様として、クロ口化剤の使用量として一般式 (5) で示される化合物に対して過剰量用いることも好ましぐたとえば溶媒として用いるこ ともより好ましい。反応においてはトリエチルァミンや Ν,Ν-ジメチルァ-リンなどのアミ ン存在下で行っても好適であり、この時のァミンの当量は、例えば 0. 5〜10当量であ ることが好ましぐ 1〜3当量であることがより好ましい。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例 えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチ ルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチ ル又はァセトニトリルなどが挙げられる。また、別の態様として前記クロ口化剤を溶媒と して用いることも好ましい。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましく は 50°Cから 150°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 10 0時間が例示され、 0. 5時間から 10時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (3), the general formula (5) [In the general formula (5), Ar la , R la , and R 2a are as defined above. Can be produced by reacting in the presence of a cross-linking agent. As the cross-linking agent, there may be mentioned acid salts such as phosphorus oxychloride, sodium chloride, or oxalyl chloride. The acid salt is preferably phosphorus oxychloride. The amount of the cross-linking agent used can be 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the compound represented by the general formula (5). is there. In another embodiment, it is preferable to use an excess amount of the cross-linking agent relative to the compound represented by the general formula (5), for example, more preferably as a solvent. The reaction is also preferably carried out in the presence of an amine such as triethylamine or Ν, Ν-dimethylamine, and the equivalent of amine at this time is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 10 equivalents. More preferably, it is 1 to 3 equivalents. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butylacetate, and acetonitrile. In another embodiment, it is also preferable to use the cross-linking agent as a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 hours to 100 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 hours to 10 hours.
一般式 (3)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、置 換されて 、てもよ 、アルコキシ基で置換されて 、る化合物の場合、該化合物は一般 式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、水酸基で置換されている化合物より製造する ことができる。該製造は公知の Mitsunobu反応条件下で実施することができ、反応 条件については公知文献 (Mitsunobu, 0., Synthesis, 1981, 1" Hughes, D. L., Org. React., 42, 335(1992).)等に記載のとおりである。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (3) in the case of Ar 1, corresponding to Ar la portion of the general formula (3) is, is substitution, even by, substituted by an alkoxy group, Ru compound, The compound can be produced from a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxyl group. The production can be carried out under known Mitsunobu reaction conditions, and the reaction conditions are known (Mitsunobu, 0., Synthesis, 1981, 1 "Hughes, DL, Org. React., 42, 335 (1992). ) Etc.
一般式 (3)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、水 酸基で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応 する Ar1が、メトキシ基で置換されている化合物より製造することができる。該製造法 は脱保護方法としての脱メチル化反応であり、例えば Protective Groups in Or ganic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons flj (1999)【こ記載の方法など【こ準じ て行えばよい。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (3), when Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxyl group, the compound is represented by the general formula (3). It can be produced from a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety of is substituted with a methoxy group. The production method is a demethylation reaction as a deprotection method. For example, Protective Groups in Or ganic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons flj (1999).
一般式 (3)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、ァ ルキル基で置換されて 、てもよ 、ァミノメチル基で置換されて 、る化合物の場合、該 化合物は一般式(3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、クロロメチル基で置換されてい る化合物に、溶媒中必要に応じて塩基の存在下で、 1級又は 2級ァミンを作用させる ことにより製造することができる。必要に応じて使用する塩基としては例えばトリェチ ルァミンを挙げることができる。 1級又は 2級ァミンの使用量は、一般式(3)中の Arla 部分に対応する Ar1が、クロロメチル基で置換されている化合物に対して 1当量また は過剰量用いることができ、好ましくは 1当量から 10当量である。反応に用いることの できる 1級ァミンとしては例えばメチルァミンを挙げることができる。反応に用いること のできる 2級ァミンとしては例えばジメチルァミンを挙げることができる。反応に用いる 溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、 キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢酸 ェチル、酢酸ブチル又はァセトニトリルなどが挙げられる。また、反応温度は通常 0°C から 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 20°Cから 100°Cである。反応時間は特に限 定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 100時間が例示され、 1時間から 30時間が好まし い例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (3), Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) may be substituted with an alkyl group, or may be substituted with an aminomethyl group In this case, the compound is a compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group, in the presence of a base in a solvent, if necessary, in the presence of primary or 2 It can be produced by reacting a grade amine. Examples of the base used as necessary include triethylamine. The primary or secondary amine can be used in an amount equivalent to 1 equivalent or excess of the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group. , Preferably 1 to 10 equivalents. Examples of primary amines that can be used in the reaction include methylamine. Examples of secondary amines that can be used in the reaction include dimethylamine. Examples of the solvent used for the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetonitrile. The reaction temperature can usually be 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to 100 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 to 100 hours is exemplified, and 1 to 30 hours are preferred examples.
一般式 (3)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1が、ク ロロメチル基で置換されている化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式 (3)中の Arla部分 に対応する Ar1がヒドロキシメチル基で置換されて ヽる化合物を、クロ口化剤の存在下 で反応させることにより製造することができる。クロ口化剤としてはォキシ塩化リン、塩 化チォニル、又は塩ィ匕ォキザリルなどの酸塩ィ匕物を挙げることができる。酸塩化物と して好ましくはォキシ塩化リンである。クロ口化剤の使用量は、一般式(3)中の Arla部 分に対応する Ar1がヒドロキシメチル基で置換されている化合物に対して 1Z10から 10当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1Z5当量から 5当量であり、より好ましくは 1当 量から 3当量である。又、別の態様として、クロ口化剤の使用量として一般式(3)中の Arla部分に対応する Ar1がヒドロキシメチル基で置換されている化合物に対して過剰 量用いることも好ましぐたとえば溶媒として用いることもより好ましい。反応において はトリエチルァミンや Ν,Ν-ジメチルァ-リンなどのアミン存在下で行っても好適であり 、この時のァミンの当量は、例えば 0. 5〜10当量であることが好ましぐ 1〜3当量で あることがより好ましい。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホル ム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン 、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチル又はァセトニトリルなどが挙 げられる。また、別の態様として前記クロ口化剤を溶媒として用いることも好ましい。反 応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 50°Cから 150°Cである。反 応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 100時間が例示され、 0. 5時間 力も 10時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (3), when Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a chloromethyl group, the compound is represented by the general formula (3). It can be produced by reacting a compound obtained by substituting Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety with a hydroxymethyl group in the presence of a cross-linking agent. Examples of the cross-linking agent include acid salts such as phosphorus oxychloride, thionyl chloride, and salt oxalyl. The acid chloride is preferably phosphorus oxychloride. The amount of the cross-linking agent used can be from 1Z10 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z5 based on the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la part in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxymethyl group Equivalent to 5 equivalents, more preferably 1 equivalent to 3 equivalents. In another embodiment, the amount of the cross-linking agent used is excessive with respect to the compound in which Ar 1 corresponding to the Ar la moiety in the general formula (3) is substituted with a hydroxymethyl group. It is also preferable to use an amount, for example, as a solvent. The reaction is also preferably carried out in the presence of an amine such as triethylamine or Ν, Ν-dimethylamine, and the equivalent of the amine at this time is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 10 equivalents. More preferably, it is ˜3 equivalents. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, and acetonitrile. Moreover, it is also preferable to use the said cross-cloning agent as a solvent as another aspect. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but usually 0.1 to 100 hours is exemplified, and 0.5 hour force is also a preferred example of 10 hours.
一般式 (3)で示される化合物は必要に応じて保護基を導入、あるいは脱保護して用 いることができる。保護基の導入および脱保護反応は、公知の方法、例えば Protect ive Groups m Organic Synthesis^ John Wiley ana ¾ons 刊 (1999)に 記載の方法などに準じて行えばょ 、。 The compound represented by the general formula (3) can be used with a protective group introduced or deprotected as necessary. The introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups Organic Synthesis ^ John Wiley anaions (1999).
一般式 (4)で示される化合物としては、例えば市販の 4 ァミノ安息香酸 (Aldrich社 製)、 6 アミノー 2 ナフタレンカルボン酸(Oakwood社製)、 4 アミノフヱ-ル酢酸( Aldrich社製)、 4—ァミノ一 3—メトキシ安息香酸 (Aldrich社製)などを用いることがで きる。  Examples of the compound represented by the general formula (4) include commercially available 4-aminobenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich), 6 amino-2-naphthalene carboxylic acid (manufactured by Oakwood), 4 aminophenylacetic acid (manufactured by Aldrich), 4- Amino-1-methoxybenzoic acid (manufactured by Aldrich) and the like can be used.
また、一般式 (4)で示される化合物は対応するニトロ化合物を還元反応に供すること により製造することもできる。還元反応としては接触水素還元による方法、又は金属 水素錯ィ匕合物による方法等が挙げられる。接触水素還元においては、溶媒中、水素 雰囲気下で触媒を用いて実施することができる。触媒としては例えばパラジウム—炭 素、酸ィ匕白金、白金 炭素、又は水酸化パラジウム等が挙げられる。反応に用いる 溶媒としては、例えばジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、 キシレン、ジェチノレエーテノレ、テトラヒドロフラン、ジ才キサン、ジメトキシェタン、メタノ ール、又はエタノールなどが挙げられる。好ましくはテトラヒドロフラン又はメタノール である。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いても好適である。反応温度は通 常— 80°Cから 100°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 0°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は 特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間から 96時間が例示され、 3時間から 48時間が好 ましい例として挙げられる。金属水素錯ィ匕合物による還元反応においては、溶媒中、 必要に応じて添加剤を加えて実施することができる。金属水素錯化合物の好ましい 例としては例えば水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを挙げることができる。金属水素錯化合物は ニトロ化合物に対して当量又は過剰量用 、ることができ、好ましくは 1から 10当量で ある。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えばジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォ キサン、ジメトキシェタン、メタノール、又はエタノールなどが挙げられる。好ましくはテ トラヒドロフラン又はメタノールである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いて も好適である。添加剤として Lewis酸、金属塩をカ卩えることが好ましぐ好ましくは塩ィ匕 ニッケルを例示することができる。添加剤は-トロ化合物に対して触媒量力 過剰量 用いることができ、好ましくは 0. 01から 1当量である。反応温度は通常— 80°Cから 1 00°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは— 20°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定され ないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間が例示され、 0. 5時間から 24時間が好ましい例 として挙げられる。該反応における-トロ化合物としては、例えば Ethyl 4-nitrophenyl glyoxylate (Lancaster社)等の市販の化合物が挙げられる。また、対応する-トロ化合 物は芳香族化合物の-トロ化反応によって製造することもできる。ニトロ化反応は硫 酸中で硝酸、あるいは硝酸塩を作用させて実施することができ、公知の反応条件に 基づいて実施することができる。また、該ニトロ化合物のうちカルボキシメチル基を有 する中間体は以下の方法によって製造することができる。まず、対応するブロモ体に 対しトリメチルシリルァセトニトリル、 Pd (dba) などの金属錯体、 Xantphosなどの錯 The compound represented by the general formula (4) can also be produced by subjecting the corresponding nitro compound to a reduction reaction. Examples of the reduction reaction include a method using catalytic hydrogen reduction or a method using a metal-hydrogen complex compound. The catalytic hydrogen reduction can be carried out using a catalyst in a solvent in a hydrogen atmosphere. Examples of the catalyst include palladium-carbon, acid platinum, platinum carbon, palladium hydroxide and the like. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, jetinoreethenole, tetrahydrofuran, dixanthane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, and ethanol. . Tetrahydrofuran or methanol is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. The reaction temperature is usually from 80 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 50 ° C. Reaction time is Although not particularly limited, usually 1 to 96 hours are exemplified, and 3 to 48 hours are preferable examples. The reduction reaction with the metal hydride complex can be carried out in a solvent by adding additives as necessary. Preferred examples of the metal hydride complex include sodium borohydride. The metal hydride complex can be used in an equivalent amount or an excess amount relative to the nitro compound, preferably 1 to 10 equivalents. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, methanol, or ethanol. Tetrahydrofuran or methanol is preferred. It is also suitable to use a mixture of two or more of these solvents. It is preferable to use Lewis acid or metal salt as an additive, and preferable examples include nickel salt. The additive may be used in an excess amount of a catalytic amount relative to the -tro compound, and is preferably 0.01 to 1 equivalent. The reaction temperature is usually from −80 ° C. to 100 ° C., preferably from −20 ° C. to 50 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 24 hours. Examples of the -tro compound in the reaction include commercially available compounds such as Ethyl 4-nitrophenyl glyoxylate (Lancaster). Corresponding -tro compounds can also be prepared by the -troation reaction of aromatic compounds. The nitration reaction can be carried out by reacting nitric acid or nitrate in sulfuric acid, and can be carried out based on known reaction conditions. Moreover, the intermediate body which has a carboxymethyl group among this nitro compound can be manufactured with the following method. First, for the corresponding bromo compound, trimethylsilylacetonitrile, metal complexes such as Pd (dba), complex such as Xantphos, etc.
2 3  twenty three
体リガンド、およびフッ化亜鉛などの金属塩を用いることによりシァノメチル体を製造 する。該製造は公知の方法 (Wu,し, et. al., J.Am.Chem.Soc, 127, 15824-(2005).) により実施することができる。続ヽて該シァノメチル体に対し加水分解反応を実施す ることによりカルボキシメチル体を製造することができる。加水分解反応は水と酸を溶 媒中で作用させることによって実施することができる。水の量としては過剰量用いるこ とが好ましぐ溶媒又は溶媒として用いることがより好ましい。使用する溶媒としては水 、 THF、 1, 4 ジォキサン、メタノール、エタノールなどが好ましい。使用する酸とし ては塩酸、硫酸などが好ましぐより好ましくは硫酸である。酸の使用量は該シァノメ チル体に対して過剰量用いることが好ま 、。具体的には濃硫酸を水で 2倍に希釈 した水溶液を溶媒として用いる方法を例示することができる。反応温度は通常 0°Cか ら 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 20°Cから 150°Cである。反応時間は特に限定 されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間が例示され、 1時間から 10時間が好ましい 例として挙げられる。 A cyanomethyl compound is produced by using a body ligand and a metal salt such as zinc fluoride. The production can be carried out by a known method (Wu, Shi et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc, 127, 15824- (2005).). Subsequently, a carboxymethyl compound can be produced by carrying out a hydrolysis reaction on the cyanomethyl compound. The hydrolysis reaction can be carried out by allowing water and an acid to act in a solvent. As the amount of water, it is more preferable to use an excess amount as a preferred solvent or solvent. As the solvent to be used, water, THF, 1,4 dioxane, methanol, ethanol and the like are preferable. As the acid to be used, hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid and the like are preferable, and sulfuric acid is more preferable. The amount of acid used is the cyanome It is preferable to use an excess amount relative to the chill form. Specifically, a method in which an aqueous solution obtained by diluting concentrated sulfuric acid with water twice is used as a solvent. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 20 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 1 to 10 hours.
さらに、一般式 (4)で示される化合物は市販のハロゲン化合物を公知の Buchwald Hartwig反応を経由することにより製造することもでき、反応条件については公知 文献(A.R Muci, S丄. Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131(2002)., J.F.Hartwig, An gew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046(1998)., D.Baranano, G.Mann, Hartwig, J. F. Curr. Org. Chem. 1, 287(1997)., C.G.Frost, P.Mendonca, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans.1, 1998, 2615.)などに記載のとおりである。該反応の条件によってはァミノ基が保護さ れた状態で生成物が得られる場合もあり、その場合には適宜脱保護反応を行うことに よってアミノ基を有する誘導体を製造することができる。市販のハロゲンィ匕合物として は例えば Methyl 2- (4- bromophenyl)- 2,2- dimethylacetate (Tronto社)が挙げられる。 一般式 (4)で示される化合物は必要に応じて保護基を導入、ある!/ヽは脱保護して用 いることができる。保護基の導入および脱保護反応は、公知の方法、例えば Protect ive Groups m Organic Synthesis^ John Wiley ana ¾ons 刊 (1999)に 記載の方法などに準じて行えばょ 、。 Furthermore, the compound represented by the general formula (4) can also be produced by a commercially available halogen compound via the known Buchwald Hartwig reaction, and the reaction conditions are known (AR Muci, S 丄. Buchwald, Top. Curr. Chem., 219, 131 (2002)., JFHartwig, Angew. Chem., Int. Ed., 37, 2046 (1998)., D. Baranano, G. Mann, Hartwig, JF Curr. Org. Chem. 1, 287 (1997)., CGFrost, P. Mendonca, J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans. 1, 1998, 2615.) and the like. Depending on the reaction conditions, the product may be obtained in a state where the amino group is protected. In that case, a derivative having an amino group can be produced by appropriately performing a deprotection reaction. Examples of commercially available halogenated compounds include Methyl 2- (4-bromophenyl) -2,2-dimethylacetate (Tronto). The compound represented by the general formula (4) can be used after introducing a protecting group if necessary, and certain! / ヽ can be deprotected. The introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out in accordance with a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups Organic Synthesis ^ John Wiley anaions (1999).
一般式 (5)で示される化合物は、一般式 (6) [—般式 (6)中、 Rla及び R2aは前記と 同義であり、 R4は低級アルキル基を示す。 ]で示される化合物と、一般式 (7) [—般式 (7)中、 Arlaは前記と同義である。 ]で示される化合物とを、塩基の存在下で反応させ ること〖こより製造できる。一般式 (6)で示される化合物と一般式 (7)で示される化合物 との反応に際して、一般式(7)で示される化合物の使用量は、一般式 (6)で示される 化合物に対して 1Z10から 10当量用いることができ、好ましくは 1Z5当量から 5当量 であり、より好ましくは 0. 5当量から 2当量であるが、一般式(5)で表される化合物の 純度、収率、精製効率等を考慮して適宜設計すればよい。なお、用いる一般式 (7) で示される化合物としては、あら力じめ塩酸などの酸付加塩としたものを用いても好 適である。反応に用いる塩基としては、ナトリウムメトキシド又はナトリウムエトキシドな どの金属アルコキシド、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸カリウム、又は炭酸セシウムなどの炭酸 塩、水素化ナトリウムなどの金属水素化合物、又は水酸ィ匕ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム などを例示することができる。好ましくはナトリウムエトキシド、ナトリウムメトキシド、また は水素化ナトリウムである。用いる塩基の用量としては式(7)で示される化合物に対し て 1Z5当量から 10当量が例示され、好ましくは 1Z2当量から 3当量である。なお、 一般式(7)で示される化合物が酸付加塩として用いられて 、る場合、これを中和する ために塩基を 1当量過剰に用いることも好ましい。反応に用いる溶媒としては、例え ば、エタノール、メタノール、プロパノール、イソプロパノール、エチレングリコール、プ ロピレングリコーノレ、ジエチレングリコーノレモノメチノレエーテノレ、ジクロロメタン、クロ口 ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロ フラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸 ェチル、酢酸ブチル又はァセトニトリルなどが挙げられ、エタノール、メタノール、プロ パノール、イソプロパノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、又はジェチ レンダリコールモノメチルエーテルが好ましい例として挙げられ、より好ましくはェタノ ール、又はエチレングリコールである。また、これらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いる こともできる。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 50°Cから 1 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 1時間から 96時間が例示され 、 3時間から 36時間が好まし 、例として挙げられる。 In the compound represented by the general formula (5), R la and R 2a are as defined above, and R 4 represents a lower alkyl group. And a compound represented by the general formula (7) [-In the general formula (7), Ar la has the same meaning as described above. Can be produced by reacting in the presence of a base. In the reaction of the compound represented by the general formula (6) and the compound represented by the general formula (7), the amount of the compound represented by the general formula (7) is used with respect to the compound represented by the general formula (6). 10 to 10 equivalents can be used, preferably from 1 to 5 equivalents, more preferably from 0.5 to 2 equivalents, but the purity, yield and purification of the compound represented by the general formula (5) What is necessary is just to design suitably considering efficiency etc. In addition, as the compound represented by the general formula (7) to be used, it is preferable to use an acid addition salt such as hydrochloric acid. The base used in the reaction is sodium methoxide or sodium ethoxide. Examples thereof include metal alkoxides, carbonates such as sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate, or cesium carbonate, metal hydrides such as sodium hydride, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and the like. Sodium ethoxide, sodium methoxide, or sodium hydride is preferred. Examples of the dose of the base to be used include 1Z5 equivalents to 10 equivalents, preferably 1Z2 equivalents to 3 equivalents, relative to the compound represented by the formula (7). In the case where the compound represented by the general formula (7) is used as an acid addition salt, it is also preferable to use an excess of 1 equivalent of a base in order to neutralize the acid addition salt. Solvents used in the reaction include, for example, ethanol, methanol, propanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol nomonomethylenoateol, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene. , Jetyl ether, Tetrahydrofuran, Dioxane, Dimethoxyethane, Diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, Ethyl acetate, Butyl acetate or Acetonitrile, etc., Ethanol, methanol, Propanol, Isopropanol, Ethylene glycol, Propylene glycol, or Jet render alcohol monomethyl ether Is mentioned as a preferred example, more preferably ethanol or ethylene glycol. Two or more of these solvents can be used in combination. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is typically 1 to 96 hours, preferably 3 to 36 hours, and is exemplified.
一般式 (5)で示される化合物のうち、一般式 (5)中の R2a部分に対応する R2が、 [ァ ルコキシ基、ァシルォキシ基、又はアルキル基で置換されていてもよいァミンのいず れ力 ]で置換されているメチル基である化合物の場合、該化合物は一般式(5)中の R 2aがブロモメチル基で置換されている化合物にアルコール、カルボン酸、又はアミン を求核剤として作用させることによりそれぞれ製造することができる。該アルコールと してはメタノール、エタノールを例として挙げることができ、該カルボン酸としては酢酸 を例として上げることでき、また該ァミンとしてはジメチルァミンを例として挙げることが できる。製造に用いる溶媒としては、求核剤がアルコール又はカルボン酸である場合 、該アルコール又は該カルボン酸を溶媒として用いることが好ましぐ求核剤としてァ ミンを用いる場合はメタノール、エタノールなどのアルコール性溶媒を用いることが好 ましい。用いる求核剤がアルコール又はカルボン酸である場合、必要に応じて塩酸 などの酸を加えることが望ましい。使用する求核剤の当量は当量又は過剰量であつ て、好ましくは 1当量から 100当量である。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うこと ができ、好ましくは 10°Cから 50°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0 . 1時間から 96時間が例示され 0. 5時間から 36時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 また、一般式 (5)中の R2aがブロモメチル基で置換されている化合物は、一般式 (5) 中の R2a力 Sメチル基である化合物に対し、溶媒中ラジカル開始剤の存在下で N—プロ モコハク酸イミド (NBS)を作用させることにより製造することができる。溶媒としてはジ クロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレン等が挙げられ、 四塩ィ匕炭素が好まし 、。ラジカル開始剤としては 2-2 ' -ァゾビス (イソプチ口-トリル) が好ましぐ一般式 (5)中の R2aがメチル基である化合物に対し、触媒量用いることが 好ましい。 NBSは 1当量力も過剰量用いることができ、好ましくは 1当量から 10当量 である。反応温度は通常 0°Cから 200°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 50°Cから 150°C である。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間が例示され 0. 5時間から 36時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。 Among the compounds represented by the general formula (5), R 2 corresponding to R 2a moiety in the general formula (5) [§ alkoxy group, Ashiruokishi group or have the Amin may be substituted with an alkyl group, In the case of a compound that is a methyl group substituted with a shear force], the compound is obtained by adding an alcohol, a carboxylic acid, or an amine to a compound in which R 2a in general formula (5) is substituted with a bromomethyl group. It can manufacture by making it act as. Examples of the alcohol include methanol and ethanol, examples of the carboxylic acid include acetic acid, and examples of the amine include dimethylamine. As a solvent used for the production, when the nucleophile is an alcohol or a carboxylic acid, it is preferable to use the alcohol or the carboxylic acid as a solvent. When an amine is used as the nucleophile, an alcohol such as methanol or ethanol is used. It is preferable to use an organic solvent Good. When the nucleophile used is an alcohol or carboxylic acid, it is desirable to add an acid such as hydrochloric acid as necessary. The equivalent of the nucleophile used is equivalent or excess, preferably 1 to 100 equivalents. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 10 ° C to 50 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours. In addition, the compound in which R 2a in the general formula (5) is substituted with a bromomethyl group is different from the compound having the R 2a force S methyl group in the general formula (5) in the presence of a radical initiator in a solvent. It can be produced by reacting N-prosuccinimide (NBS). Examples of the solvent include dichloromethane, black mouth form, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, and the like. As the radical initiator, it is preferable to use a catalytic amount with respect to the compound in which R 2a in the general formula (5) in which 2-2′-azobis (isoptyl-tolyl) is preferred is a methyl group. NBS can be used in an excess amount of 1 equivalent, and preferably 1 equivalent to 10 equivalents. The reaction temperature can usually be carried out at 0 ° C to 200 ° C, preferably 50 ° C to 150 ° C. Although the reaction time is not particularly limited, it is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours.
[0117] 一般式 (5)で示される化合物は必要に応じて保護基を導入、あるいは脱保護して 用いることができる。保護基の導入及び脱保護反応は、公知の方法、例えば Protec tive Groups in Organic Synthesis^ John Wiley and Sons 刊 (1999)に 記載の方法などに準じて行えばょ 、。  [0117] The compound represented by the general formula (5) can be used after introducing or deprotecting a protecting group, if necessary. The introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a known method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis ^ John Wiley and Sons (1999).
[0118] 一般式 (6)で示される化合物は、例えば市販のァセト酢酸ェチル (Aldrich社製)、 ベンゾィル酢酸ェチル (Aldrich社製)、 2-ベンジルァセト酢酸ェチル (Aldrich社製)、 4,4,4-トリフルォロアセト酢酸ェチル (Aldrich社製)、プロピオ-ル酢酸ェチル (Aldric h社製)、 2-シァノアセト酢酸ェチル (Alfa Aesar社製)、 2-ェチルァセト酢酸ェチル (A ldrich社製)などを用いてもょ 、し、公知の方法 (J.Org.Chem,60,856-862,1995など) によって得られる 2-ァリルァセト酢酸ェチルや、公知の方法 (J.Org.Chem,42,459-,19 77)によって得られる 2-ェチル -3-ォキソペンタン酸ェチル、あるいは公知の方法 (Tet rahedron, 44, 1603-, 1988)によって得られる 2-メトキシァセト酢酸メチルなどを用いて ちょい。 [0119] 一般式(7)で示される化合物は、例えば市販の 2-チォフェンカルボキシミダミド塩 酸塩(Maybridge社製)、 3-チォフェンカルボキシミダミド塩酸塩(Maybridge社製)、 3- フランカルボキシミダミド塩酸塩 (Maybridge社製)などを用いてもょ 、し、公知の方法 (第 4版実験化学講座、第 20卷および第 21卷、丸善)により市販の芳香族誘導体を アミジノ化して用いてもよい。この方法により、例えば、 2-メトキシチォフェン (Aldrich 社製)より 5-メトキシチォフェン- 2-カルボキシミダミド塩酸塩を製造することができる。 [0118] The compound represented by the general formula (6) includes, for example, commercially available acetyl acetoacetate (manufactured by Aldrich), benzoyl cetyl acetate (manufactured by Aldrich), 2-benzylacetoacetate ethyl (manufactured by Aldrich), 4,4, 4-Ethylfluoroacetoacetate (Aldrich), Propioleethyl acetate (Aldric h), 2-Cyanacetoacetate (Alfa Aesar), 2-Ethylacetoacetate (Aldrich), etc. And 2-allylacetoacetate acetate obtained by a known method (J. Org. Chem, 60, 856-862, 1995, etc.) or a known method (J. Org. Chem, 42, 459-, 19 77). 2) Ethyl 2-ethyl-3-oxopentanoate obtained by (2) or methyl 2-methoxyacetoacetate obtained by a known method (Tet rahedron, 44, 1603-, 1988). [0119] The compound represented by the general formula (7) is, for example, commercially available 2-thiophene carboxymidamide hydrochloride (Maybridge), 3-thiophene carboxymidamide hydrochloride (Maybridge), 3- Furancarboxymidamide hydrochloride (manufactured by Maybridge) can be used, and a commercially available aromatic derivative can be amidinized by a known method (4th edition, Experimental Chemistry Course, 20th and 21st, Maruzen). May be used. By this method, for example, 5-methoxythiophene-2-carboxymidamide hydrochloride can be produced from 2-methoxythiophene (Aldrich).
[0120] より詳細には、まず市販の芳香族誘導体をホルミル化反応に供し、芳香族アルデヒ ド中間体を製造する。ホルミル化反応は公知の Vilsmeier反応条件下で実施すること ができる。次に、芳香族アルデヒド中間体をォキシム化し、続いて脱水反応に供する ことによって芳香族-トリル中間体を製造する。ォキシム化及び脱水反応は、芳香族 アルデヒド中間体にヒドロキシルァミン又はその塩を作用させることによって製造する ことができる。反応促進剤として酢酸ナトリウムゃトリエチルァミンなどの塩基を用いて もよい。ォキシム化の完了に応じて脱水剤を用いることも好適である。脱水剤としては 無水フタル酸ゃトシルク口ライドなどを挙げることができる。続いて、得られた芳香族- トリル中間体をアミジノ化反応に供することにより、一般式 (7)で示される化合物を製 造することができる。アミジノ化反応としてはリチウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミドを作 用させる方法、アルミニウムアミドィ匕合物を作用させる方法、又はまず金属アルコキシ ドを作用させ、続いて塩ィ匕アンモ-ゥムを作用させる方法等を挙げることができる。該 製造法における芳香族アルデヒド中間体のうち、対応する Ar1が臭素原子で置換さ れて ヽる化合物の場合、該化合物は対応する芳香族アルデヒド化合物に対し臭素 化反応を実施することにより製造することができる。臭素化反応は溶媒中で臭素化剤 を用いることで実施することができる。臭素化剤として好ましい例は臭素である。溶媒 としては酸性溶媒を用いることが好ましぐ具体的には酢酸をより好ましい例として挙 げることができる。反応温度は通常一 20°Cから 100°Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 0 °Cから 30°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されないが、通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間が 例示され、 0. 5時間から 36時間が好ましい例として挙げられる。また、該製造法にお ける芳香族-トリル中間体のうち、 2—アルキルチオチアゾール誘導体は、対応する 2 ブロモチアゾール誘導体に対し溶媒中アルキルチオラート金属塩を作用させること により製造することができる。アルキルチオラート金属塩としては例えばナトリウムメタ ンチォラートが挙げられる。アルキルチオラート金属塩の用量としては 2—ブロモチア ゾール誘導体に対して 1当量から 10当量が例示され、好ましくは 1当量から 3当量で ある。なお、反応に用いる溶媒としては、例えば、エタノール、メタノール、プロパノー ル、イソプロパノール、エチレングリコーノレ、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコー ルモノメチルエーテル、ジクロロメタン、クロ口ホルム、四塩化炭素、ベンゼン、トルェ ン、キシレン、ジェチルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン、ジォキサン、ジメトキシェタン、ジ エチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、酢酸ェチル、酢酸ブチル、ァセトニトリル、 N, N—ジメチルホルムアミド、又はジメチルスルホキシドなどが挙げられ、エタノール、メ タノール、又は N, N—ジメチルホルムアミドが好ましい例として挙げられる。また、こ れらの溶媒を 2種以上混合して用いることもできる。反応温度は通常— 50°Cから 200 °Cで行うことができ、好ましくは 0°Cから 100°Cである。反応時間は特に限定されない 力 通常、 0. 1時間から 96時間が例示され、 1時間から 36時間が好ましい例として挙 げられる。 [0120] More specifically, first, a commercially available aromatic derivative is subjected to a formylation reaction to produce an aromatic aldehyde intermediate. The formylation reaction can be carried out under known Vilsmeier reaction conditions. Next, an aromatic-tolyl intermediate is produced by oximation of the aromatic aldehyde intermediate followed by a dehydration reaction. The oximation and dehydration reaction can be produced by reacting hydroxylamine or a salt thereof with an aromatic aldehyde intermediate. A base such as sodium acetate or triethylamine may be used as a reaction accelerator. It is also preferable to use a dehydrating agent depending on the completion of oximation. Examples of the dehydrating agent include anhydrous phthalic acid silk silk lide. Subsequently, the compound represented by the general formula (7) can be produced by subjecting the obtained aromatic-tolyl intermediate to an amidinolysis reaction. As the amidination reaction, a method in which lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide is used, a method in which an aluminum amide compound is allowed to act, or a method in which a metal alkoxide is first acted and then a salt or ammonium is allowed to act. Etc. can be mentioned. Among the aromatic aldehyde intermediates in the production method, in the case where the corresponding Ar 1 is substituted with a bromine atom, the compound is produced by carrying out a bromination reaction on the corresponding aromatic aldehyde compound. can do. The bromination reaction can be carried out by using a brominating agent in a solvent. A preferred example of the brominating agent is bromine. It is preferable to use an acidic solvent as the solvent. Specifically, acetic acid can be mentioned as a more preferable example. The reaction temperature is usually from 20 ° C to 100 ° C, preferably 0 ° C to 30 ° C. The reaction time is not particularly limited, but is usually 0.1 to 96 hours, and preferred examples are 0.5 to 36 hours. In addition, among the aromatic-tolyl intermediates in the production method, the 2-alkylthiothiazole derivative has an alkylthiolate metal salt in the solvent acting on the corresponding 2 bromothiazole derivative. Can be manufactured. Examples of the alkyl thiolate metal salt include sodium methanolate. The dose of the alkylthiolate metal salt is 1 to 10 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the 2-bromothiazole derivative. Examples of the solvent used in the reaction include ethanol, methanol, propanol, isopropanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, dichloromethane, chloroform, carbon tetrachloride, benzene, toluene, xylene, Examples include jetyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, dioxane, dimethoxyethane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, acetonitrile, N, N-dimethylformamide, or dimethyl sulfoxide, and ethanol, methanol, or N, N— Dimethylformamide is a preferred example. In addition, two or more of these solvents can be mixed and used. The reaction temperature is usually from −50 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 100 ° C. Reaction time is not particularly limited. Generally, 0.1 to 96 hours are exemplified, and 1 to 36 hours are preferable examples.
一般式 (6)で示される化合物及び一般式 (7)で示される化合物は必要に応じて保護 基を導入又は脱保護して用いることができる。保護基の導入及び脱保護反応は、公 知の力法、例 は Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis、 John Wiley and Sons 刊(1999)に記載の方法などに準じて行えばよい。  The compound represented by the general formula (6) and the compound represented by the general formula (7) can be used after introducing or deprotecting a protecting group, if necessary. The introduction of the protecting group and the deprotection reaction may be carried out according to a publicly known force method, for example, the method described in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, published by John Wiley and Sons (1999).
[0121] このようにして得られる本発明化合物及びそれぞれの原料ィ匕合物、中間体は抽出 、蒸留、クロマトグラフィーなどの常法に従って単離精製することができる。  [0121] The compound of the present invention and the respective starting materials, compounds, and intermediates thus obtained can be isolated and purified according to conventional methods such as extraction, distillation, and chromatography.
[0122] 前記一般式(1)で示される化合物からその塩を製造することができる。塩の製造方 法は特に限定されないが、酸付加塩を製造する方法としては、例えば、一般式(1)の 化合物をメタノール、エタノールなどのアルコール類に溶解し、当量若しくは数倍量 の酸成分を加えることにより、それらの酸付加塩を得ることができる。用いられる酸成 分としては、後述する酸付加塩に対応する酸成分であればよぐ塩酸、臭化水素酸、 硫酸、硫酸水素、リン酸二水素、クェン酸、マレイン酸、酒石酸、フマル酸、ダルコン 酸、又はメタンスルホン酸などの薬理学的に許容される鉱酸又は有機酸を好適な例 として挙げることができる。また、塩基付加塩を製造する方法としては、前記酸付加塩 を製造する方法と同様に、酸成分の代わりに塩基成分を用いて実施することができる 。用いられる塩基成分としては、後述する塩基付加塩に対応する塩基成分であれば よぐ水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、 N—メチル—D—グルカミン、 N, N,—ジべ ンジルエチレンジァミン、 2-アミノエタノール、トリス(ヒドロキシメチル)ァミノメタン、ァ ルギニン、又はリジンなどの薬理学的に許容される塩基を好適な例として挙げること ができる。 [0122] A salt thereof can be produced from the compound represented by the general formula (1). The method for producing the salt is not particularly limited, and as a method for producing the acid addition salt, for example, the compound of the general formula (1) is dissolved in alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and an equivalent or several times the amount of the acid component is obtained. These acid addition salts can be obtained by adding. The acid component used may be any acid component corresponding to the acid addition salt described below. Hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, hydrogen sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, citrate, maleic acid, tartaric acid, fumaric acid Suitable examples include pharmacologically acceptable mineral acids or organic acids such as darconic acid or methanesulfonic acid. In addition, as a method for producing a base addition salt, the acid addition salt In the same manner as in the method for producing the compound, it can be carried out using a base component instead of the acid component. Examples of the base component used include sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, N-methyl-D-glucamine, N, N, -dibenzylethylenediamine as long as the base component corresponds to the base addition salt described below. Preferable examples include pharmacologically acceptable bases such as min, 2-aminoethanol, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, arginine, or lysine.
[0123] 本発明における一般式(1)の化合物の塩の種類は特に限定されず、酸付加塩又 は塩基付加塩の 、ずれであってもよく、分子内対イオンの形態をとつて 、てもよ 、。 酸付加塩としては、例えば、塩酸塩、臭化水素酸塩、硫酸塩、硫酸水素塩、リン酸二 水素塩、クェン酸塩、マレイン酸塩、酒石酸塩、フマル酸塩、ダルコン酸塩、又はメタ ンスルホン酸塩や、あるいはカンファースルホン酸、マンデル酸、又は置換マンデル 酸のような光学的に活性な酸との付加塩が含まれる。塩基付加塩としては、例えば、 ナトリウム塩、カリウム塩などの金属塩、 N—メチル—D—ダルカミン、 N, N,—ジベン ジルエチレンジァミン、 2-アミノエタノール、トリス(ヒドロキシメチル)ァミノメタン、アル ギニン、又はリジン等の有機塩基との付加塩などを例示することができる。もっとも、 塩の種類はこれらに限定されることはなぐ当業者が適宜選択可能であることは言うま でもない。これらのうち、薬理学的に許容される塩が好ましい。なお、本発明の化合 物は水和物又は溶媒和物として存在する場合もあるが、これらの物質も本発明の範 囲に含まれる。  [0123] The type of the salt of the compound of the general formula (1) in the present invention is not particularly limited, and may be any of an acid addition salt or a base addition salt, and takes the form of an intramolecular counter ion. Anyway. Examples of the acid addition salt include hydrochloride, hydrobromide, sulfate, hydrogen sulfate, dihydrogen phosphate, kenate, maleate, tartrate, fumarate, dulconate, or Methane sulfonates or addition salts with optically active acids such as camphor sulfonic acid, mandelic acid, or substituted mandelic acids are included. Examples of the base addition salt include metal salts such as sodium salt and potassium salt, N-methyl-D-dalkamine, N, N, -dibenzylethylenediamine, 2-aminoethanol, tris (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane, Examples thereof include addition salts with organic bases such as arginine or lysine. However, it goes without saying that the types of salts are not limited to these and can be selected as appropriate by those skilled in the art. Of these, pharmacologically acceptable salts are preferred. Note that the compound of the present invention may exist as a hydrate or a solvate, and these substances are also included in the scope of the present invention.
前記一般式(1)で示される化合物力もそのプロドラッグとなす場合には、例えば相当 するハロゲンィ匕物等のプロドラッグィ匕試薬を用いて、一般式(1)で示される化合物に おける水酸基及びアミノ基力 選択される 1以上の任意の基に、常法に従い適宜プロ ドラッグを構成する基を導入した後、所望に応じ、適宜常法に従い単離精製すること により製造することができる。又、一般式(1)で示される化合物におけるカルボキシル 基に、相当するアルコール又はアミン等のプロドラッグィ匕試薬を用いて、常法に従い 適宜プロドラッグを構成する基を導入することもできる。又、該プロドラッグを得るため に、一般式 (2)で示される化合物に存在する保護基を利用しながら製造してもよい。  When the compound force represented by the general formula (1) is also used as the prodrug, for example, by using a prodrug reagent such as a corresponding halogen compound, the hydroxyl group and the compound in the compound represented by the general formula (1) Amino group strength It can be produced by appropriately introducing a group constituting a prodrug into one or more selected groups according to a conventional method and then isolating and purifying it according to a conventional method as needed. In addition, a group constituting a prodrug can be appropriately introduced into the carboxyl group in the compound represented by the general formula (1) using a prodrug reagent such as a corresponding alcohol or amine according to a conventional method. In order to obtain the prodrug, it may be produced using a protecting group present in the compound represented by the general formula (2).
[0124] 本発明における一般式(1)の化合物のプロドラッグとしては特に限定されないが、 例えば、一般式(1)で示される化合物の水酸基、アミノ基、及びカルボキシル基から 選択される 1以上の任意の基にプロドラッグを構成する基が導入された化合物が挙 げられる。水酸基及びアミノ基についてプロドラッグを構成する基としては、例えばァ シル基、アルコキシカルボニル基が例示される。好ましい例としては、ァセチル基、プ 口ピオニル基、メトキシカルボ-ル基、又はエトキシカルボニル基等が挙げられ、エト キシカルボニル基が特に好ましい。又、ァセチル基が好ましい態様もあり、プロピオ- ル基が好ましい態様もあり、メトキシカルボニル基が好ましい別の態様もある。又、力 ルポキシル基についてプロドラッグを構成する基としては、例えばメチル基、ェチル 基、 n_プロピル基、イソプロピル基、 n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、 s-ブチル基、 t-プチ ル基、アミノ基、メチルァミノ基、ェチルァミノ基、ジメチルァミノ基、又はジェチルアミ ノ基が例示される。好ましい例としては、ェチル基、 n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基等 が挙げられ、ェチル基が特に好ましい。又、 n-プロピル基が特に好ましい別の態様も ある。さらに又、イソプロピル基が好ましい別の態様もある。 [0124] The prodrug of the compound of the general formula (1) in the present invention is not particularly limited, Examples thereof include compounds in which a group constituting a prodrug is introduced into one or more arbitrary groups selected from a hydroxyl group, an amino group, and a carboxyl group of the compound represented by the general formula (1). Examples of the group constituting a prodrug with respect to a hydroxyl group and an amino group include an acyl group and an alkoxycarbonyl group. Preferable examples include a acetyl group, a pionyl group, a methoxycarbonyl group, or an ethoxycarbonyl group, and an ethoxycarbonyl group is particularly preferable. In some embodiments, a acetyl group is preferred, in some embodiments a propiol group is preferred, and in other embodiments a methoxycarbonyl group is preferred. Examples of groups constituting prodrugs with respect to force lpoxyl groups include, for example, methyl group, ethyl group, n_propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, isobutyl group, s-butyl group, t-butyl group, amino group. Examples are a group, a methylamino group, an ethylamino group, a dimethylamino group, or a jetylamino group. Preferable examples include ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group and the like, and ethyl group is particularly preferable. There is also another embodiment in which an n-propyl group is particularly preferred. There is also another embodiment in which an isopropyl group is preferred.
[0125] 一般式(1)で示される化合物には不斉炭素が存在する場合がある。これらの不斉 炭素の立体は特に限定されず、 S配置又は R配置のいずれか、あるいは両者の混合 物であってもよ!/、。これらの不斉炭素に基づく純粋な形態の光学活性体又はジァス テレオ異性体などの立体異性体、立体異性体の任意の混合物、ラセミ体などはいず れも本発明の範囲に包含される。  [0125] The compound represented by the general formula (1) may have an asymmetric carbon. The stereochemistry of these asymmetric carbons is not particularly limited, and may be either S configuration or R configuration, or a mixture of both! /. Stereoisomers such as optically active forms or diastereoisomers in pure form based on these asymmetric carbons, any mixture of stereoisomers, racemates, etc. are all included in the scope of the present invention.
[0126] 上記の一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又そのプロドラッグは後述 する試験例 1に示す通り、強力な PDE4活性阻害作用を有しており、また高い代謝安 定性を有することから、医薬の有効成分として有用である。 PDE4活性阻害は、細胞 内 cAMP濃度を上昇させ、多くの疾患を予防、治療及び Z又は改善する効果を引き 出すことが知られている。例えば、炎症性細胞 (好酸球、好中球、単球、マクロファー ジ、マスト細胞、 CD4+Tリンパ球、 CD8 +Tリンパ球など)の活性ィ匕を抑制する。ま た腫瘍懐死因子 a (TNF- a )を代表とした炎症性サイト力イン (IL 1 、 IL6、 IL8 など)の産生および放出抑制を起こす。これらのことにより、本発明化合物は多くの炎 症性、アレルギー性または免疫系に関連した疾患の予防および緩和に有効であると 考えられる。特に TNF— aは多くの炎症性疾患の原因物質として知られており、リポ 多糖 (LPS)で刺激した動物の全血の中または細胞での TNF— aの産生の抑制効 果を観察することによって、本発明化合物の抗炎症作用を間接的に証明することが できる。本化合物は後述する試験例 2及び試験例 4に示す通り、 in vitroおよび in vivo 試験の両方において強力な TNF— α産生抑制作用を示すことから、強い抗炎症作 用を発揮することが期待される。 [0126] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof has a strong PDE4 activity inhibitory action as shown in Test Example 1 described later, and has a high activity. Because it has metabolic stability, it is useful as an active ingredient in medicine. Inhibition of PDE4 activity is known to elevate intracellular cAMP concentration and to elicit effects that prevent, treat and Z or ameliorate many diseases. For example, it suppresses the activity of inflammatory cells (eosinophils, neutrophils, monocytes, macrophages, mast cells, CD4 + T lymphocytes, CD8 + T lymphocytes). It also suppresses the production and release of inflammatory site force-in (IL1, IL6, IL8, etc.) typified by tumor necrosis factor a (TNF-a). Based on these facts, the compound of the present invention is considered to be effective for the prevention and alleviation of many inflammatory, allergic or immune system related diseases. In particular, TNF-a is known as a causative agent for many inflammatory diseases. By observing the inhibitory effect of TNF-a production in whole blood or cells of animals stimulated with polysaccharide (LPS), the anti-inflammatory action of the compound of the present invention can be indirectly proved. As shown in Test Example 2 and Test Example 4 described later, this compound is expected to exert a strong anti-inflammatory action because it exhibits a potent TNF-α production inhibitory action in both in vitro and in vivo tests. The
上記の一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグの特別 な用途としては、呼吸器に関連した疾患として、喘息、慢性閉塞性疾患 (COPD)、 塵肺症、気管支喘息、急性気管支炎、慢性気管支炎、炎症性気道疾患、肺気腫、 好酸球性肉芽腫、成人型呼吸窮迫症候群 (ARDS)、肺線維症などの予防及び Zま たは治療が例示される。関節に関連した疾患としては、リュウマチ、変形性関節症、 急性関節炎、慢性関節炎痛風性関節炎、感染性関節炎、ライム関節炎、増殖性関 節炎、脊椎関節炎などが例示される。皮膚病に関連した疾患では、アトピー性皮膚 炎、乾癬、脂漏性湿疹、アレルギー性接触湿疹、あらゆるタイプのじんましんなどが 例示される。胃腸領域に関連した疾患では、過敏性大腸炎、潰瘍性大腸炎、クロー ン病、コラーゲン性大腸炎、ポリープ性大腸炎などが例示される。目鼻領域に関連し た疾患として、アレルギー性鼻炎、慢性鼻炎、アレルギー性結膜炎、照射性結膜炎、 カタル性結膜炎、伝染性結膜炎、アレルギー性咽頭炎などが例示される。免疫系に 関連した疾患として、移植拒絶反応、多発性硬化症、 AIDSなどが例示される。また 各組織で炎症を起こすと痛みを伴うことから、炎症に付随する痛みの緩和に有効で あると考えられる。上記疾患の症状としては痛み、発熱、痛風などが挙げられる。 PDE4阻害薬は鬱病の動物モデル (強制水泳試験など)または記憶の動物モデル ( 迷路試験)に有効であることが示されている(Saccomano, N. A., et al., J. Med. Chem ., 34, p291-298, 1991; O ' Donnell, J. M. and Zhang, H. T., Trends Pharmacol. Sci., 25, pl58- 163, 2004; Zhang, H. T. and O ' Donnell, J. M., Psychopharmacology. 150 , p311-316, 2000) oこれらの改善は細胞内の cAMPが上昇したことによる中枢神経 の活性ィ匕が要因と考えられることから、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッ グが中枢神経の活性ィ匕によって症状が改善される疾患に有効であることが期待され る。例えば、学習'記憶力の低下、アルツハイマー病、動脈硬化性痴呆、鬱病、パー キンソン病、ハンチントン病、遅発性運動障害などが例示される。 Specific uses of the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof include asthma, chronic obstructive disease (COPD), pneumoconiosis as a respiratory related disease. Examples include prevention and Z or treatment of bronchial asthma, acute bronchitis, chronic bronchitis, inflammatory airway disease, emphysema, eosinophilic granulomas, adult respiratory distress syndrome (ARDS), pulmonary fibrosis, etc. The Examples of joint-related diseases include rheumatism, osteoarthritis, acute arthritis, chronic arthritic gouty arthritis, infectious arthritis, Lyme arthritis, proliferative arthritis, spondyloarthritis and the like. Examples of diseases related to skin diseases include atopic dermatitis, psoriasis, seborrheic eczema, allergic contact eczema, and all types of urticaria. Examples of diseases related to the gastrointestinal region include irritable colitis, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, collagenous colitis, polypic colitis and the like. Examples of diseases related to the eye-nose region include allergic rhinitis, chronic rhinitis, allergic conjunctivitis, irradiation conjunctivitis, catarrhal conjunctivitis, infectious conjunctivitis, and allergic pharyngitis. Examples of diseases related to the immune system include transplant rejection, multiple sclerosis, AIDS and the like. Inflammation in each tissue is accompanied by pain, which is considered to be effective in relieving pain associated with inflammation. Symptoms of the above diseases include pain, fever and gout. PDE4 inhibitors have been shown to be effective in animal models of depression (such as forced swimming tests) or animal models of memory (maze tests) (Saccomano, NA, et al., J. Med. Chem., 34 , p291-298, 1991; O 'Donnell, JM and Zhang, HT, Trends Pharmacol.Sci., 25, pl58-163, 2004; Zhang, HT and O' Donnell, JM, Psychopharmacology. 150, p311-316, 2000 o Since these improvements are thought to be caused by central nervous system activity caused by an increase in intracellular cAMP, the compound of the present invention, its salt, or its prodrug is affected by central nervous system activity. It is expected to be effective for diseases that can be improved. For example, learning 'memory loss, Alzheimer's disease, arteriosclerotic dementia, depression, par Examples include Kinson's disease, Huntington's disease, and delayed movement disorder.
本発明の化合物、その塩、又はプロドラッグは感染症に対しても有効であることが期 待される。特に、宿主体内の TNF— a産生増減により症状が悪化するウィルス感染 症、例えば HIV、サイトメガロウィルス(CMV)、インフルエンザウイルス、ヘルぺスゥ ィルス(例えば帯状疱疹ウィルスや単純へルぺスウィルスなど)などが例示される。 PDE4活性阻害は増殖細胞の走ィ匕性または浸潤を妨げることができ、従って、本発 明の化合物、その塩、又はプロドラッグは腫瘍の成長および正常組織への進入を予 防するために使用することができる。  The compounds of the present invention, salts thereof, or prodrugs are expected to be effective against infectious diseases. In particular, viral infections whose symptoms worsen by increasing or decreasing the production of TNF-a in the host body, such as HIV, cytomegalovirus (CMV), influenza virus, herpes virus (such as herpes zoster virus or simple herpes virus) Etc. are exemplified. Inhibition of PDE4 activity can prevent proliferative cell chemotaxis or invasion, and therefore the compounds of the present invention, their salts, or prodrugs can be used to prevent tumor growth and entry into normal tissues. can do.
[0127] 循環器領域においても、実験動物および臨床的研究から、心臓および脳虚血時ま たは血管の動脈硬化層で炎症性サイト力インの生成力 またマクロファージおよび好 中球の浸潤が関連することが示されている。従って本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそ のプロドラッグは循環器領域の疾患にも適用される。例えば心虚血、脳虚血、心不全[0127] Also in the circulatory region, experimental animals and clinical studies have shown that inflammatory site force-in generation and cardiac and neutrophil infiltration during cardiac and cerebral ischemia or atherosclerotic layers of blood vessels Has been shown to do. Therefore, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is also applied to diseases in the cardiovascular region. For example, cardiac ischemia, cerebral ischemia, heart failure
、動脈硬化、ステント内再狭窄などが例示される。 , Arteriosclerosis, in-stent restenosis and the like.
[0128] PDE4阻害薬力 卵巣摘出ネズミなどの骨粗鬆症モデルにおいて有効であること が示されていることから、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグの骨粗鬆症 に代表される骨疾患への使用が期待できる(Waki, Y., et al, Jpn. J. Pharmacol, 79, p477-483, 1999; Miyamoto, K., et al., Biochem. Pharmacol, 54, p613 - 617, 1997) [0128] PDE4 inhibitory power Since it has been shown to be effective in osteoporosis models such as ovariectomized mice, the use of the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof for bone diseases represented by osteoporosis (Waki, Y., et al, Jpn. J. Pharmacol, 79, p477-483, 1999; Miyamoto, K., et al., Biochem. Pharmacol, 54, p613-617, 1997)
[0129] また PDE4阻害薬がマウス糖尿病モデル (NODマウス)にお!/、て、有効であること が示されていることから、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグの糖尿病へ の使用が期待できる(Pyne, N. J. and Furman, B. L., Diabetologia, 46, pl l79- 1189, 2003) o [0129] Since it has been shown that a PDE4 inhibitor is effective in a mouse diabetes model (NOD mouse) !, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof can be used for diabetes. Can be used (Pyne, NJ and Furman, BL, Diabetologia, 46, pl l79-1189, 2003) o
[0130] 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが喘息 、例えば気管支喘息の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用で あることは、例えば摘出気管支の収縮抑制や気管支喘息モデル動物、ヒト末梢血白 血球の遊走阻害 (飯塚邦彦:アレルギー, 47, p.943, 1998,飯塚邦彦、吉井明弘:日 本呼吸学雑誌, 37 : pl96, 1999)等を用いて確認できる。本発明の化合物、その塩、 又はそのプロドラッグを 0. l— 1000mgZkg、好ましくは 0. l— 100mgZkgの投与 量で、モデル動物に経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、アセチルコリン吸 入による気管支抵抗上昇を測定すること、また組織学的解析をすることによって、気 管支喘息の治療薬としての有用性を確認できる。 [0130] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of asthma, for example, bronchial asthma For example, suppression of contraction of isolated bronchi, asthma model of bronchial asthma, inhibition of migration of human peripheral blood leukocytes (Kunihiko Iizuka: Allergy, 47, p.943, 1998, Kunihiko Iizuka, Akihiro Yoshii: Japanese Journal of Respirology, 37: pl96 , 1999). Administration of the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof at 0.1 to 1000 mgZkg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mgZkg As a therapeutic agent for bronchial asthma by measuring the increase in bronchial resistance due to acetylcholine inhalation and histological analysis by oral administration, intravenous administration, or intraperitoneal administration to model animals. Usefulness can be confirmed.
[0131] 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが慢性 閉塞性肺疾患 (COPD)の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有 用であることは、例えば摘出気管支の収縮抑制や気管支喘息モデル動物、モルモッ トのタバコ煙暴露モデル (渕上淳一ら、第 73回日本薬理学会要旨集、 2000)、ヒト末 梢血白血球の遊走阻害等を用いて確認できる。本発明の化合物、その塩、又はその プロドラッグを 0. 1— lOOOmgZkg、好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量で、タ バコ煙に曝露したモルモットに経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、気管支 肺胞洗浄液中の遊走白血球数を測定すること、また組織学的解析をすることによつ て、 COPDの治療薬としての有用性を確認できる。  [0131] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicine for prevention, Z or treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). For example, suppression of contraction of isolated bronchi, asthma model animal of bronchial asthma, exposure model of tobacco smoke exposure in guinea pigs (Keiichi Sugami et al., 73rd Annual Meeting of the Pharmacological Society of Japan, 2000), inhibition of migration of human peripheral blood leukocytes, etc. Can be confirmed. A compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to a guinea pig exposed to tobacco smoke at a dose of 0.1-lOOOOmgZkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg. The usefulness of COPD as a therapeutic drug can be confirmed by measuring the number of migrating leukocytes in bronchoalveolar lavage fluid and histological analysis.
[0132] 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが肺線 維化症の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用であることは、ブ レオマイシン誘発肺線維化動物モデル等、例えば Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 1 63, p210-217, 2001に記載の方法にしたがって確認することができる。本発明の化合 物、その塩、又 ίまそのプロドラッグを 0. 1— 1000mg/kg、好ましく ίま 0. l - 100mg Zkgの投与量で肺線維化症マウスモデルに経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投 与し、呼吸機能及び肺組織中の hydroxyproline量を測定することによって、肺線維化 症治療薬としての有用性を確認できる。 [0132] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of pulmonary fibrosis. , Bleomycin-induced pulmonary fibrosis animal model, etc., for example, according to the method described in Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 163, p210-217, 2001. The compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is orally administered intravenously to a pulmonary fibrosis mouse model at a dose of 0.1 to 1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1 to 100 mg Zkg. Or by intraperitoneal injection and measuring respiratory function and the amount of hydroxyproline in lung tissue, its usefulness as a therapeutic agent for pulmonary fibrosis can be confirmed.
[0133] 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが慢性 関節リウマチの予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用であること は、ラット又はマウスのコラーゲン誘発関節炎モデル(Griffith, M.M., et al, Arthritis Rheumatism, 24, p781, 1981 ;Wooley, P.H., et al, J. Exp. Med., 154, p688, 1981.) 等を用いて確認できる。本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグを 0. 1 - 10 00mg/kg,好ましくは 0. 1— 100mg/kgの投与量で、モデルマウスまたはモデル ラットに経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、足踵体積を測定すること、また 骨破壊進行を測定することによって、慢性関節リウマチの治療薬としての有用性を確 認できる。 [0133] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for the prevention and Z or treatment of rheumatoid arthritis. Or confirmed using a mouse collagen-induced arthritis model (Griffith, MM, et al, Arthritis Rheumatism, 24, p781, 1981; Wooley, PH, et al, J. Exp. Med., 154, p688, 1981.) it can. The compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously to a model mouse or model rat at a dose of 0.1-100 mg / kg, preferably 0.1-100 mg / kg, or Intraperitoneally administered, measuring footpad volume, and measuring bone destruction progress, confirmed its usefulness as a therapeutic agent for rheumatoid arthritis. It can be recognized.
上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが過敏性 腸症候群の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用であることは、 ストレス負荷モデル動物等に投与することにより確認できる。ストレス負荷モデル動物 としては、拘束ストレス負荷ラット (Miyata, K., et al, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 259, p8 15-819, 1991)や CRH投与ラットモデル (Miyata, K., et al, Am. J. Physiol., 274(1998) G827-831)等が例示される。本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグを 0. 1 - 1000mg/kg,好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量でストレス負荷モデル動 物に経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し脱糞数を測定する。脱糞数の減少 効果により過敏性腸症候群の治療薬としての有用性を確認できる。 It is a stress load model that the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicament for prevention and Z or treatment of irritable bowel syndrome. This can be confirmed by administration to animals. Examples of stress model animals include restraint stress model rats (Miyata, K., et al, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 259, p8 15-819, 1991) and CRH-administered rat models (Miyata, K., et al. al, Am. J. Physiol., 274 (1998) G827-831) and the like. The compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously or intraperitoneally to a stress model animal at a dose of 0.1-1000 mg / kg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg. Measure the number of defecations. The usefulness as a remedy for irritable bowel syndrome can be confirmed by the effect of reducing the number of defecations.
上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグがアレル ギ一の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用であることは、アトピ 一性皮膚炎マウスモデル等、例えばアレルギー 50(12)1152- 1162 (2001)に記載の方 法に従って確認することができる。界面活性剤や有機溶媒で前処理した NC/Ngaマウ スにヒヨウヒダニ抗原を用いて皮膚疹を誘導する際、本発明の化合物、その塩、又は そのプロドラッグを 0. 1— lOOOmgZkg、好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量で 、経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、血漿 IgE値および好酸球数などを測 定することにより、アレルギー治療薬としての有用性を確認できる。 The fact that the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is useful as an active ingredient of a medicine for prevention and Z or treatment of allergy is atopic skin It can be confirmed according to the method described in, for example, an allergic mouse model, for example, Allergy 50 (12) 1152-1116 (2001). When inducing skin eruptions using an antelope mite antigen on NC / Nga mice pretreated with a surfactant or an organic solvent, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is 0.1-lOOOOmgZkg, preferably 0 1—lOOmgZkg can be administered orally, intravenously or intraperitoneally, and its usefulness as an allergy drug can be confirmed by measuring plasma IgE level and eosinophil count.
上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグが骨疾 患の予防及び Z又は治療のための医薬の有効成分として有用であることは、例えば 卵巣を摘出することにより作成した骨粗鬆症マウスモデル (OVXマウス)等を使用し確 認できる(Golub, L.M., et al, Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci" 878, p290- 310, 1999)。本発明 の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグを 0. 1— lOOOmgZkg、好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量で OVXマウスに経口投与、静脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、 歯根の脱落および骨格骨の重量を測定する。歯根の脱落抑制作用および骨格骨重 量減少の抑制作用により歯骨異常や骨粗鬆症の治療薬としての有用性を確認でき る。  The usefulness of the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof as an active ingredient of a medicine for prevention and Z or treatment of bone disease is, for example, removal of the ovary (Golub, LM, et al, Ann. NY Acad. Sci "878, p290-310, 1999) The compound of the present invention and its salt , Or a prodrug thereof is administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to OVX mice at a dose of 0.1-lOOOmgZkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg, and the root loss and skeletal bone weight are measured. It can be confirmed to be useful as a remedy for dysplasia and osteoporosis due to the inhibitory effect on root loss and the decrease in skeletal bone weight.
上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグについて 、好ましくな 、副作用である嘔吐の作用が少な!/、ことは、例えばフェレット等を用いた 実験で確認できる(Robichaud, A" et al, Neuropharmacology, 38, p289- 297, 1999; Endo, T., et al" Biogenic. Amines., 9, pl63- 175, 1992)。ィ匕合物を 0. 1— lOOOmg Zkg、好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量で、フェレットに経口投与、静脈内投 与、又は腹腔内投与し、その後嘔吐回数および嘔吐行動を観察することにより、好ま しくな 、副作用の有無を確認できる。 About the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof It is preferable that the side effect of vomiting as a side effect is small! /, For example, can be confirmed by experiments using ferrets (Robichaud, A "et al, Neuropharmacology, 38, p289-297, 1999; Endo, T. , et al "Biogenic. Amines., 9, pl63-175, 1992). The compound should be administered orally, intravenously, or intraperitoneally to the ferret at a dose of 0.1-lOOOmg Zkg, preferably 0.1-lOOmgZkg, and then observe the frequency of vomiting and vomiting behavior. This makes it possible to confirm the presence or absence of side effects.
[0135] さらに、嘔吐の作用が少ないことは、例えばマウス等を用いたガストリックェンプティ ングテスト(Gastric Emptying Test)を用いても確認できる (Haga, K., et al., Arch. Int. Pharmacodyn., 328, p344 - 355, 1994; Sato, Y., et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull, 20, p752 - 755, 1997)。この試験は胃の内容物を小腸へ送り出す移送速度を定量する方法であ る力 嘔吐作用のある薬剤は、この移送速度を遅くする作用を持つ。化合物を 0. 1— 1000mg/kg,好ましくは 0. 1— lOOmgZkgの投与量で、マウスに経口投与、静 脈内投与、又は腹腔内投与し、その後フエノールレッドなどの色素を含有したテストミ ールを経口投与し、一定時間後に胃を取り出し、胃の中に残存しているテストミール の量を定量することにより、好ましくない副作用の有無を確認できる。  [0135] Furthermore, the fact that the action of vomiting is small can also be confirmed by using, for example, a gastric emptying test using mice (Haga, K., et al., Arch. Int Pharmacodyn., 328, p344-355, 1994; Sato, Y., et al., Biol. Pharm. Bull, 20, p752-755, 1997). This test is a method for quantifying the transfer rate for delivering the stomach contents to the small intestine. Drugs with emetic action have the effect of slowing this transfer rate. A test meal containing 0.1 to 1000 mg / kg of a compound, preferably 0.1 to lOOmgZkg, administered orally, intravenously or intraperitoneally to mice, and then containing a dye such as phenol red Is taken orally, the stomach is taken out after a certain period of time, and the amount of test meal remaining in the stomach is quantified to confirm the presence or absence of undesirable side effects.
[0136] 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグについ て、好ましくない副作用である消化管障害の作用が少ないことは、例えばゥサギ胃腺 細胞を用いた胃酸分泌亢進活性を測定することで確認できる(BergLindh et.al, Act a Physiol.Scand,97:401- 414,1976及び Sack et.al, Am J.Physiol.243:G313-G319,198 2)。特に抗炎症治療としての薬効の指標であるマウス単核球細胞を用いた TNF— α産生阻害活性と上記ゥサギ胃腺細胞を用いた胃酸分泌亢進活性とを比較すること により、薬効と好ましくない副作用である消化管障害との乖離を示すことができる。 上記一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグについて 、 PDE4ァイソフォーム Βと Dの選択性を調べることにより、薬効と好ましくない副作用 である嘔吐や吐き気などとの乖離を示すことができる。各 PDE4ァイソフォームに対 する選択性は、通常の酵素アツセィにおける阻害活性により示すことができる。例え ば、 PDE4B、 4Dの選択性を調べる方法として PDE4B, 4Dの in vitro阻害活性を 測定することが可能と思われる。すなわち、試験化合物を 40mM Tris— HCl (pH7 . 4)、 5mM MgCl、 4mM 2—メルカプトエタノール、 3 M cAMP、 0. 83 μ Ci[[0136] The compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof has a less adverse effect on gastrointestinal disorders, which is an undesirable side effect. It can be confirmed by measuring gastric acid secretion enhancing activity (BergLindh et.al, Act a Physiol.Scand, 97: 401-414,1976 and Sack et.al, Am J.Physiol.243: G313-G319,198 2) . In particular, by comparing TNF-α production inhibitory activity using mouse mononuclear cells, which is an index of drug efficacy as an anti-inflammatory treatment, and gastric acid secretion enhancing activity using the above rabbit gastric gland cells, drug efficacy and undesirable side effects It can indicate a deviation from a certain digestive tract disorder. By examining the selectivity of PDE4 isoforms Β and D for the compound of the present invention represented by the above general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof, the efficacy and undesirable side effects such as vomiting and nausea Can be shown. Selectivity for each PDE4 isoform can be demonstrated by its inhibitory activity in normal enzyme assays. For example, in vitro inhibitory activity of PDE4B and 4D may be measured as a method for examining the selectivity of PDE4B and 4D. That is, the test compound was added to 40 mM Tris—HCl (pH 7 4), 5 mM MgCl, 4 mM 2-Mercaptoethanol, 3 M cAMP, 0.83 μ Ci [
2 2
H]— cAMP及びヒト型 PDE4Bの触媒部位を含有している反応混合液(100 1)中 に添加し、室温で 10分間酵素反応する。反応混合液にトリクロ口酢酸 25 1を加えて 酵素反応を停止させた後、 0. 1M 2— [[トリス (ヒドロキシルメチル)メチル]ァミノ]— 1 エタンスルホン酸 (TES)緩衝液 (pH8. 0)で平衡化した中性アルミナと混合する 。上清を除去し中性アルミナを十分量の 0. 1M TES緩衝液で洗浄後、 2N NaO Hで溶出する。 [3H]— 5 'AMP生成物を含む溶出液の 500 1を、シンチレーシヨン カクテル 3mlを含有するシンチレーシヨンバイアルに入れて放射活性を測定し、試験 化合物の PDE4Bに対する in vitro阻害活性を測定することができる(Catherine Bar delle et.al, Analytical Biochemistry, 275, 148-155, 1999)。 PDE4Dの阻害活性に っ ヽても同様に測定することができる。 H] —Add to the reaction mixture (100 1) containing the catalytic site of cAMP and human-type PDE4B and incubate at room temperature for 10 minutes. After stopping the enzymatic reaction by adding 25 1 of trichloroacetic acid to the reaction mixture, 0.1M 2 — [[Tris (hydroxylmethyl) methyl] amino] — 1 ethanesulfonic acid (TES) buffer (pH 8.0) Mix with neutral alumina equilibrated with). The supernatant is removed and neutral alumina is washed with a sufficient amount of 0.1M TES buffer and then eluted with 2N NaO 2 H. [ 3 H] —Evaluate the in vitro inhibitory activity of the test compound against PDE4B by placing 500 1 of the eluate containing 5 'AMP product into a scintillation vial containing 3 ml of a scintillation cocktail and measuring the radioactivity. (Catherine Bar delle et.al, Analytical Biochemistry, 275, 148-155, 1999). The inhibitory activity of PDE4D can be measured in the same manner.
また、ある特定の癌細胞株や組織由来の細胞をある一定の条件下で培養、精製する ことで得られる粗酵素 PDE4B、 4Dを用いることによつても PDE4B、 4Dの選択性を 調べることが可能と思われる(International Immunopharmacology, 2, 1647-1656, 200 2)。すなわち、 HL60細胞株を用いて非動化牛胎児血清 10%および DMSO 1. 3 %を含む RPMI1640培地中で 37°C、 95%空気/ 5%CO環境下 10日間培養する It is also possible to examine the selectivity of PDE4B and 4D by using crude enzymes PDE4B and 4D obtained by culturing and purifying cells derived from a specific cancer cell line or tissue under certain conditions. It seems possible (International Immunopharmacology, 2, 1647-1656, 200 2). In other words, use HL60 cell line in RPMI1640 medium containing 10% non-immobilized fetal bovine serum and 1.3% DMSO for 10 days at 37 ° C, 95% air / 5% CO.
2  2
。 10日間培養後 HL60細胞株を回収、洗浄後ライゼートを作成する。ライゼ一トを陰 イオン交換クロマトグラフィーにて分画し、 cAMPを選択的に水解し、且つ PDE4選 択的阻害薬であるロリプラムにより強く阻害する特定の分画を、 PDE4B部分精製標 品として使用することで PDE4B対する in vitro阻害活性を測定することができる。ま た、 PDE4D酵素についても上記と同様に、通常の方法で培養した U937から得た P DE4D部分精製標品を使用することで PDE4D対する in vitro阻害活性を測定する ことができる(C.Shepherd et.al., British Journal Of Pharmacology, 142, 339—351, 200 4)。  . After culturing for 10 days, collect the HL60 cell line, wash it, and make a lysate. Fractionation of lysates by anion exchange chromatography, selective hydrolysis of cAMP, and use of a specific fraction that is strongly inhibited by rolipram, a PDE4 selective inhibitor, as a partially purified PDE4B product By doing so, in vitro inhibitory activity against PDE4B can be measured. Similarly to the above, the PDE4D enzyme can be measured for in vitro inhibitory activity against PDE4D by using a partially purified PDE4D preparation obtained from U937 cultured in the usual manner (C. Shepherd et al. al., British Journal Of Pharmacology, 142, 339-351, 200 4).
その他、一般式(1)で表される本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグの 有用性は、抗炎症治療としての薬効の指標である上記 PDE4B阻害活性の値によつ ても確認することが可能と思われる。  In addition, the usefulness of the compound of the present invention represented by the general formula (1), a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof is also confirmed by the value of the PDE4B inhibitory activity, which is an index of drug efficacy as an anti-inflammatory treatment. It seems possible to do.
本発明の医薬は、一般式(1)で示される化合物又はその塩を有効成分として含む医 薬として調製することができるが、例えばプロドラッグとして投与されたィ匕合物又はそ の塩が生体内で代謝を受けて一般式(1)で示される化合物又はその薬理学的に許 容される塩を生成する場合も、本発明の医薬の範囲に包含される。 The medicament of the present invention includes a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a salt thereof as an active ingredient. For example, a compound or a salt thereof administered as a prodrug is metabolized in vivo to give a compound represented by the general formula (1) or a pharmacologically acceptable product thereof. In the scope of the pharmaceutical of the present invention.
[0138] 本発明の医薬としては、一般式(1)で示される化合物又はその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩の 1種又は 2種以上の混合物をそのまま用いてもょ 、が、一般式(1)で示され る化合物又はその薬理学的に許容される塩の 1種又は 2種以上の混合物に 1種又は 2種以上の薬理学的に許容される担体を添加して医薬組成物を調製して投与するこ とが好ましい。薬理学的に許容される担体の種類は特に限定はされないが、例えば、 賦形剤、結合剤、崩壊剤、滑沢剤、又は添加剤などが例示される。賦形剤としては、 例えば D—マン-トールなどが挙げられる。結合剤としては、例えばカルボキシメチル セルロースなどが挙げられる。崩壊剤としては、例えばトウモロコシデンプンなどが挙 げられる。滑沢剤としては、例えばグリセリンなどが挙げられる。添加剤としては、例え ばパラォキシ安息香酸エステル類などが挙げられる。さらに添加剤としては、 Polyoxy ethylenesorbitan monooleate(tween80)や HC60などの界面活性剤が挙げられる。  [0138] As the medicament of the present invention, one or a mixture of two or more of the compound represented by the general formula (1) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof may be used as it is. A pharmaceutical composition is prepared by adding one or more pharmacologically acceptable carriers to one or a mixture of two or more of the compounds represented by 1) or a pharmacologically acceptable salt thereof. It is preferable to prepare and administer. Although the kind of carrier accept | permitted pharmacologically is not specifically limited, For example, an excipient | filler, a binder, a disintegrating agent, a lubricant, or an additive etc. are illustrated. Examples of the excipient include D-mannthol. Examples of the binder include carboxymethyl cellulose. Examples of the disintegrant include corn starch. Examples of the lubricant include glycerin. Examples of the additive include paraoxybenzoic acid esters. Further, examples of additives include surfactants such as polyoxyethylenesorbitan monooleate (tween 80) and HC60.
[0139] 本発明の医薬をヒトに投与する際は、錠剤、粉末、顆粒、カプセル、糖衣錠、液剤、 又はシロップ剤等の形態で経口投与することができ、あるいは注射剤、点滴剤、坐剤 、経皮又は吸収剤などの形態で非経口投与することも可能である。また、エアロゾル 、ドライパウダー等の噴霧剤の形態で吸入することも好まし 、投与形態として挙げら れる。  [0139] When the medicament of the present invention is administered to humans, it can be orally administered in the form of tablets, powders, granules, capsules, dragees, liquids, syrups, etc., or injections, drops, suppositories. It can also be administered parenterally in the form of transdermal or absorbent. Inhalation in the form of sprays such as aerosols and dry powders is also preferred and can be mentioned as dosage forms.
[0140] 本発明の医薬の投与期間は特に限定されないが、治療目的に投与する場合には 、各疾患の臨床症状が発現していると判断される期間を原則として投与期間として選 択することができる。通常は投与を数週間から 1年間継続することが一般的であるが 、病態に応じてさらに «続して投与することが可能であり、あるいは臨床症状の回復 後に継続投与することも可能である。さらに臨床症状が発現していなくても臨床医の 判断で予防的に投与することもできる。本発明の医薬の投与量は特に限定されない 1S 例えば、一般的には成人 1日あたり 0. 01〜2000mgの有効成分を 1回力も数回 に分けて投与することができる。投与頻度は月 1回力 連日投与が可能であり、好ま しくは 1回 Z週から 3回 Z週、又は 5回 Z週、若しくは連日投与である。 1日投与量、 投与期間、及び投与頻度も患者の年齢、体重、身体的健康度、及び治療すべき疾 患やその重症度などにより、共に適宜増減させてよい。 [0140] The administration period of the medicament of the present invention is not particularly limited, but when it is administered for therapeutic purposes, the period during which clinical symptoms of each disease are determined to be expressed is selected as the administration period in principle. Can do. In general, administration is usually continued for several weeks to 1 year, but it can be further continued depending on the disease state, or it can be continued after recovery from clinical symptoms. . Furthermore, even if clinical symptoms do not appear, it can be administered prophylactically at the discretion of the clinician. The dosage of the medicament of the present invention is not particularly limited. 1S For example, generally 0.01 to 2000 mg of an active ingredient per day for an adult can be divided into several doses. The frequency of dosing can be administered once a month, daily, preferably once to Z weeks to 3 times Z weeks, or 5 times Z weeks, or daily. Daily dose, The administration period and administration frequency may be increased or decreased as appropriate depending on the patient's age, weight, physical health, disease to be treated and its severity.
さらに、治療効果の増強を目的として、本発明の医薬と、本発明の医薬の作用に悪 影響を及ぼさない薬剤とを併用することができる。このような併用用の薬剤としては、 本発明の医薬と以下の A) -TT)との組み合わせが例示される。  Furthermore, for the purpose of enhancing the therapeutic effect, the drug of the present invention and a drug that does not adversely affect the action of the drug of the present invention can be used in combination. Examples of such drugs for combined use include the combination of the medicament of the present invention and the following A) -TT).
A)臭化ィプラト口ピウム抗コリン剤:臭化チオト口ピウム、臭化ォキシトロピウムなど。 A) Iprato mouth bromide anticholinergic agents: tioto mouth bromide, oxytropium bromide, etc.
B) β 1又は 13 2—アドレナリン受容体ァゴ-スト:メタプロテレノール、イソプロテレノー ノレ、イソプレナリン、ァノレブテロ一ノレ、サノレブタモーノレ、フオノレモテロ一ノレ、サノレメテロ ール、テルブタリン、オルシプレナリン、ビトルテロール、ピルブテロールなど。 B) β 1 or 13 2 -adrenergic receptor agonist: metaproterenol, isoproterenol nore, isoprenaline, anolebutero monore, sanorebutanore, fonoremoterenore, sanolemeterol, terbutaline, orciprenaline, vitorterol, Pirbuterol and so on.
C)テオフイリン及びアミノフイリン  C) Theofylin and aminophylline
D)ロイコトリェン生合成阻害薬 (5—リポキシゲナーゼ阻害薬)  D) Leukotriene biosynthesis inhibitor (5-lipoxygenase inhibitor)
Ε)ロイコトリェン(LTB4、 LTC4、 LTD4および LTE4)受容体アンタゴ-スト:プラン ノレカスト、ザフィノレノレカスト、モンテノレカストなど。  Ii) Leukotrien (LTB4, LTC4, LTD4 and LTE4) receptor antagonists: Plan norecast, Zafinole norecast, Montenorecast, etc.
F)トロンボキサン A2合成酵素阻害薬:塩酸ォザダレルなど。  F) Thromboxane A2 synthase inhibitor: Ozadarel hydrochloride and the like.
G)ケミカルメディエーター遊離抑制薬:クロモグリク酸ナトリウム、トラ-ラスト、アンレ キサノクス、レビリナスト、イブジラスト、タザノラスト、ぺミロラストなど。  G) Chemical mediator release inhibitor: sodium cromoglycate, tralast, amlexanox, levirinast, ibudilast, tazanolast, pemirolast, etc.
H)ヒスタミン HI受容体拮抗薬:フマル酸ケトチフェン、塩酸ァゼラスチン、ォキサトミ ド、メキタジン、テルフエナジン、フマル酸ェメダスチン、塩酸ェピナスチン、ァステミゾ ール、ェバスチン、塩酸フエキソフエナジン、塩酸ォロパタジン、べシル酸べポタスチ ン、塩酸セチリジンなど。  H) Histamine HI receptor antagonists: ketotifen fumarate, azelastine hydrochloride, oxatomide, mequitazine, terfenadine, emedastine fumarate, epinastine hydrochloride, istemizole, ebastine, fuexofenadine hydrochloride, olopatadine hydrochloride, bepotastiti besylate And cetirizine hydrochloride.
I) Th2サイト力イン阻害薬:トシル酸スプラタストなど。  I) Th2 site force-in inhibitor: suplatast tosylate and the like.
J)ヒスタミン H2受容体拮抗薬 J) Histamine H2 receptor antagonist
K)ムスカリン性受容体(Ml、 M2、 M3)アンタゴ-スト  K) Muscarinic receptors (Ml, M2, M3) Antagost
L)マトリックス 'メタ口プロテアーゼ(MMP)阻害薬 L) Matrix 'meta-oral protease (MMP) inhibitor
M)ダルココルチコイド:フル-ソリド、トリアムシノロン.ァセトニド、ジプロピオン酸ベタ 口メタゾン、ブデソ -ド、プロピオン酸フルチ力ゾン、フロ酸モメタゾンなど。  M) Darcocorticoids: full-solid, triamcinolone acetonide, solid dipropionate methasone, budesodium, flutizone propionate, mometasone furoate, etc.
N) COX— 1阻害薬(NSAID) N) COX-1 inhibitor (NSAID)
0) COX— 2阻害薬 P)腫瘍壊死因子 (TNF— a )に対する抗体;レミケード 0) COX-2 inhibitor P) Antibody against tumor necrosis factor (TNF-a); Remicade
Q)インターロイキン 6受容体に対する抗体 (MRA) Q) Antibodies against interleukin 6 receptor (MRA)
R)内在性の炎症物質に対する抗体 R) Antibodies against endogenous inflammatory substances
S) DMARD:レフルノミドなど。 S) DMARD: leflunomide and the like.
T)免疫抑制薬:シクロスポリン、ミゾリビン、メトトレキセートなど。  T) Immunosuppressive drugs: cyclosporine, mizoribine, methotrexate, etc.
U)抗痛風剤:コルチシンなど。 U) Anti-gout agents: Cortisine etc.
V)キサンチンォキシダーゼ阻害剤:ァロプリノールなど。  V) Xanthine oxidase inhibitor: alopurinol and the like.
W)尿酸排泄促進剤:プルベネシド、スルフィンビラゾン、ベンズブロマオンなど。 X)トランスフォーミング増殖因子 (TGF β )受容体アンタゴ-スト  W) Uric acid excretion promoters: pluvenecid, sulfinvirazone, benzbromaon, etc. X) Transforming growth factor (TGF β) receptor antagonist
Υ)トランスフォーミング増殖因子 (TGF β )受容体キナーゼ阻害薬 Υ) Transforming growth factor (TGF β) receptor kinase inhibitor
Ζ)抗鬱薬 Ii) antidepressants
ΑΑ)抗アルツハイマー薬  Ii) Anti-Alzheimer drugs
ΒΒ)カプサイシン  ΒΒ) Capsaicin
CC)トリプターゼ阻害薬  CC) Tryptase inhibitor
DD)血小板活性化因子 (PAF)アンタゴ-スト  DD) Platelet activating factor (PAF) antagonist
EE)インターロイキン変換酵素 (ICE)阻害薬  EE) Interleukin converting enzyme (ICE) inhibitor
FF)接着分子阻害薬: VLA— 4アンタゴニストなど。  FF) Adhesion molecule inhibitors: VLA-4 antagonists etc.
GG) IMPDH阻害薬  GG) IMPDH inhibitor
HH)セロトニン 3 (5-HT3)受容体およびセロトニン 4 (5—HT4)受容体アンタゴニ スト  HH) serotonin 3 (5-HT3) receptor and serotonin 4 (5-HT4) receptor antagonist
II)ブラジキニン一 B1—受容体アンタゴ-スト、ブラジキニン一 B2—受容体アンタゴ ニスト  II) Bradykinin I B1—Receptor Antagonist, Bradykinin I B2—Receptor Antagonist
JJ)カテブシン  JJ) Cathebcin
KK) MAPキナーゼ阻害薬  KK) MAP kinase inhibitor
LL)グルコース一 6リン酸デヒドロゲナーゼ阻害薬  LL) glucose monophosphate dehydrogenase inhibitor
MM)抗腫瘍剤  MM) Antitumor agent
NN)インスリン様増殖因子タイプ 1 (IGF— 1)ミメティック  NN) Insulin-like growth factor type 1 (IGF— 1) Mimetic
OO)血小板由来増殖因子 (PDGF) PP)繊維芽細胞増殖因子: bFGFなど。 OO) Platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF) PP) Fibroblast growth factor: bFGF etc.
QQ)顆粒球マクロファージコ口-一刺激因子(GM - CSF)  QQ) Granulocyte-macrophage mouth-priming factor (GM-CSF)
RR)エラスターゼ阻害薬  RR) Elastase inhibitor
SS)アデノシン A2a受容体アンタゴ-スト  SS) Adenosine A2a receptor antagonist
TT)各種糖尿病薬  TT) Various diabetes drugs
前記した併用用薬剤の投与時期は限定されず、本発明の医薬と併用用薬剤とを、 投与対象に対し、同時に投与してもよぐあるいは時間差をおいて投与してもよい。 併用用薬剤の投与量は、臨床上用いられている投与量に準ずればよぐ投与対象、 投与ルート、疾患、及び本発明の医薬と併用用薬剤との組み合わせ等により適宜選 択することができる。  The administration time of the aforementioned concomitant drug is not limited, and the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug may be administered to the administration subject at the same time or with a time difference. The dose of the concomitant drug may be appropriately selected according to the administration subject, administration route, disease, combination of the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug, etc., according to the clinically used dose. it can.
[0142] 併用用薬剤の投与形態は、特に限定されず、投与時に、本発明の医薬と併用用薬 剤とが組み合わされていればよい。このような投与形態としては、例えば、 1)本発明 の医薬の有効成分である本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグと併用用 薬剤とを同時に製剤化して得られる単一の製剤の投与、 2)本発明の医薬と併用用 薬剤とを別々に製剤化して得られる 2種の製剤の同一投与経路での同時投与、 3)本 発明の医薬と併用用薬剤とを別々に製剤化して得られる 2種の製剤の同一投与経路 での時間差をおいての投与、 4)本発明の医薬と併用用薬剤とを別々に製剤化して 得られる 2種の製剤の異なる投与経路での同時投与、 5)本発明の医薬と併用用薬 剤とを別々に製剤化して得られる 2種の製剤の異なる投与経路での時間差をおいて の投与 (例えば、本発明の医薬の次に併用用薬剤の順序で投与、あるいは逆の順序 での投与)などが挙げられる。  [0142] The administration mode of the concomitant drug is not particularly limited, as long as the drug of the present invention and the concomitant drug are combined in administration. Examples of such dosage forms include: 1) A single preparation obtained by simultaneously formulating the compound of the present invention, its salt, or its prodrug, which is an active ingredient of the medicament of the present invention, and a concomitant drug. 2) Simultaneous administration of two types of preparations obtained by separately formulating the medicament of the present invention and the concomitant drug by the same route, 3) Formulating the medicament of the present invention and the concomitant drug separately Administration of the two preparations obtained at the same time by the same administration route, and 4) simultaneous preparation of the two preparations obtained by separately formulating the pharmaceutical of the present invention and the concomitant drug in different administration routes. 5) Administration of the two preparations obtained by separately formulating the medicament of the present invention and the concomitant drug at different time intervals in different administration routes (for example, for the concomitant use of the medicament of the present invention next Administration in the order of drugs, or administration in the reverse order).
[0143] 本発明の医薬と併用用薬剤との配合比は、投与対象、投与ルート、及び疾患等に より適宜選択することができる。  [0143] The mixing ratio of the medicament of the present invention and the concomitant drug can be appropriately selected depending on the administration subject, administration route, disease and the like.
[0144] 本発明の医薬の有用性は、ヒトを含む哺乳類動物 (例えば、マウス、ラット、ハムスタ 一、フ レット、ィヌ、サル等)や、ヒトを含む哺乳類動物の細胞 (免疫細胞、炎症性細 胞、癌榭立細胞、プライマリー細胞、生細胞等)を用いて、本発明の化合物、その塩 、又はそのプロドラッグに関する効果、及び Z又は血中濃度推移等 (例えば、最大血 中濃度、有効血中濃度持続時間、血中半減期、 AUC等)などで確認することができ 、また本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグの毒性の低さを調べることによ つて医薬としてのさらに高い有用性を確認できる。さらに、ヒトまたは動物での血中濃 度推移、酵素誘導、酵素阻害、ミクロソームに対する安定性等によって有用性を確認 することちでさる。 [0144] The usefulness of the medicament of the present invention is that mammals including humans (for example, mice, rats, hamsters, frets, inu, monkeys, etc.) and cells of mammals including humans (immune cells, inflammation, etc.) (E.g., cells, cancer progenitor cells, primary cells, living cells, etc.), effects on the compound of the present invention, salts thereof, or prodrugs thereof, and changes in Z or blood concentration (e.g., maximum blood concentration). Effective blood concentration duration, blood half-life, AUC, etc.) Further, by examining the low toxicity of the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof, it can be confirmed that the usefulness as a medicament is higher. Furthermore, the usefulness can be confirmed by the blood concentration transition in humans or animals, enzyme induction, enzyme inhibition, and stability to microsomes.
実施例  Example
[0145] 以下、本発明を実施例及び試験例によりさらに具体的に説明するが、本発明の範 囲は以下の例に限定されることはない。  [0145] Hereinafter, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples and test examples. However, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the following examples.
[0146] 以下の実施例において、特にことわりのない限り、種々の分析は次のようにして行つ た。薄層クロマトグラフィー(TLC)は Precoated silicagel 60 F254 (メルク社製) を使用、スポットは UV(254nm)照射により確認した。シリカゲルカラムの充填剤はヮ コーゲル C— 300 (和光純薬社製)を使用した。実施例中の操作で、「濃縮」とはエバ ポレータ (東京理科器械社製)を用いた減圧下の、溶媒若しくは過剰試薬の留去を 意味する。  [0146] In the following Examples, various analyzes were performed as follows unless otherwise specified. For thin layer chromatography (TLC), Precoated silicagel 60 F254 (Merck) was used, and spots were confirmed by UV (254 nm) irradiation. As a filler for the silica gel column, Kogel C-300 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was used. In the operations in the examples, “concentration” means evaporation of the solvent or excess reagent under reduced pressure using an evaporator (manufactured by Tokyo Science Instruments Co., Ltd.).
[0147] LC— MSの HPLCは、日本国野村化学社製カラム(Develosil C30— UG— 5 4 . 6X50mm)を用い、水—ァセトニトリル (0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有)グラジェント溶出に より目的物を溶出した。以下に詳細な溶出条件を示す。  [0147] LC-MS HPLC was performed using a column (Develosil C30-UG-54.6X50mm) manufactured by Japan Nomura Chemical Co., using water-acetonitrile (containing 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid) gradient elution. The target product was eluted by. The detailed elution conditions are shown below.
流速: 2ml, mm  Flow rate: 2ml, mm
溶媒:八液=水, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有、 液=ァセトニトリル, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有 0分から 5分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕から〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕まで直 線グラジェント  Solvent: Eight liquids = water, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained, liquid = acetonitrile, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained 0 min to 5 min: [A solution 95% + B solution 5% (v / v)) to (A solution 2% + B solution 98% (v / v))
5分から 6分まで:〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕に保持  From 5 minutes to 6 minutes: [A liquid 2% + B liquid 98% (v / v)]
6分から 7. 5分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕に保持  From 6 minutes to 7.5 minutes: [A liquid 95% + B liquid 5% (v / v)]
LC条件について特に記載のある実施例又は参考例については、それぞれ下記の 溶媒条件にて測定されていることを示す。  Examples and reference examples that are specifically described for LC conditions indicate that they are measured under the following solvent conditions.
LC条件 1  LC condition 1
溶媒:八液=水, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有, 液=ァセトニトリル, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有 0分から 5分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕から〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕まで直 線グラジェント 5分から 6分まで:〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕に保持 Solvent: Eight liquids = water, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained, liquid = acetonitrile, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained 0 min to 5 min: [A solution 95% + B solution 5% (v / v)) to (A solution 2% + B solution 98% (v / v)) From 5 minutes to 6 minutes: [A liquid 2% + B liquid 98% (v / v)]
6分から 7. 5分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕に保持 From 6 minutes to 7.5 minutes: [A liquid 95% + B liquid 5% (v / v)]
LC条件 2 LC condition 2
溶媒:八液=水, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有、 液=ァセトニトリル, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有 0分から 5分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕から〔A液 0%+B液 100%(v/v)〕まで直 線グラジェント Solvent: Eight liquids = water, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained, liquid = acetonitrile, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid contained 0 min to 5 min: [A solution 95% + B solution 5% (v / v)) to (A solution 0% + B solution 100% (v / v))
5分から 9分まで:〔A液 0%+B液 100%(v/v)〕に保持  From 5 minutes to 9 minutes: Hold at [A solution 0% + B solution 100% (v / v)]
9分から 10分まで:〔A液 95% + B液 5%(v/v)〕に保持 From 9 minutes to 10 minutes: Hold at [A liquid 95% + B liquid 5% (v / v)]
LC条件 3 LC condition 3
溶媒:八液=水, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有、 液=ァセトニトリル, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有 0分から 5分まで:〔A液 70% + B液 30%(v/v)〕から〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕まで直 線グラジェント Solvent: Eight liquids = water, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid, liquid = acetonitrile, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid 0 min to 5 min: [A solution 70% + B solution 30% (v / v)) to (A solution 2% + B solution 98% (v / v))
5分から 6分まで:〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕に保持  From 5 minutes to 6 minutes: [A liquid 2% + B liquid 98% (v / v)]
6分から 7. 5分まで:〔A液 70% + B液 30%(v/v)に保持 From 6 minutes to 7.5 minutes: [Retained at 70% solution A + 30% solution B (v / v)
LC条件 4 LC condition 4
溶媒:八液=水, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有、 液=ァセトニトリル, 0. 1%(ν/ν)酢酸含有 0分から 5分まで:〔A液 50% + B液 50%(v/v)〕から〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕まで直 線グラジェント Solvent: Eight liquids = water, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid, liquid = acetonitrile, 0.1% (ν / ν) acetic acid 0 min to 5 min: [A solution 50% + B solution 50% (v / v)) to (A solution 2% + B solution 98% (v / v))
5分から 6分まで:〔A液 2%+B液 98%(v/v)〕に保持  From 5 minutes to 6 minutes: [A liquid 2% + B liquid 98% (v / v)]
6分から 7. 5分まで:〔A液 50% + B液 50%(v/v)〕に保持  From 6 minutes to 7.5 minutes: Hold at [A solution 50% + B solution 50% (v / v)]
<参考例 1 > 5-ァリル- 6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4(3H)-オン 公知の文献 (J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 856-862.)に記載の方法により取得した 2— ァリルァセト酢酸ェチル (255mg)及びチォフェン- 2-カルボキシイミドアミド塩酸塩 (244 mg, Maybridge社製)をエチレングリコール (7.5mL)に溶解し、ナトリウムエトキシド (206 mg,和光純薬社製)を加え窒素雰囲気下にて 120°Cで 15時間攪拌した。反応混合物 を室温まで放冷した後、 2M塩酸 (1.0mL)、水 (50mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和 食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラム (へキサン/酢酸ェチル =3/1)に付し、標記化合物 135mgを得た。 <参考例 2 > 5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4(3H)-オン<Reference Example 1> 5-Aryl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one Known literature (J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 856-862.) 2-ethyl allylacetoacetate (255 mg) and thiophene-2-carboximidamide hydrochloride (244 mg, manufactured by Maybridge) obtained by the method described in 1) were dissolved in ethylene glycol (7.5 mL), and sodium ethoxide (206 mg , Manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C for 15 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 2M hydrochloric acid (1.0 mL) and water (50 mL) were added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. A silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) was applied to obtain 135 mg of the title compound. Reference Example 2 5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidin-4 (3H) -one
2 ェチルァセト酢酸ェチル (1.90g、和光純薬社製)及びチォフェン- 2-カルボキシ イミドアミド塩酸塩 (1.63g, Maybridge社製)をメタノール (80mL)に溶解し、水素化ナトリ ゥム (ミネラルオイル 40%添加, 3.21g,和光純薬社製)を加え窒素雰囲気下にて 55°Cで 24時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した後、 2M塩酸を用い中和した。さら に水 (200mL)を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾 燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をジェチルエーテルで洗浄し、標記化合物 979mgを得た 2 Ethylacetoacetate acetate (1.90 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and thiophene-2-carboxyimidoamide hydrochloride (1.63 g, manufactured by Maybridge) are dissolved in methanol (80 mL), and hydrogenated sodium (mineral oil 40% Added, 3.21 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and stirred at 55 ° C for 24 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and neutralized with 2M hydrochloric acid. Furthermore, water (200 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was washed with jetyl ether to give 979 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 3 > 5-ァリル- 4-クロ口- 6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン 参考例 1の化合物(130mg)をォキシ塩化リン (8mL)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下にて 10 0°Cで 2時間攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し得られた残渣に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム 水溶液 (7mL)、水 (30mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグ ネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 132mgを得た。 <Reference Example 3> 5-Aryl-4-chloro-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine The compound of Reference Example 1 (130 mg) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (8 mL) and a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 2 hours. Concentrate the reaction mixture, add saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate (7 mL) and water (30 mL) to the resulting residue, extract with ethyl acetate, wash with saturated brine, dry over magnesium sulfate, and concentrate to give 132 mg of the title compound. Obtained.
<参考例 4 > 5-メトキシチォフェン- 2-カルバルデヒド Reference Example 4 5-Methoxythiophene-2-carbaldehyde
2-メトキシチォフェン (4.41mL, Aldrich社製)を Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド (45mL)に溶 解し、氷冷下ォキシ塩化リン (6.12mL)を滴下し、そのまま 1時間攪拌した。その後 2M 水酸ィ匕ナトリウム (35mL)を加え 90°Cで 10分間攪拌した。反応混合液に水 (150mL)を 加え酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得 られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =5/1)に付し、標記化 合物 5.86gを得た。  2-Methoxythiophene (4.41 mL, manufactured by Aldrich) was dissolved in Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide (45 mL), and phosphorus oxychloride (6.12 mL) was added dropwise under ice cooling, followed by stirring for 1 hour. Then 2M sodium hydroxide (35mL) was added and stirred at 90 ° C for 10 minutes. Water (150 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1). As a result, 5.86 g of the title compound was obtained.
<参考例 5 > 5-メトキシチォフェン- 2-カルボ-トリル  <Reference Example 5> 5-Methoxythiophene-2-carbo-tolyl
参考例 4の化合物 (3.20g)、塩酸ヒドロキシルァミン (6.27g,和光純薬社製)、及び酢 酸ナトリウム (7.37g,和光純薬社製)を酢酸 (150mL)に溶解し、 100°Cで 11時間攪拌し た。反応混合液をろ過し、ろ液を濃縮後、得られた残渣に水 (250mL)を加え酢酸ェチ ルで抽出、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮 した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =3/1)に付し、 標記化合物 2.20gを得た。  The compound of Reference Example 4 (3.20 g), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.27 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and sodium acetate (7.37 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) are dissolved in acetic acid (150 mL), and 100 ° The mixture was stirred at C for 11 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated, water (250 mL) was added to the resulting residue, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to obtain 2.20 g of the title compound.
<参考例 6 > 5-メトキシチォフェン- 2-カルボキサミジン 参考例 5の化合物 (281mg)をジェチルエーテル (12mL)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下 0°C でリチウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミドの 2Mへキサン溶液 (4mL)を滴下後、室温で 1時 間攪拌した。その後 0°Cにおいて 2M塩酸 (6mL)、水 (10mL)を加え、分離した水層に 2 M水酸ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液 (9mL)をカロえ、クロ口ホルムで抽出、有機層を硫酸マグネシ ゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 267mgを得た。 Reference Example 6 5-Methoxythiophene-2-carboxamidine Dissolve the compound of Reference Example 5 (281 mg) in jetyl ether (12 mL), add lithium bis (trimethylsilyl) amide in 2M hexane (4 mL) at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere, and stir at room temperature for 1 hour. did. After that, 2M hydrochloric acid (6mL) and water (10mL) were added at 0 ° C, and 2M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (9mL) was added to the separated aqueous layer, extracted with chloroform, and the organic layer was extracted with magnesium sulfate. Concentration was performed after drying with a solution to obtain 267 mg of the title compound.
<実施例 1 > 4- (5-ァリル- 6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ) 安息香酸  <Example 1> 4- (5-Allyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) Benzoic acid
参考例 3の化合物(37mg)及び 4-ァミノ安息香酸 (40.9mg、ナカライテスタ社製)を酢 酸 (2mL)に溶解し、 100°Cで 43時間攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮して得られた残渣に 飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (lmL)及び水 (25mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽 和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣を分取用薄層ク 口マトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1)に付し、標記化合物 27mgを得た。 L じ-\«:1"^1^:保持時間3.98分、 m/z 352(M+H).  The compound of Reference Example 3 (37 mg) and 4-aminobenzoic acid (40.9 mg, manufactured by Nacalai Testa) were dissolved in acetic acid (2 mL) and stirred at 100 ° C. for 43 hours. Concentrate the reaction mixture, add saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (lmL) and water (25mL) to the residue, extract with ethyl acetate, wash with saturated Japanese salt water, dry over magnesium sulfate, and concentrate. The residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 15/1) to give 27 mg of the title compound. L ji-\ «: 1" ^ 1 ^: Retention time 3.98 minutes, m / z 352 (M + H).
<実施例 2〜27> <Examples 2 to 27>
実施例 1の方法に準じて実施例 2〜27の化合物の合成を行なった。実施例 2〜27 の詳細につ 、ては表 1に示した。表 1中の記号の意味にっ 、ては以下に示すとおり である。「Exp.」;実施例番号、「Str.」;実施例化合物、「RT」;LCMSにおける液 体クロマトグラフィーの保持時間(分)、「MS」; LCMSにおけるマススペクトルデータ 、「Ref.」対応する中間体の製造方法。 Ref.欄における記号は以下のとおり中間体 の製造方法を示す。「A」;参考例 1に示した製造法、「B」;参考例 2に示した製造法、 「C」;参考例 3に示した製造法、「D」;参考例 4に示した製造法、「E」;参考例 5に示 した製造法、「F」;参考例 6に示した製造法。  The compounds of Examples 2 to 27 were synthesized according to the method of Example 1. Details of Examples 2 to 27 are shown in Table 1. The meanings of the symbols in Table 1 are as shown below. “Exp.”: Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”: LCMS retention time (minutes), “MS”; LCMS mass spectral data, “Ref.” Correspondence A method for producing an intermediate. The symbols in the Ref. Column indicate the method for producing the intermediate as follows. “A”: production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: production shown in Reference Example 4 “E”: production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”: production method shown in Reference Example 6.
[表 1]
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000137_0002
Figure imgf000137_0003
[table 1]
Figure imgf000137_0001
Figure imgf000137_0002
Figure imgf000137_0003
<参考例 7 > 5-ホルミルチオフェン- 2-カルボン酸メチル <Reference Example 7> Methyl 5-formylthiophene-2-carboxylate
5-ホルミルチオフェン- 2-カルボン酸 (3.13g,東京化成社製)を Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルム アミド (lOOmL)に溶解し、炭酸ナトリウム (8.64g,和光純薬社製)、ョードメタン (2.49mL, 東京化成社製)を室温にて順次加え、そのまま 11時間攪拌した。反応混合液から不 溶物をろ別し、水 (200mL)をカ卩ぇ酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄し硫酸マグ ネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 3.26gを得た。 5-formylthiophene-2-carboxylic acid (3.13 g, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) is dissolved in Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide (lOOmL), sodium carbonate (8.64 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), and odomethane (2.49 mL) , Manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) at room temperature and stirred for 11 hours. Not from reaction mixture The solute was filtered off, water (200 mL) was extracted with sodium ketyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 3.26 g of the title compound.
<参考例 8 > 5-シァノチォフェン- 2-カルボン酸メチル <Reference Example 8> Methyl 5-cyanothiophene-2-carboxylate
塩酸ヒドロキシルァミン (1.44g,和光純薬社製)をァセトニトリル (80mL)に懸濁し、トリ ェチルァミン (2.88mL,和光純薬社製)、参考例 7の化合物 (2.93g)のァセトニトリル (100 mL)溶液、無水フタル酸 (2.82g, Aldrich社製)を室温にて順次カ卩え、窒素雰囲気下、 9 0°Cで 48時間攪拌した。反応液を濃縮後、得られた残渣に酢酸ェチルを加え、飽和 炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残 渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =6/1)に付し、標記化合物 2.48g を得た。  Hydroxylamine hydrochloride (1.44 g, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was suspended in acetonitrile (80 mL), triethylamine (2.88 mL, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), acetonitrile (100 mL) of the compound of Reference Example 7 (2.93 g), ) Solution and phthalic anhydride (2.82 g, manufactured by Aldrich) were sequentially added at room temperature and stirred at 90 ° C. for 48 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. After concentrating the reaction solution, ethyl acetate was added to the resulting residue, washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 6/1) to obtain 2.48 g of the title compound.
<参考例 9 > 2-イソブチリルペンタ- 4-ェン酸ェチル  <Reference Example 9> Ethyl 2-isobutyrylpenta-4-enoate
イソブチリル酢酸ェチル (3.16g,和光純薬社製)、ァリルトリメチルシラン (4.15mL, A1 drich社製)をメタノール (400mL)に溶解し、硝酸二アンモニゥムセリウム (23.06g,関東 化学社製)を室温にて加え、そのまま 1時間攪拌した。反応液を濃縮後、得られた残 渣に水 (250mL)を力卩ぇジェチルエーテルで抽出、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し た。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル = 10/1)に付し、 標記化合物 2.03gを得た。  Isobutyryl acetate ethyl (3.16 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), allyltrimethylsilane (4.15 mL, manufactured by A1 drich) are dissolved in methanol (400 mL), and diammonium cerium nitrate (23.06 g, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) ) Was added at room temperature and stirred as such for 1 hour. After the reaction solution was concentrated, water (250 mL) was extracted with vigorous jetyl ether, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to the resulting residue. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 10/1) to obtain 2.03 g of the title compound.
<参考例 10 > 4-メトキシチォフェン- 3-カルボキサミジン  Reference Example 10 4-Methoxythiophene-3-carboxamidine
窒素雰囲気下無水トルエン (8ml、関東ィ匕学社製)に塩ィ匕アンモ-ゥム (157mg、アル ドリツチ社製)をカロえ、氷冷下攪拌しながらトリメチルアルミニウムのトルエン溶液 (2.0M 、 1.47ml、関東ィ匕学社製)を滴下した後室温で 1時間攪拌した。その後反応混合物に 4-メトキシチォフェン- 3-カルボ-トリル (272mg)をトルエン (2ml、関東化学社製)に溶 解したものを室温で滴下し、その後 80° Cで 18時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温ま で放冷した後にシリカゲル 60(14g、メルク社製)とクロ口ホルム (20ml、和光純薬社製) の混合物へと移 、れ、 5分間攪拌した後にグラスフィルターで濾過し濾液を濃縮、 乾燥し標記化合物を 458mg得た。  Under nitrogen atmosphere, add anhydrous toluene (8 ml, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Ltd.) to a salt solution (157 mg, manufactured by Aldrich Co., Ltd.) and stir it under ice cooling with a toluene solution of trimethylaluminum (2.0 M, 1.47 ml, manufactured by Kanto Daigaku Co., Ltd.) was added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, 4-methoxythiophene-3-carbo-tolyl (272 mg) dissolved in toluene (2 ml, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at room temperature, and then stirred at 80 ° C. for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, then transferred to a mixture of silica gel 60 (14 g, Merck) and black mouth form (20 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries), stirred for 5 minutes, and filtered through a glass filter. The filtrate was concentrated and dried to obtain 458 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 11 > 5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-カルボキサミジン Reference Example 11 5-Bromothiophene-2-carboxamidine
5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-カルボ-トリル (333 μ 1、アルドリッチ社製)を無水メタノール (7 ml、和光純薬社製)に溶解し、室温でナトリウムメトキシド (28%メタノール溶液、 288 1 、)を滴下し 1時間攪拌した。その後塩ィ匕ナトリウム (321mg、アルドリッチ社製)、無水ェ タノール (7ml、和光純薬社製)を加え 90°Cで 14時間攪拌した後に室温まで放冷し濾 紙で濾過した。濾液を濃縮し得られた残渣をジェチルエーテルで数回洗浄、ろ過し て標記化合物を 660mg得た。 5-bromothiophene-2-carbo-tolyl (333 μ1, Aldrich) was added to anhydrous methanol (7 ml, dissolved in Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), sodium methoxide (28% methanol solution, 288 1) was added dropwise at room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Thereafter, sodium chloride sodium (321 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) and anhydrous ethanol (7 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 14 hours. The residue obtained by concentrating the filtrate was washed several times with jetyl ether and filtered to obtain 660 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 12 > 2-ェチル -3-ォキソへキサン酸ェチル  Reference Example 12 Ethyl 2-ethyl-3-oxohexanoate
ブチリル酢酸ェチル (8.20mL,東京化成社製)をアセトン (50mL)に溶解し、ブロモェ タン (4.85mL, Aldrich社製)、炭酸カリウム (13.82g,和光純薬社製)を順次加え、 20時 間加熱還流した。反応混合液から不溶物をろ別し濃縮後、得られた残渣をカラムクロ マトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル = 10/1)に付し、標記化合物 5.75gを得た。 <参考例 13 >4-ブロモ -2- (ジエトキシメチル)チォフェン  Butyryl acetate (8.20 mL, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in acetone (50 mL), and bromoethane (4.85 mL, manufactured by Aldrich) and potassium carbonate (13.82 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were sequentially added. The mixture was heated to reflux. Insoluble material was filtered off from the reaction mixture and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 10/1) to give 5.75 g of the title compound. <Reference Example 13> 4-Bromo-2- (diethoxymethyl) thiophene
4-ブロモチォフェン- 2-カルバルデヒド (2.3g、アルドリッチ社製)をエタノール (30ml) に溶解し、塩ィ匕アンモ-ゥム (706mg、アルドリッチ社製)、トリエトキシメタン (2.2ml、和 光純薬社製)を加えた後に窒素雰囲気下、 60°Cで一時間攪拌した。その後反応混合 物を室温まで放冷した後にろ紙で濾過し、母液を濃縮乾燥し標記化合物 2.6gを得た  4-Bromothiophene-2-carbaldehyde (2.3 g, Aldrich) is dissolved in ethanol (30 ml), salt ammonium (706 mg, Aldrich), triethoxymethane (2.2 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) After stirring, the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was then allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered through filter paper, and the mother liquor was concentrated to dryness to give 2.6 g of the title compound.
<参考例 14 > 2- (ジエトキシメチル) -4-メトキシチォフェン <Reference Example 14> 2- (Diethoxymethyl) -4-methoxythiophene
参考例 13の化合物 (0.65g)、ナトリウムメトキシド (1.76ml、 28%メタノール溶液、和光 純薬社製)、酸化銅 (236mg、和光純薬社製)及びヨウ化カリウム (498mg、和光純薬社 製)をメタノール (2ml)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下 120°Cで 20時間攪拌した。反応混合物 を室温まで放冷した後にセライトでろ過し、メタノールで数回洗浄した後に母液を濃 縮し標記化合物 670mgを得た。  Compound of Reference Example 13 (0.65 g), sodium methoxide (1.76 ml, 28% methanol solution, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), copper oxide (236 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and potassium iodide (498 mg, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Was dissolved in methanol (2 ml) and stirred at 120 ° C. for 20 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, washed several times with methanol, and the mother liquor was concentrated to give 670 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 15 > 4-メトキシチォフェン- 2-カルバルデヒド  <Reference Example 15> 4-Methoxythiophene-2-carbaldehyde
参考例 14の化合物 (2.63g)をメタノール (30ml)に溶解し、 5規定塩酸水溶液 (5ml、和 光純薬製)をゆっくり滴下しそのまま室温で 15分攪拌した。反応混合物に 5規定水酸 化ナトリウム水溶液 (2ml、和光純薬製)を加えて中和した後に濃縮し、得られた残渣 に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶 液で洗浄し有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマ トグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =20/1)に付し標記化合物 842mgを得た。 The compound of Reference Example 14 (2.63 g) was dissolved in methanol (30 ml), 5N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (5 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was slowly added dropwise, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was neutralized by adding 5N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (2 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), concentrated, and the resulting residue was added with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and extracted with ethyl acetate. After washing with an aqueous solution, the organic layer is dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Totography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 20/1) gave 842 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 16 > 5 -ブロモチォフェン- 3-カルバルデヒド <Reference Example 16> 5-Bromothiophene-3-carbaldehyde
チォフェン- 3-カルバルデヒド (3.65ml、アルドリッチ社製)をジクロロメタン (100ml)に 溶解し、臭素 (1.13ml、和光純薬社製)及び無水塩ィ匕アルミニウム (8.78g、アルドリッチ 社製)を加えた後に 45°Cで 2時間攪拌した。反応混合物を氷冷下攪拌し、水、飽和塩 化アンモ-ゥムをゆっくり加えジクロロメタンで抽出し、飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液で洗 浄した。有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物をチォフェン- 3-力 ルバルデヒドとの混合物 (1: 1)として 5.94g得た。  Thiophene-3-carbaldehyde (3.65 ml, manufactured by Aldrich) is dissolved in dichloromethane (100 ml), and bromine (1.13 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and anhydrous sodium chloride aluminum (8.78 g, manufactured by Aldrich) are added. After that, the mixture was stirred at 45 ° C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was stirred under ice-cooling, water and saturated ammonium chloride were slowly added, extracted with dichloromethane, and washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 5.94 g of the title compound as a mixture (1: 1) with thiophene-3-force rubaldehyde.
<参考例 17 > 2-(4-アミノフヱ-ル)- 2-ヒドロキシ酢酸ェチル <Reference Example 17> 2- (4-Aminophenyl) -2-hydroxyacetate
窒素雰囲気 2-(4-二トロフ -ル)- 2-ォキソ酢酸ェチル (0.99g)をメタノール (40ml)に 溶解し、 10%Pd/C(0.48g)を加えた。減圧下窒素雰囲気を水素雰囲気に置換し室温 で 3時間攪拌した。反応液をろ過し得られた混合物を濃縮した後シリカゲルカラム (へ キサン/酢酸ェチル = 1/1)に付し、標記化合物 837.2mgを得た。  Nitrogen atmosphere 2- (4-Nitrofuryl) -2-oxoacetate (0.99 g) was dissolved in methanol (40 ml), and 10% Pd / C (0.48 g) was added. The nitrogen atmosphere was replaced with a hydrogen atmosphere under reduced pressure, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture obtained by filtering the reaction solution was concentrated and then applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1) to obtain 837.2 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 18 >5-(4-メトキシフエ-ルォキシ)チォフェン- 2-カルボ-トリル <Reference Example 18> 5- (4-Methoxyphenoxy) thiophene-2-carbo-tolyl
4-メトキシフエノール (149mg、和光純薬社製)を DMF(3ml)に溶解し、氷冷下攪拌し ながら水素化ナトリウム (48mg、関東ィ匕学社製)を加えた後に 45分攪拌した。反応混合 物に 5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-カルボ-トリル (111 μ 1、アルドリッチ社製)をカ卩ぇ 120°Cで 更に 22時間攪拌した後に室温まで放冷し、溶媒を留去、水を加えて力 酢酸ェチル で抽出した。有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロ マトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =20/1)に付し標記化合物 68.5mgを得た。 <参考例 19 > 2-(4- (ベンジルォキシカルボ-ルァミノ)フエ-ル) -2-メチルプロパン 酸メチル  4-Methoxyphenol (149 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was dissolved in DMF (3 ml), and sodium hydride (48 mg, manufactured by Kanto Yigaku Co., Ltd.) was added with stirring under ice cooling, followed by stirring for 45 minutes. To the reaction mixture, 5-bromothiophene-2-carbo-tolyl (111 μ1, Aldrich) was further stirred for 22 hours at 120 ° C, allowed to cool to room temperature, the solvent was distilled off, and water was added. And extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 20/1) to give 68.5 mg of the title compound. <Reference Example 19> Methyl 2- (4- (benzyloxycarbolumino) phenol) -2-methylpropanoate
2- (4-ブロモフエ-ル)- 2-メチルプロパン酸メチル (203.5mg,Tronto社製)を 1,4-ジォ キサン (5ml)に溶解し、炭酸セシウム (311.3mg)、トリス (ベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジ ゥム (0)(69.9mg)、キサントフォス (180.3mg,Strem社製)、ベンジル力ルバメート (145.9m g)を加えた。窒素雰囲気下 100°Cで 15.5時間攪拌した。塩化メチレンを大過剰カ卩えた 後ろ過し、反応混合物を濃縮した後シリカゲルカラム (へキサン/酢酸ェチル =4/1) に付し、標記化合物 138.8mgを得た。 <参考例 20 > 2-(4-ァミノフエ-ル) -2-メチルプロパン酸メチル 窒素雰囲気下、参考例 19の化合物 (116.4mg)をメタノール (5ml)に溶解し、 10%Pd/ C(38.6mg)を加えた。減圧下窒素雰囲気を水素雰囲気に置換し室温で 3時間攪拌し た。反応液を過し得られた混合物を濃縮し、標記化合物 64.7mgを得た。 2- (4-Bromophenol) -methyl 2-methylpropanoate (203.5 mg, manufactured by Tronto) is dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (5 ml), cesium carbonate (311.3 mg), tris (benzylideneacetone) ) Diparadium (0) (69.9 mg), xanthophos (180.3 mg, manufactured by Strem), and benzyl strength rubamate (145.9 mg) were added. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 15.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. A large excess of methylene chloride was added, followed by filtration. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1) to obtain 138.8 mg of the title compound. Reference Example 20 Methyl 2- (4-aminophenol) -2-methylpropanoate In a nitrogen atmosphere, the compound of Reference Example 19 (116.4 mg) was dissolved in methanol (5 ml), and 10% Pd / C (38.6 mg) was added. The nitrogen atmosphere was replaced with a hydrogen atmosphere under reduced pressure, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture obtained by passing the reaction solution was concentrated to obtain 64.7 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 21 >5- (4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 2-ィル)チォフェン- 3-ォー ル <Reference Example 21> 5- (4-Chromium-5-Ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-2-yl) thiophene-3-ol
4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -2-(4-メトキシチォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン (860 mg)を クロ口ホルム (45 mL)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下 0°Cで 1.0M三臭化ホウ素 Zジクロロメタ ン溶液 (15 mL、 aldrich社製)を滴下後、 0°Cで 30分攪拌し、さらに室温で 1時間攪拌し た。反応混合液をクロ口ホルム (45 mL)で希釈した後、 5%炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (1 00 mL)をカ卩ぇ室温で 30分攪拌し、クロ口ホルムで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、有機層 を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、表記化合物 800 mgを得た。  4-Black mouth-5-ethyl-2- (4-methoxythiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine (860 mg) was dissolved in black mouth form (45 mL), and the temperature was 0 ° C under nitrogen atmosphere. After dropwise addition of 1.0M boron tribromide Z dichloromethane solution (15 mL, manufactured by aldrich), the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 30 minutes, and further stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. After the reaction mixture was diluted with black mouth form (45 mL), 5% aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100 ml) was stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, extracted with black mouth form, washed with saturated brine, The organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 800 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 22 >4 -クロ口- 5-ェチル -2- (5-ヒドロキシメチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチ ルピリミジン <Reference Example 22> 4 -Black mouth-5-ethyl-2- (5-hydroxymethylthiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine
参考例 23の化合物(90mg)をテトラヒドロフラン (lOmL)に溶解し、水素化ホウ素ナト リウム (53 mg,和光純薬社製)を室温にて加え、そのまま 4時間攪拌した。反応混合液 に水 (30mL)をカ卩ぇ酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥 後濃縮し、標記化合物 83mgを得た。  The compound of Reference Example 23 (90 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (10 mL), sodium borohydride (53 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred as it was for 4 hours. Water (30 mL) was extracted from the reaction mixture with sodium ketyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to obtain 83 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 23 >4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -2-(5-ホルミルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミ ジン  <Reference Example 23> 4-Black mouth-5-ethyl-2- (5-formylthiophene-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine
2-(5- (ジエトキシメチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4(3H)- オン (201mg)をォキシ塩化リン (lOmL)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下にて 100°Cで 2.5時間 攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し得られた残渣に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (15m L)、水 (25mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで 乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 165mgを得た。  2- (5- (Diethoxymethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidin-4 (3H) -one (201 mg) is dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (10 mL) and added under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 2.5 hours. Concentrate the reaction mixture, add saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (15 mL) and water (25 mL) to the residue, extract with ethyl acetate, wash with saturated brine, dry over magnesium sulfate, and concentrate to give the title compound. 165 mg was obtained.
<参考例 24 > 2-(5- (ジメトキシメチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミ ジン- 4(3H)-オン  Reference Example 24 2- (5- (dimethoxymethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidin-4 (3H) -one
2-(5- (ジエトキシメチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4(3H)- オン (150mg)をメタノール (8mL)、テトラヒドロフラン (4mL)に溶解し 5M塩酸 (1.5mL)を室 温にて加え、そのまま 1.5時間攪拌した。 5M水酸ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液 (1.5mL)を用い中 和した後、さらに水 (25mL)をカ卩ぇ酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグ ネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 122mgを得た。 2- (5- (Diethoxymethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4 (3H)- On (150 mg) was dissolved in methanol (8 mL) and tetrahydrofuran (4 mL), 5M hydrochloric acid (1.5 mL) was added at room temperature, and the mixture was stirred as such for 1.5 hours. After neutralization with 5M sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (1.5mL), water (25mL) was further extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 122mg of the title compound. Got.
<参考例 25 > 5-ェチル -2-(5-エトキシメチルチオフェン- 2-ィル)- 6-メチルピリミジ ン -4C3I"0-才ン  <Reference Example 25> 5-Ethyl-2- (5-ethoxymethylthiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4C3I "0-year-old
2-(5- (ジエトキシメチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4(3H)- オン (52mg)をジクロロメタン (5mL)に溶解し、トリェチルシラン (124 L,東京化成社製) 、三フッ化ホウ素ジェチルエーテル錯体 (98 L,東京化成社製)を室温にて順次カロえ 、そのまま 1.5時間攪拌した。反応混合液に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (2mL)をカロ え、さらに水 (25mL)をカ卩ぇクロ口ホルムで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシゥ ムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メ タノール =20/1)に付し、標記化合物 23mgを得た。  2- (5- (diethoxymethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidin-4 (3H) -one (52 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane (5 mL) and triethylsilane (124 L, Manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and boron trifluoride jetyl ether complex (98 L, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were sequentially prepared at room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours. Saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (2 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, and water (25 mL) was further extracted with cake form, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 20/1) to obtain 23 mg of the title compound.
<実施例 28 >5-(4- (4-カルボキシフエ-ルァミノ) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 2- ィル)チォフェン- 2-カルボン酸  <Example 28> 5- (4- (4-carboxyphenylamino) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-2-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylic acid
5-(4- (4-カルボキシフエ-ルァミノ) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 2-ィル)チォフエ ン- 2-カルボン酸メチル(lOmg)をメタノール (4mL)に溶解し、 2M水酸化ナトリウム水溶 液 (389mL)をカ卩え、 60°Cで 11時間攪拌した。反応混合液を氷冷し、 2M塩酸 (389mL)、 水 (25mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥 後濃縮し、標記化合物 lOmgを得た。 LC-MS:HPLC保持時間 4.20分、 m/z 384(M+H). <実施例 29 >2-(4- (2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  Dissolve methyl 5- (4- (4-carboxyphenylamino) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-2-yl) thiophene-2-carboxylate (lOmg) in methanol (4 mL) and add 2M water. An aqueous sodium oxide solution (389 mL) was added and stirred at 60 ° C. for 11 hours. The reaction mixture was ice-cooled, 2M hydrochloric acid (389 mL) and water (25 mL) were added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give the title compound lOmg. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 4.20 min, m / z 384 (M + H). <Example 29> 2- (4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6- Methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) -4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン (2g)をェタノ ール (20ml)に溶解し、 4-アミノフヱ-ル酢酸ェチル (2.27g、東京化成社製)及び 35〜3 7%塩酸水溶液 (0.9ml、和光純薬社製)を加えた後に 55°Cで 23時間攪拌した。反応混 合物を濃縮し酢酸ェチル、水、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加えて 15分攪拌し た後に、酢酸ェチルで抽出した。有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得ら れた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =5/1〜2/1)に付し標記 化合物 2.29gを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 5.88分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 460(M+H). <実施例 30 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5- (4-ェチルフエ-ル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチ ルビリジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸メチル 2- (5-bromothiophene-2-yl) -4-chloro-5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine (2 g) was dissolved in ethanol (20 ml) and 4-aminophenyl acetate (2.27 g) was dissolved. And 35 to 37% aqueous hydrochloric acid (0.9 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 55 ° C for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, ethyl acetate, water and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution were added, and the mixture was stirred for 15 minutes, and then extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated, and the resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1 to 2/1) to give the title 2.29 g of compound was obtained. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.88 min (LC condition 1), m / z 460 (M + H). <Example 30> 2- (4- (5-ethyl-2- (5- (4-ethylpropyl) ) Thiophene-2-yl) -6-methylrubiridine-4-ylamino) phenol) methyl acetate
実施例 29の化合物 (60.3mg)をトルエン (0.338ml)及びメタノール (0.135ml)に溶解し、 2Mの炭酸ナトリウム水溶液 (122 μ 1)、テトラキストリフエ-ルホスフィンパラジウム (15.6 mg、アルドリッチ社製)及び 4-ェチルフエ-ルボロン酸 (30.5mg、アルドリッチ社製)を 加え、 85°Cで 13時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した後にセライト濾過し、 メタノールで数回洗浄し母液を濃縮した。得られた残渣に水を加え酢酸ェチルで抽 出し、有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトダラ フィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル = 2/1)に付し標記化合物 15.4mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPL C保持時間 6.3分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 472(M+H).  The compound of Example 29 (60.3 mg) was dissolved in toluene (0.338 ml) and methanol (0.135 ml), and 2M aqueous sodium carbonate solution (122 μ1), tetrakistriphenylphosphine palladium (15.6 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) ) And 4-ethylphenylboronic acid (30.5 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) were added and stirred at 85 ° C. for 13 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, washed several times with methanol, and the mother liquor was concentrated. Water was added to the resulting residue, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1) to give the title compound. 15.4 mg was obtained. LC-MS: HPL C retention time 6.3 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 472 (M + H).
<実施例 31 >2- (4- (5- (4-ェチルフエ-ル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン- 4 -ィルァミノ)フ -ル)酢酸  <Example 31> 2- (4- (5- (4-Ethylphenol) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) fur) acetic acid
実施例 30の化合物 (15.4mg)をメタノール (0.4ml)に溶解し 1規定水酸ィ匕ナトリウム水 溶液 (0.1ml、和光純薬社製)を加え室温で 16時間攪拌した。反応混合物に 1規定塩 酸水溶液 (0.1ml、和光純薬社製)を加えた後に溶媒を留去、水を加えクロ口ホルムで 抽出した後に有機層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロ マトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 15/1)に付し標記化合物 10.9mgを得た。 LC -MS:HPLC保持時間 5.18分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 458(M+H).  The compound of Example 30 (15.4 mg) was dissolved in methanol (0.4 ml), 1N aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (0.1 ml, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. A 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution (0.1 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added to the reaction mixture, the solvent was distilled off, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with chloroform.The organic layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The residue was subjected to column chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 15/1) to obtain 10.9 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.18 min (LC condition 1), m / z 458 (M + H).
<実施例 32 >4-(2-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァ ミノ)ェチル)安息香酸  <Example 32> 4- (2- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) ethyl) benzoic acid
2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル) -4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン (20.5mg)を 1-ブタノ ール (1.5ml)に溶解し、トリェチルァミン (116.9 1)、 4- (2-アミノエチル)安息香酸 (85.0 mg, Aldrich社製)を加え 120°Cで 17時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した 後、 1,8-ジァザビシクロ [5.4.0]ゥンデ力- 7-ェン (500 μ 1, Aldrich社製)を加え 120°Cで 3 時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した後 2M塩酸を用い中和した。酢酸ェ チルで抽出後濃縮し、得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラム (クロ口ホルム/メタノール =95 /5)に付し、標記化合物 7.8mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.42分 (LC条件 1)、 m /z 368(M+H). 2- (thiophen-2-yl) -4-chloro-5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine (20.5 mg) was dissolved in 1-butanol (1.5 ml) to give triethylamine (116.9 1), 4- (2-Aminoethyl) benzoic acid (85.0 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.0] unde-7-en (500 μ1, made by Aldrich) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 120 ° C. for 3 hr. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and neutralized with 2M hydrochloric acid. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. The obtained residue was applied to a silica gel column (black / form / methanol = 95/5) to obtain 7.8 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.42 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 368 (M + H).
<実施例 33 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァ ミノ)フエ-ル)ァセタミド  <Example 33> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) acetamide
2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル) 酢酸 (10.7mg)をテトラヒドロフラン (lml)に溶解し、ジイソプロピルェチルァミン (6.35 μ 1) 、 0-(7-ァザべンゾトリアゾール -1-ィル) Ν,Ν,Ν' ,Ν,-テトラメチルゥ口-ゥムへキサフ ルォロフォスフェイト (13.7mg, Applied Biosystems社製)を加え室温で 10分攪拌した後 、 28%アンモニア水 (100 1)をカ卩え、さらに室温で 23.5時間攪拌した。反応混合物を シリカゲルカラム(クロ口ホルム/メタノール =95/5)に付し、標記化合物 2.2mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.34分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 353(M+H).  2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) Acetic acid (10.7 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (lml) and diisopropyl Tyramine (6.35 μ 1), 0- (7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl) Ν, Ν, Ν ', Ν, -Tetramethylol-umhexafluorophosphate (13.7mg, (Applied Biosystems) was added and stirred at room temperature for 10 minutes. Then, 28% aqueous ammonia (1001) was added, and the mixture was further stirred at room temperature for 23.5 hours. The reaction mixture was applied to a silica gel column (black mouth form / methanol = 95/5) to obtain 2.2 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.34 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 353 (M + H).
<実施例 34 >2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2-(5-プロピルチオフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジ ン -4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル <Example 34> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5-propylthiophen-2-yl) pyrimidin-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
(Z)- 2- (4- (5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (5- (プロぺ- 1--ル)チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン -4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (22mg)をテトラヒドロフラン (0.5ml)、メタノール (0.5 ml)ジクロロメタン (0.1ml)に溶解させ、 10%Pd- C(5mg、 MERCK社製)をカ卩えた後水素 雰囲気下で 2時間攪拌した。反応混合物をセライトでろ過、酢酸ェチル、クロ口ホルム 、メタノールで順次洗浄、濃縮し標記化合物 20.5mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPLC保持時間 1.96分(LC条件 4)、 m/z 424(M+H).  (Z) -2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5- (prop-1-yl) thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) acetic acid Ethyl (22 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 ml), methanol (0.5 ml) and dichloromethane (0.1 ml), and after 10% Pd-C (5 mg, manufactured by MERCK) was prepared, the mixture was stirred under a hydrogen atmosphere for 2 hours. . The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed successively with ethyl acetate, chloroform, and methanol, and concentrated to obtain 20.5 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 1.96 minutes (LC condition 4), m / z 424 (M + H).
<実施例 35 > 2- (4- (2- (5-アミノチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4 -ィルァミノ)フ -ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 35> 2- (4- (2- (5-aminothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) fur) ethyl) ethyl acetate
2-(4- (2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ) フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (30mg)、ベンゾフエノンイミン (22 レ東京化成社製)、 9,9,-ジメ チル- 4,5-ビス (ジフエ-ルホスフイノ)キサンテン(15.1mg、 STREM社製)、炭酸セシゥ ム (42.6mg、和光純薬社製)及び酢酸パラジウム (2.9mg、 Aldrich社製)を 1,4-ジォキサ ン (654 L)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下にて 90°Cで 16h攪拌した。反応混合物を室温ま で放冷し、セライトろ過後濃縮、得られた残渣をメタノール (654 L)に溶解し、酢酸ナ トリウム (21.5mg、和光純薬社製)及び塩酸ヒドロキシルァミン (13.6mg、和光純薬社製) を加え、室温で 3h攪拌した。反応混合物をセライトろ過後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカ ラムクロマトグラフィー (クロ口ホルム/メタノール =90/1)に付し、標記化合物 21.2mgを 得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.55分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 397(M+H). 2- (4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (30 mg), benzophenone imine (22 Tokyo) Kasei), 9,9, -dimethyl-4,5-bis (diphenylphosphino) xanthene (15.1 mg, manufactured by STREM), cesium carbonate (42.6 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) and palladium acetate ( 2.9 mg (manufactured by Aldrich) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (654 L) and stirred at 90 ° C. for 16 h under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, concentrated, and the resulting residue was dissolved in methanol (654 L). Sodium acetate (21.5 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and hydroxylamine hydrochloride (13.6 mg And manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite and concentrated. It was subjected to ram chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 90/1) to obtain 21.2 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.55 min (LC condition 1), m / z 397 (M + H).
<実施例 36 > 2- (4- (2- (5-ァセトアミドチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミ ジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル <Example 36> 2- (4- (2- (5-acetamidothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
実施例 35の化合物 (10mg)をジクロロメタン (500 L)に溶解し、トリェチルァミン (4.23 μ L、 TCI社製)を加えた後、無水酢酸 (2.87 L、和光純薬社製)を 0°Cで滴下し、室温 で 4h攪拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液を加え、ジクロロメタン で抽出、有機層を無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロ マトグラフィー (クロ口ホルム/メタノール =90/1)に付し、標記化合物 lO.Omgを得た。 L C-MS:HPLC保持時間 3.58分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 439(M+H).  The compound of Example 35 (10 mg) was dissolved in dichloromethane (500 L), triethylamine (4.23 μL, manufactured by TCI) was added, and acetic anhydride (2.87 L, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) was added at 0 ° C. The solution was added dropwise and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. To the reaction mixture was added saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, extracted with dichloromethane, the organic layer was dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated.The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 90/1), The title compound lO.Omg was obtained. L C-MS: HPLC retention time 3.58 min (LC condition 1), m / z 439 (M + H).
<実施例 37 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァ ミノ)フエ-ル)- 2-ォキソ酢酸ェチル  <Example 37> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) -2-ethyl acetate
2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル) -2-ヒドロキシ酢酸ェチル (20.0mg)を四塩化炭素/ジクロロメタン = l/l(2ml)の溶媒に 溶解し、 Chromic acid, polymer-supported (203.8mg, Aldrich社製, 35,982-3, 20-50 mesh,〜2.5mmol/g)を加え室温で 18時間攪拌した。反応溶液をろ過した後濃縮し、 得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラム(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =2/1)に付し、標記化合物 1 1.3mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 5.58分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 396(M+H).  2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenyl) -2-hydroxyacetate (20.0 mg) in carbon tetrachloride / dichloromethane = Dissolved in l / l (2ml) solvent, Chromic acid, polymer-supported (203.8mg, Aldrich, 35,982-3, 20-50 mesh, ~ 2.5mmol / g) was added and stirred at room temperature for 18 hours . The reaction solution was filtered and concentrated. The obtained residue was applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1) to give 1.3 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.58 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 396 (M + H).
<実施例 38 >(E)- 3- (5- (4- (4- (2-エトキシ- 2-ォキソェチル)フエニルァミノ)- 5-ェチ ル -6-メチルピリミジン- 2-ィル)チォフェン- 2-ィル)アクリル酸ェチル Example 38 (E) -3- (5- (4- (4- (2-Ethoxy-2-oxoethyl) phenylamino) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-2-yl) thiophene 2-yl) ethyl acrylate
実施例 29の化合物 (23mg)をジメチルホルムアミド (0.5ml)に溶解し、アクリル酸メチ ルエステル (6.7 1、東京化成社製)、酢酸パラジウム (lmg、和光純薬社製)、炭酸水 素ナトリウム (12.6mg、国産化学社製)、及びテトラプチルアンモ -ゥムクロリド (13.9mg、 東京化成社製)を加え、窒素雰囲気下 100°Cで 18時間攪拌した。反応混合物をセライ トでろ過、酢酸ェチルで洗浄した後に水を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出した。有機層を水 で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィ 一(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =2/1)に付し標記化合物 14.5mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPLC保 持時間 3.55分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 397(M+H). <実施例 39 >(E)- 2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5- (4-ヒドロキシブタ- 1-ェニル)チォフェン- 2- ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル The compound of Example 29 (23 mg) was dissolved in dimethylformamide (0.5 ml). 12.6 mg (manufactured by Kokusan Chemical Co., Ltd.) and tetraptylammonium chloride (13.9 mg, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 18 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with water, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1) to obtain 14.5 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.55 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 397 (M + H). Example 39 (E) -2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5- (4-hydroxybut-1-enyl) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino ) Fuel) Ethyl acetate
(E)- 2- (4- (2- (5- (4- (t-ブチルジメチルシロキシ)ブタ- 1-ェ -ル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (42.5mg)をテトラヒド 口フラン (0.5ml)に溶解し、テトラプチルアンモ -ゥムフルオリド (19.6mg、東京化成社製 )を加え室温で 2時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水、飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液を加え、 酢酸ェチルで抽出した。有機層を飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシ ゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =2/1〜1/1)に付し標記化合物 14.5mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.69分(LC 条件 1)、 m/z 453(M+H).  (E)-2- (4- (2- (5- (4- (t-Butyldimethylsiloxy) but-1-yl) thiophen-2-yl)-5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine- 4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (42.5 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.5 ml), tetraptylammonium fluoride (19.6 mg, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water and saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1 to 1/1) to give the title 14.5 mg of compound was obtained. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.69 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 453 (M + H).
<実施例 40 >2-(4- (2-(5-シクロプロピルチオフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルビ リミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 40> 2- (4- (2- (5-cyclopropylthiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl) -6-methylbilimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
実施例 29の化合物 (45.9mg)をトルエン (0.5ml)に溶解し、シクロプロピルボロン酸 (11 •2mg、アルドリッチ社製)、リン酸カリウム (74.3mg、アルドリッチ社製)、トリシクロへキシ ルホスフィン (2.8mg、アルドリッチ社製)、酢酸パラジウム (0.5mg、和光純薬社製)及び 水 (25 1)を加えた後に窒素雰囲気下 100°Cで 19時間攪拌した。反応混合物を室温ま で放冷しセライト濾過、酢酸ェチルで洗浄した後に水を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出した。 有機層を飽和塩ィ匕アンモ-ゥム水溶液で順次洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃 縮、得られた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =4/1)に付 し標記化合物 11.8mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 1.82分(LC条件 4)、 m/z 422(M +H).  The compound of Example 29 (45.9 mg) was dissolved in toluene (0.5 ml), and cyclopropylboronic acid (11 • 2 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), potassium phosphate (74.3 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), tricyclohexylphosphine (2.8 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), palladium acetate (0.5 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) and water (251) were added, followed by stirring at 100 ° C. for 19 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate, water was added, and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed successively with a saturated aqueous solution of ammonium chloride, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated, and the resulting residue was subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1). This gave 11.8 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 1.82 min (LC condition 4), m / z 422 (M + H).
<実施例 41 >2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5- (1-ヒドロキシェチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メ チルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 41> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5- (1-hydroxyethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) acetic acid Yetil
2-(4- (2-(5-ァセチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルアミ ノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (8. lmg)をメタノール (lml)に溶解し、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム (5 mg、和光純薬社製)を加え室温で 15分攪拌した。反応混合物に少量の水を加え溶媒 を留去し、酢酸ェチルを加えた後に 1規定塩酸水溶液をカ卩ぇ中和し酢酸ェチルで抽 出した。有機層を飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃 縮し標記化合物 10.6mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 0.52分(LC条件 4)、 m/z 426 (M+H). 2- (4- (2- (5-acetylethylthiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (8.lmg) in methanol (lml ), Sodium borohydride (5 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. A small amount of water was added to the reaction mixture, the solvent was distilled off, ethyl acetate was added, 1N aqueous hydrochloric acid solution was neutralized and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. Shrinking afforded 10.6 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 0.52 min (LC condition 4), m / z 426 (M + H).
<実施例 42 >2-(4- (2-(5-ジメチルァミノ)チォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルビ リミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 42> 2- (4- (2- (5-dimethylamino) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylbilimidine-4-ylamino) phenyl) ethyl acetate
2-(4- (2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ) フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (30mg)、(±)-2,2,-ビス (ジフエ-ルホスフイノ) -Ι, -ビナフタレ ン(20.8mg、 Aldrich社製)、リン酸三カリウム (12.2mg、和光純薬社製)、ジメチルァミン ( 261 μ L、 2.0Mテトラヒドロフラン溶液)及びトリス (ジベンジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム( 6.0mg、 Aldrich社製)をトルエン (654 L)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下にて 90°Cで 16h攪 拌した。反応混合物を室温まで冷却して、セライトろ過後濃縮し、得られた残渣をカラ ムクロマトグラフィー (クロ口ホルム/メタノール =90/1)に付し、標記化合物 lO.Omgを得 た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.79分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 425(M+H).  2- (4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-3-ethylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (30 mg), (±) -2,2, -Bis (diphenylphosphino) -Ι, -Binaphthalene (20.8mg, Aldrich), Tripotassium phosphate (12.2mg, Wako Pure Chemical Industries), Dimethylamine (261 μL, 2.0M tetrahydrofuran solution) and Tris (Dibenzylideneacetone) dipalladium (6.0 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) was dissolved in toluene (654 L), and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 16 hours in a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered through celite and concentrated, and the obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 90/1) to give the title compound lO.Omg. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.79 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 425 (M + H).
<実施例 43 > 2- (4- (2- (5-ェチル -2- (4- (2-メトキシェチルァミノ)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル <Example 43> 2- (4- (2- (5-Ethyl-2- (4- (2-methoxyethylamino) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol -L) Ethyl acetate
実施例 35の化合物 (41.5mg)、 1-ブロモ -2-メトキシェタン (19.8 L和光純薬社製)及 び 2, 6-ルチジン (36.6 レ TCI社製)を Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド (l.OmL)に溶解し、 80 °Cで 48h攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで冷却した後、水 (5mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチル で抽出、有機層を飽和食塩水で洗浄、無水硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し、得ら れた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー (クロ口ホルム/メタノール =90/1)に付し、標記化 合物 16.0mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 3.55分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 455(M+H). <実施例 44 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -6-メチル -2- (5-ビ-ルチオフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  The compound of Example 35 (41.5 mg), 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (19.8 L manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and 2,6-lutidine (36.6 manufactured by TCI) were mixed with Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide (l. OmL) and stirred at 80 ° C. for 48 h. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, water (5 mL) is added, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer is washed with saturated brine, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate and concentrated, and the resulting residue is subjected to column chromatography. (Chromium mouth form / methanol = 90/1) to give 16.0 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.55 min (LC condition 1), m / z 455 (M + H). <Example 44> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5-biphenyl) -Luthiophene-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
実施例 29の化合物 (91.8mg)を 1-プロパノール (2ml)に溶解し、カリウムビュルトリフ ルォロボラン (32.2mg、 LANCASTER社製)、(1,1,-ビス (ジフエ-ルホスフイノ)フエ口 セン)ジクロロパラジウム'ジクロロメタンコンプレックス (3.26mg、アルドリッチ社製)及び トリェチルァミン (27.9 1、和光純薬社製)を加え 105°Cで 4.5時間攪拌した。反応混合 物に水を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出、有機層を飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、硫 酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢 酸ェチル =5/1)に付し標記化合物 52.9mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 2.43分(L C条件 4)、 m/z 408(M+H). The compound of Example 29 (91.8 mg) was dissolved in 1-propanol (2 ml), and potassium butyl trifluoroborane (32.2 mg, manufactured by LANCASTER), (1,1, -bis (diphenylphosphino) phenolate) dichloro Palladium 'dichloromethane complex (3.26 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) and triethylamine (27.91, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 105 ° C for 4.5 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / vinegar). Acid ester = 5/1) gave 52.9 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 2.43 minutes (LC condition 4), m / z 408 (M + H).
<実施例 45 >2-(4-(5-ェチル - 2-(5-(2-ヒドロキシェチル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メ チルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  Example 45 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5- (2-hydroxyethyl) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) acetic acid Yetil
実施例 44の化合物 (23.4mg)をテトラヒドロフラン (0.4ml)に溶解し、氷冷下ボラン/テト ラヒドロフランコンプレックスのテトラヒドロフラン溶液 (66.2 1、関東ィ匕学社製)をカロえ 5 分間攪拌した後室温で 22時間攪拌した。反応混合物を- 15°Cに冷却し 30%過酸ィ匕 水素水 (39 1、純正化学薬品社製)を加え 30分攪拌した後に 2規定の水酸化ナトリウ ム水溶液 (92 1、和光純薬社製)をカ卩えそのまま 1時間攪拌した後に室温で更に 2時 間攪拌した。反応混合物に水を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、有機層を飽和塩化ナトリ ゥム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮、得られた残渣を分取用薄層 クロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =2/1)に付し標記化合物 5.7mgを得た。 LC -MS:HPLC保持時間 3.79分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 426(M+H).  The compound of Example 44 (23.4 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (0.4 ml), and a solution of borane / tetrahydrofuran complex in tetrahydrofuran (66.2 1, manufactured by Kanto Sugaku Co., Ltd.) was stirred and stirred for 5 minutes. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 22 hours. Cool the reaction mixture to -15 ° C, add 30% hydrogen peroxide solution (391, manufactured by Pure Chemicals), stir for 30 minutes, and then add 2N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (921, Wako Pure Chemical). The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and then further stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate). = 2/1) to give 5.7 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.79 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 426 (M + H).
<実施例 46 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5-ョードチォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン- 4 -ィルァミノ)フ -ル)酢酸ェチル  Example 46 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5-odothiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) fur) ethyl acetate
実施例 29の化合物 (45.9mg)を 1,4-ジォキサン (0.5ml)に溶解し、ヨウ化銅 (lmg、和 光純薬社製)、ヨウ化ナトリウム (30mg、和光純薬社製)及び (1S,2S)- (+)- Ν,Ν,-ジメチル シクロへキサン 1,2-ジァミン (1.42 1、東京化成社製)をカ卩え、 110°Cで 23時間攪拌し た。反応混合物を室温まで冷却した後に 25%アンモニア水溶液 (0.5ml、和光純薬社 製)を加え攪拌し、更に水を加えジクロロメタンで抽出した。有機層を飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウ ム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮し標記化合物 39.5mgを得た。 LC -MS:HPLC保持時間 5.76分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 508(M+H).  The compound of Example 29 (45.9 mg) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (0.5 ml), and copper iodide (1 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), sodium iodide (30 mg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and ( 1S, 2S)-(+)-Ν, Ν, -dimethylcyclohexane 1,2-diamin (1.421, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added and stirred at 110 ° C for 23 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, 25% aqueous ammonia solution (0.5 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added and stirred, water was further added, and the mixture was extracted with dichloromethane. The organic layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated to give 39.5 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.76 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 508 (M + H).
<実施例 47 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5- (3-メトキシ- 1-プロビュル)チォフェン- 2-ィル) - 6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 47> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5- (3-methoxy-1-propyl) thiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) Ethyl acetate
実施例 46の化合物 (22.9mg)をベンゼン (0.3ml)に溶解し、ジクロロビス (トリフエ-ル ホスフィン)パラジウム (3.2mg、アルドリッチ社製)、メチルプロパルギルエーテル (7.6 μ 1 、アルドリッチ社製)及びトリェチルァミン (0.1ml、和光純薬社製)をカ卩ぇ室温で 21時間 攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し得られた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトグラフィー (へキ サン/酢酸ェチル = 5/1)に付し標記化合物 7.9mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 5. 56分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 450(M+H). The compound of Example 46 (22.9 mg) was dissolved in benzene (0.3 ml), dichlorobis (triphenylphosphine) palladium (3.2 mg, manufactured by Aldrich), methylpropargyl ether (7.6 μ1, Aldrich) and triethylamine. (0.1 ml, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was stirred at room temperature for 21 hours. The residue obtained by concentrating the reaction mixture was subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (hex Sun / ethyl acetate = 5/1) gave 7.9 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.56 min (LC condition 1), m / z 450 (M + H).
<実施例 48 > 2- (4- (5-ェチル -2- (5- (3-メトキシプロピル)チォフェン)- 2-ィル) -6-メ チルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 48> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-2- (5- (3-methoxypropyl) thiophene) -2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) acetic acid Yetil
実施例 47の化合物 (7.9mg)をメタノール (0.5ml)に溶解し、水酸ィ匕パラジウム (2mg、 ェヌィーケムキャット社製、 Pdタイプ)を加え水素雰囲気下で 13時間攪拌した。反応混 合物をセライトでろ過し、酢酸ェチル、クロ口ホルムで洗浄した後濃縮し標記化合物 8. lmgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 4.47分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 454(M+H).  The compound of Example 47 (7.9 mg) was dissolved in methanol (0.5 ml), and sodium hydroxide palladium (2 mg, Pd type, manufactured by EN Chemcat) was added and stirred for 13 hours in a hydrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with ethyl acetate and chloroform, and concentrated to give 8. lmg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 4.47 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 454 (M + H).
<実施例 49 > 2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル - 2-(5-(3- (メチルァミノ)プロピル)チォフエ ン -2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル <Example 49> 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5- (3- (methylamino) propyl) thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) Ethyl acetate
2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル - 2-(5-(3-ォキソプロピル)チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4 -ィルァミノ)フ -ル)酢酸ェチル (15mg)をメタノール (1.5ml)に溶解し、水酸化パラジゥ ム (5mg、ェヌィーケムキャット社製、 Pdタイプ)及びベンジルメチルァミン (8.8 μ 1、東京 化成社製)を加え 3.4〜4気圧の水素雰囲気下、室温で 24時間攪拌した。反応混合物 をセライトでろ過し、メタノールで洗浄した後に濃縮し標記化合物を 20mg得た。 LC-M S:HPLC保持時間 3.73分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 453(M+H).  2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5- (3-oxopropyl) thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) fur) acetyl acetate (15 mg) in methanol (1.5 1 ml), add palladium hydroxide (5 mg, Pd type) and benzylmethylamine (8.8 μ1, Tokyo Kasei Co., Ltd.) under a hydrogen atmosphere of 3.4 to 4 atm. For 24 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite, washed with methanol and concentrated to give 20 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.73 min (LC condition 1), m / z 453 (M + H).
<実施例 28〜49にお 、て用いた中間体の製造法〉 <Method for producing intermediate used in Examples 28-49>
実施例 28〜49における中間体の製造法を表 2に示す。表 2中の記号の意味につ いては以下に示すとおりである。「Exp.」;実施例番号、「Ref.」対応する中間体の 製造方法。 Ref.欄における記号は以下のとおり中間体の製造方法を示す。「A」;参 考例 1に示した製造法、「B」;参考例 2に示した製造法、「C」;参考例 3に示した製造 法、「D」;参考例 4に示した製造法、「E」;参考例 5に示した製造法、「F」;参考例 6に 示した製造法、「G」;参考例 7に示した製造法、「H」;参考例 8に示した製造法、「I」; 参考例 9に示した製造法、 」;参考例 10に示した製造法、「K」;参考例 11に示した 製造法、「L」;参考例 12に示した製造法、「M」;参考例 13に示した製造法、「N」;参 考例 14に示した製造法、「0」;参考例 15に示した製造法、「P」;参考例 16に示した 製造法、「Q」;参考例 17に示した製造法、「R」;参考例 18に示した製造法、「S」;参 考例 19に示した製造法、「T」;参考例 20に示した製造法、「U」;参考例 21に示した 製造法、「V」;参考例 22に示した製造法、「W」;参考例 23に示した製造法、「X」;参 考例 24に示した製造法、「Y」;参考例 25に示した製造法、「a」;実施例 1に示した製 造法、「b」;実施例 28に示した製造法、「c」;実施例 29に示した製造法、「d」;実施例 30に示した製造法、「e」;実施例 31に示した製造法、「f」;実施例 32に示した製造法 、「g」;実施例 33に示した製造法、「h」;実施例 34に示した製造法、「i」;実施例 35に 示した製造法、「j」;実施例 36に示した製造法、「k」;実施例 37に示した製造法、「1」 ;実施例 38に示した製造法、「m」;実施例 39に示した製造法、「n」;実施例 40に示 した製造法、「o」;実施例 41に示した製造法、 」;実施例 42に示した製造法、「q」; 実施例 43に示した製造法、「r」;実施例 44に示した製造法、「s」;実施例 45に示した 製造法、「t」;実施例 46に示した製造法、「u」;実施例 47に示した製造法、「v」;実施 例 48に示した製造法、「w」;実施例 49に示した製造法。 The production methods of the intermediates in Examples 28 to 49 are shown in Table 2. The meanings of the symbols in Table 2 are as shown below. “Exp.”: Example number, “Ref.” Production method of the corresponding intermediate. The symbols in the Ref. Column indicate the production method of the intermediate as follows. “A”: the production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: the production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: the production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: shown in Reference Example 4 Production method, “E”; production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”; production method shown in Reference Example 6, “G”; production method shown in Reference Example 7, “H”; Production method shown, “I”; Production method shown in Reference Example 9, “; Production method shown in Reference Example 10,“ K ”; Production method shown in Reference Example 11,“ L ”; Reference Example 12 Production method shown, “M”: Production method shown in Reference Example 13, “N”: Production method shown in Reference Example 14, “0”; Production method shown in Reference Example 15, “P”; Reference Production method shown in Example 16, “Q”; Production method shown in Reference Example 17, “R”; Production method shown in Reference Example 18, “S”; Production method shown in Reference Example 19, “T” "; The production method shown in Reference Example 20," U "; shown in Reference Example 21 Production method, “V”; production method shown in Reference Example 22, “W”; production method shown in Reference Example 23, “X”; production method shown in Reference Example 24, “Y”; Reference Example 25 “A”; production method shown in Example 1, “b”; production method shown in Example 28, “c”; production method shown in Example 29, “d”; Production method shown in Example 30, “e”; Production method shown in Example 31, “f”; Production method shown in Example 32, “g”; Production method shown in Example 33, “h” "Production method shown in Example 34," i "; Production method shown in Example 35," j "; Production method shown in Example 36," k "; Production method shown in Example 37, “1”: production method shown in Example 38, “m”: production method shown in Example 39, “n”: production method shown in Example 40, “o”: production shown in Example 41 The production method shown in Example 42, “q”; The production method shown in Example 43, “r”; Production method shown in 44, “s”; production method shown in Example 45, “t”; production method shown in Example 46, “u”; production method shown in Example 47, “v”; The production method shown in Example 48, “w”; the production method shown in Example 49.
[表 2] [Table 2]
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000150_0002
Figure imgf000150_0001
Figure imgf000150_0002
<実施例 50〜267> <Examples 50 to 267>
実施例 50〜267の化合物の製造について以下に示す。実施例 50〜267の詳細に ついては表 3に示した。表 3中の記号の意味については以下に示すとおりである。「E xp.」;実施例番号、「Str.」;実施例化合物、「R. T.」;LCMSにおける液体クロマト グラフィ一の保持時間(分)、「LC」; LCMSにおける液体クロマトグラフィーの溶媒条 件、「MS」;LCMSにおけるマススペクトルデータ、「Ref.」対応する中間体の製造 方法、「Ex.」対応する実施例化合物の製造方法。 Ref.欄及び Ex.欄における記号 は以下のとおり製造方法を示す。「A」;参考例 1に示した製造法、「B」;参考例 2に示 した製造法、「C」;参考例 3に示した製造法、「D」;参考例 4に示した製造法、「E」; 参考例 5に示した製造法、「F」;参考例 6に示した製造法、「G」;参考例 7に示した製 造法、「H」;参考例 8に示した製造法、「I」;参考例 9に示した製造法、 」;参考例 10 に示した製造法、「K」;参考例 11に示した製造法、「L」;参考例 12に示した製造法、 「M」;参考例 13に示した製造法、「N」;参考例 14に示した製造法、「0」;参考例 15 に示した製造法、「P」;参考例 16に示した製造法、「Q」;参考例 17に示した製造法、 「R」;参考例 18に示した製造法、「S」;参考例 19に示した製造法、「T」;参考例 20に 示した製造法、「U」;参考例 21に示した製造法、「V」;参考例 22に示した製造法、「 W」;参考例 23に示した製造法、「X」;参考例 24に示した製造法、「Y」;参考例 25に 示した製造法、「a」;実施例 1に示した製造法、「b」;実施例 28に示した製造法、「c」; 実施例 29に示した製造法、「d」;実施例 30に示した製造法、「e」;実施例 31に示し た製造法、「f」;実施例 32に示した製造法、「g」;実施例 33に示した製造法、「h」;実 施例 34に示した製造法、「i」;実施例 35に示した製造法、「j」;実施例 36に示した製 造法、「k」;実施例 37に示した製造法、「1」;実施例 38に示した製造法、「m」;実施 例 39に示した製造法、「n」;実施例 40に示した製造法、「o」;実施例 41に示した製 造法、 」;実施例 42に示した製造法、「q」;実施例 43に示した製造法、「r」;実施例 44に示した製造法、「s」;実施例 45に示した製造法、「t」;実施例 46に示した製造法 、「u」;実施例 47に示した製造法、「v」;実施例 48に示した製造法、「w」;実施例 49 に示した製造法。 The production of the compounds of Examples 50 to 267 is shown below. Details of Examples 50 to 267 are shown in Table 3. The meanings of the symbols in Table 3 are as shown below. “E xp.”; Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”; Retention time of liquid chromatography in LCMS (minutes), “LC”; “MS”: LCMS mass spectral data, “Ref.” Corresponding intermediate production method, “Ex.” Corresponding example compound production method. The symbols in the Ref. Column and Ex. Column indicate the manufacturing method as follows. “A”: production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: production shown in Reference Example 4 “E”; production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”; production method shown in Reference Example 6, “G”; production method shown in Reference Example 7, “H”; Manufacturing method shown, “I”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 9, “; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 10,“ K ”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 11,“ L ”; Manufacturing method shown, “M”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 13, “N”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 14, “0”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 15, “P”; Reference Example Production method shown in 16, “Q”; production method shown in Reference Example 17, “R”; production method shown in Reference Example 18, “S”; production method shown in Reference Example 19, “T”; Production method shown in Reference Example 20, “U”; Production method shown in Reference Example 21, “V”; Production shown in Reference Example 22. “W”: production method shown in Reference Example 23, “X”: production method shown in Reference Example 24, “Y”: production method shown in Reference Example 25, “a”; shown in Example 1 Manufacturing method shown in Example 28, “c”; manufacturing method shown in Example 29, “d”; manufacturing method shown in Example 30, “e”; “F”; production method shown in Example 32, “g”; production method shown in Example 33, “h”; production method shown in Example 34, “i”; The production method shown in Example 35, “j”; the production method shown in Example 36, “k”; the production method shown in Example 37, “1”; the production method shown in Example 38, “ m ”: production method shown in Example 39,“ n ”: production method shown in Example 40,“ o ”: production method shown in Example 41,“; production method shown in Example 42, ” “Q”: production method shown in Example 43, “r”; production method shown in Example 44, “s”; “T”; the production method shown in Example 46, “u”; the production method shown in Example 47, “v”; the production method shown in Example 48, “w”; The manufacturing method shown in Example 49.
[表 3]
Figure imgf000152_0001
[Table 3]
Figure imgf000152_0001
Shi
丫 。。 丫. .
」 ' :。  '':
;。。  ;. .
, , :。。  ,,:. .
l- :。。 l-: .
, " "。。。H
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000154_0002
, "". . . H
Figure imgf000154_0001
Figure imgf000154_0002
u∞H u ∞H
Figure imgf000155_0001
!
Figure imgf000155_0001
。。„
Figure imgf000155_0002
. . „
Figure imgf000155_0002
Figure imgf000155_0003
Figure imgf000155_0003
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
Figure imgf000156_0001
Figure imgf000157_0001
Figure imgf000158_0001
" g i "g i
Figure imgf000158_0002
Figure imgf000158_0002
Figure imgf000159_0001
Figure imgf000159_0001
Cl.60C/900Zdf/X3d 19 V 6C9CZl/900Z OAV
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Cl.60C / 900Zdf / X3d 19 V 6C9CZl / 900Z OAV
Figure imgf000160_0001
Figure imgf000161_0001
Figure imgf000162_0001
Figure imgf000163_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000164_0001
Figure imgf000165_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000166_0001
Figure imgf000167_0001
Ρ
Figure imgf000167_0001
Ρ
' 。 '.
.
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000169_0001
Figure imgf000170_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
Figure imgf000171_0001
Figure imgf000172_0001
Figure imgf000173_0001
<参考例 26〉4-クロ口- 2-(4-エトキシチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5 -ェチル -6-メチルピリミ ジン <Reference Example 26> 4-Black mouth-2- (4-Ethoxythiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine
5-(4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 2-ィル)チォフェン- 3-オール (49.1 mg)を テトラヒドロフラン (2 mL)に溶解し、この溶液にエタノール (35 し)、 トリフエニルフォス フィン (159 mg)を添カ卩した。窒素雰囲気下 0°Cでジイソプロピノレアゾジカルボキシレー ト (120 /z L)を滴下後 0°Cで 5分攪拌し、さらに室温で終夜攪拌した。 反応混合液に蒸 留水 (1 mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、有機層を無水硫酸マグ ネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、表記化合物 43.5 mgを得た。 5- (4-Chloro-5-ethyl-3-ethylpyrimidin-2-yl) thiophen-3-ol (49.1 mg) was dissolved in tetrahydrofuran (2 mL), and ethanol (35) was added to this solution. Triphenylphosphine (159 mg) was added. Diisopropylpropenoreazodicarboxylate (120 / z L) was added dropwise at 0 ° C under a nitrogen atmosphere, and the mixture was stirred at 0 ° C for 5 minutes and further stirred at room temperature overnight. Distilled water (1 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, and the organic layer was washed with anhydrous magnesium sulfate. After drying with Nesmu and concentrating, 43.5 mg of the title compound was obtained.
<参考例 27 >4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -2-(5-クロロメチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルビ リミジン  <Reference Example 27> 4-Black mouth-5-ethyl-2- (5-chloromethylthiophen-2-yl) -6-methylbilimidine
参考例 22の化合物(61mg)をォキシ塩化リン (4mL)に溶解し、窒素雰囲気下にて 10 0°Cで 2.5時間攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し得られた残渣に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウ ム水溶液 (5mL)、水 (25mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マ グネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 62mgを得た。  The compound of Reference Example 22 (61 mg) was dissolved in phosphorus oxychloride (4 mL) and stirred at 100 ° C. for 2.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Concentrate the reaction mixture, add saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (5 mL) and water (25 mL) to the residue, extract with ethyl acetate, wash with saturated brine, dry over magnesium sulfate, and concentrate to give 62 mg of the title compound. Got.
<参考例 28 >4-クロ口- 5-ェチル -2-(5-ジメチルアミノメチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -6- メチルピリミジン  <Reference Example 28> 4-Chlomouth-5-ethyl-2- (5-dimethylaminomethylthiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidine
参考例 27の化合物(32mg)をテトラヒドロフラン/ Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド = 1/1(6 mL)に溶解し、トリェチルァミン (76 /z g,和光純薬社製)、炭酸カリウム (75mg,和光純 薬社製)、ジメチルァミンのテトラヒドロフラン溶液 (2.0M、 2.19mL、 Aldrich社製)をカロえ 、 50°Cで 61時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水 (25mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和 食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣を分取用薄層ク 口マトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール =20/1)に付し、標記化合物 9mgを得た。 <参考例 29 >2-(3-フルオロフヱ-ル)酢酸メチル  Dissolve the compound of Reference Example 27 (32 mg) in tetrahydrofuran / Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide = 1/1 (6 mL), triethylamine (76 / zg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries), potassium carbonate (75 mg, Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) And a solution of dimethylamine in tetrahydrofuran (2.0 M, 2.19 mL, manufactured by Aldrich) and stirred at 50 ° C. for 61 hours. Water (25 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 20/1) to obtain 9 mg of the title compound. <Reference Example 29> Methyl 2- (3-fluorophenyl) acetate
2- (3-フルオロフヱ-ル)酢酸 (5.53g,東京化成社製)をメタノール (11ml)に溶解し、濃 塩酸(1.1ml)を加えた後 80°Cで 1時間攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮した後シリカゲル カラム (へキサン/酢酸ェチル =9/1〜4/1)に付し、標記化合物 5.61gを得た。  2- (3-Fluorophenyl) acetic acid (5.53 g, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in methanol (11 ml), concentrated hydrochloric acid (1.1 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 9/1 to 4/1) to obtain 5.61 g of the title compound.
<参考例 30 > 2- (3-フルォロ- 4--トロフエ-ル)酢酸メチル <Reference Example 30> Methyl 2- (3-fluoro-4-trifluoro) acetate
2- (3-フルオロフヱ-ル)酢酸メチル (10.76g)を濃硫酸 (16.5ml)に溶解し、 0°Cに冷却し た後濃硝酸(2.99ml)を加え 4時間攪拌した。反応混合物を氷水に注いだ後酢酸ェチ ルで抽出した。得られた有機層を飽和塩ィ匕ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し硫酸ナトリウム で乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣をシリカゲルカラム (へキサン/酢酸ェチル =93/7 〜79/21)に付し、標記化合物 1.18gを得た。  Methyl 2- (3-fluorophenyl) acetate (10.76 g) was dissolved in concentrated sulfuric acid (16.5 ml), cooled to 0 ° C., concentrated nitric acid (2.99 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and extracted with ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed with a saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution, dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 93/7 to 79/21) to obtain 1.18 g of the title compound.
<参考例 31 >2-(4-ァミノ- 3-フルオロフヱ-ル)酢酸メチル <Reference Example 31> Methyl 2- (4-amino-3-fluorophenyl) acetate
2- (3-フルォロ- 4--トロフエ-ル)酢酸メチル (532.1g)と塩化ニッケル (37.0mg)をメタノ ール (26.6ml)に溶解し、 0°Cに冷却した後水素化ホウ素ナトリウム(354.2mg)を 3回に 分けて加えた後 1時間攪拌した。反応混合物に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液をカロ え反応を停止した後酢酸ェチルで抽出した。得られた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトダラ フィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール =99/1 X 2)に付し、標記化合物 312.0mgを得た。 <参考例 32 >4-(2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4- ィルァミノ)- N- (2-メトキシプロパン- 2-ィルォキシ)ベンズアミド 2- (3-Fluoro-4-trifluoro) acetic acid methyl (532.1 g) and nickel chloride (37.0 mg) were dissolved in methanol (26.6 ml), cooled to 0 ° C, and then sodium borohydride (354.2mg) 3 times After adding in portions, the mixture was stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was saturated with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate, and the reaction was stopped, followed by extraction with ethyl acetate. The obtained residue was subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 99/1 X 2) to obtain 312.0 mg of the title compound. <Reference Example 32> 4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) -N- (2-methoxypropane-2-yloxy) benzamide
公知の文献(Tetrahedron 1988, 44, 6013-6020.)に記載の方法により取得した(1- メトキシ -1-メチルェチル)ォキシァミンを Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド(2mL)に溶解し、 室温にて 4-(2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァ ミノ)安息香酸 (50mg)、トリェチルァミン (22 g,和光純薬社製)、塩酸 1-ェチル -3- (3- ジメチルァミノプロピル)カルボジイミド (30mg,同仁化学社製)、 1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリ ァゾール (21mg,ナカライテスタ社製)を順次加え 24時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水 (50mL)を加え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後 濃縮した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール = 19/1) に付し、標記化合物 40mgを得た。  (1-Methoxy-1-methylethyl) oxyamine obtained by a method described in known literature (Tetrahedron 1988, 44, 6013-6020.) Was dissolved in Ν, Ν-dimethylformamide (2 mL), and 4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) benzoic acid (50 mg), triethylamine (22 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries), 1-ethyl chloride -3- (3-Dimethylaminopropyl) carbodiimide (30 mg, manufactured by Dojindo) and 1-hydroxybenzotriazole (21 mg, manufactured by Nacalai Testa) were sequentially added and stirred for 24 hours. Water (50 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 19/1) to obtain 40 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 33 >2-(3-メチル - 4-ニトロフ -ル)酢酸 <Reference Example 33> 2- (3-Methyl-4-nitrofuryl) acetic acid
公知の文献 (J. Org. Chem. 1995,60, 6389-6396)記載の方法に従って合成した 2-(3 -メチル- 4--トロフエ-ル)ァセトニトリル (232.4mg)を濃硫酸 (5ml)に溶解し、水(5ml)を 加えた後 115°Cで 1時間 30分攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した後氷水に注 ぎクロ口ホルムで 3回抽出した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥した後濃縮し、標記化 合物 226.6mgを得た。 2- (3-Methyl-4--trifluoro) acetonitrile (232.4 mg) synthesized according to the method described in known literature (J. Org. Chem. 1995, 60, 6389-6396) was added to concentrated sulfuric acid (5 ml). After dissolution, water (5 ml) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 115 ° C for 1 hour 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, poured into ice water, and extracted three times with black mouth form. The organic layer was dried over sodium sulfate and then concentrated to obtain 226.6 mg of the title compound.
<参考例 34 > 4-ブロモ -5-メチルチオフェン- 2-カルボキシアルデヒド  <Reference Example 34> 4-Bromo-5-methylthiophene-2-carboxaldehyde
5-メチルチオフヱン -2-カルボキシアルデヒド (1.01g、東京化成社製)を酢酸 (6ml)に溶 解し、臭素 (512 1)を酢酸 (6ml)に溶力した溶液を遮光下でゆっくりと滴下した。反応 混合物を室温で 18時間攪拌した後に飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (100ml)にゆつく りと移し入れ、ジェチルエーテル (50ml)で抽出、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、水 で順次洗浄した後に硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した。有機層を濃縮し得られた残渣を カラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =20/1)に付し標記化合物 775mgを <参考例 35 > 2-メトキシ-ァセト酢酸ェチル 5-Methylthiophene-2-carboxaldehyde (1.01 g, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was dissolved in acetic acid (6 ml), and a solution of bromine (512 1) dissolved in acetic acid (6 ml) was slowly added dropwise in the dark. . The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, then slowly transferred to a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (100 ml), extracted with jetyl ether (50 ml), washed sequentially with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution and water, and then with magnesium sulfate. Dried. The residue obtained by concentrating the organic layer was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 20/1) to give 775 mg of the title compound. <Reference Example 35> 2-Methoxy-acetoethyl acetate
ョードソベンゼン (2.20g,東京化成社製)のメタノール (40mL)懸濁液に室温にて三フ ッ化ホウ素ジェチルエーテル錯体 (1.27mL,東京化成社製)、ァセト酢酸ェチル (1.28 mL,東京化成社製)を順次加え窒素雰囲気下にて 6.5時間攪拌した。反応混合物を 濃縮し、飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液 (20mL)を加え、ジクロロメタンで抽出、硫酸マ グネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢 酸ェチル =5/1)に付し、標記化合物 1.27gを得た。  Boron trifluoride jetyl ether complex (1.27 mL, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.), acetoacetate acetate (1.28 mL, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) in a methanol (40 mL) suspension of podosobenzene (2.20 g, Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) And the mixture was stirred for 6.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated, saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (20 mL) was added, extracted with dichloromethane, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 5/1) to obtain 1.27 g of the title compound.
<参考例 36 >2-(4- (tert-ブトキシカルボ-ル)- 2-ニトロフエ-ル)酢酸メチル 公知のメチルエステル化方法に従って合成した 2-(4-ブロモ -2--トロフエ-ル)酢酸メ チル (1.1662g)を 1,4-ジォキサン (40ml)に溶解し、炭酸セシウム (1.9398g)、トリス(ベン ジリデンアセトン)ジパラジウム (0)(393.7mg)、キサントフォス (991.4mg,市販品)、ターシ ャリーブチルカーバメイト (506.7mg)をカ卩えた。窒素雰囲気下 100°Cで 17.5時間攪拌し た。塩化メチレンを大過剰加えた後ろ過し、反応混合物を濃縮した後シリカゲルカラ ム(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =4/1〜2/1)に付し、標記化合物 1.0659gを得た。  <Reference Example 36> Methyl 2- (4- (tert-butoxycarbol) -2-nitrophenyl) acetate 2- (4-Bromo-2--trophenyl) synthesized according to a known methyl esterification method Methyl acetate (1.1662 g) is dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (40 ml), cesium carbonate (1.9398 g), tris (benzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0) (393.7 mg), xantphos (991.4 mg, commercially available) Product) and tertiary butyl carbamate (506.7mg). The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C for 17.5 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. Methylene chloride was added in large excess, followed by filtration. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then subjected to silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1 to 2/1) to obtain 1.0659 g of the title compound.
<参考例 37 > 2- (4-ァミノ- 2-二トロフエ-ル)酢酸メチル <Reference Example 37> Methyl 2- (4-amino-2-nitrophenol) acetate
2-(4-(tert-ブトキシカルボ-ル)- 2-ニトロフエ-ル)酢酸メチル (202.6g)を 4規定塩酸酢 酸ェチル溶液 (4.72ml)に溶解し、室温で 3時間攪拌した。反応混合物にジェチルェ 一テルを加え析出した固体を濾別しジェチルエーテルで洗浄した。得られた残渣を 減圧下乾燥し標記化合物 118.9mgを得た。  Methyl 2- (4- (tert-butoxycarbol) -2-nitrophenyl) acetate (202.6 g) was dissolved in 4N ethyl acetate solution (4.72 ml) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. Jetyl ether was added to the reaction mixture, and the precipitated solid was separated by filtration and washed with jetyl ether. The obtained residue was dried under reduced pressure to obtain 118.9 mg of the title compound.
く参考例 38 > 2- (2-メトキシ- 4--トロフエ-ル)ァセトニトリル Reference Example 38> 2- (2-Methoxy-4-trophenyl) acetonitrile
1-ブロモ -2-メトキシ- 4--トロベンゼン(3.99g、和光純薬社製)にトリス(ベンジリデン アセトン)ジパラジウム (0X207.3 mg)、キサントフォス (259.0mg,市販品)カ卩え、窒素雰囲 気下トリメチルシリルァセトニトリル (2.9523 g、アルドリッチ社製)を DMF(25ml)に溶解し た溶液を加えた。しばらく室温で攪拌した後フッ化亜鉛(1.3231g、アルドリッチ社製) を加え窒素雰囲気下 90°Cで 8時間攪拌した。混合物を濃縮した後シリカゲルカラム( へキサン/酢酸ェチル =4/1〜2/1)に付し、標記化合物 1.0346gを得た 1-bromo-2-methoxy-4-trobenzene (3.99 g, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.), tris (benzylideneacetone) dipalladium (0X207.3 mg), xanthophos (259.0 mg, commercially available), In a nitrogen atmosphere, a solution of trimethylsilylacetonitrile (2.9523 g, Aldrich) dissolved in DMF (25 ml) was added. After stirring at room temperature for a while, zinc fluoride (1.3231 g, manufactured by Aldrich) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 90 ° C. for 8 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated and then applied to a silica gel column (hexane / ethyl acetate = 4/1 to 2/1) to obtain 1.0346 g of the title compound.
<参考例 39 >ェチル 2- (メチルチオ)チアゾール -5-カルボイミデート <Reference Example 39> Ethyl 2- (methylthio) thiazole-5-carboimidate
2-ブロモチアゾール -5-カルボ-トリル (300mg)をエタノール (lOmL)に溶解し、室温 にてナトリウムチオメトキシド (334mg, Aldrich社製)をカ卩ぇ 4時間攪拌した。反応混合物 を濃縮し、水 (50mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシ ゥムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチ ル = 1/1)に付し、標記化合物 23 lmgを得た。 Dissolve 2-bromothiazole-5-carbo-tolyl (300 mg) in ethanol (10 mL) at room temperature Sodium thiomethoxide (334 mg, manufactured by Aldrich) was stirred for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, water (50 mL) was added, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/1) to obtain 23 lmg of the title compound.
<参考例 40 > 5- (ブロモメチル) -2-(5-クロロチォフェン- 2-ィル) -6-メチルピリミジン- 4(3H)-オン  <Reference Example 40> 5- (Bromomethyl) -2- (5-chlorothiophen-2-yl) -6-methylpyrimidin-4 (3H) -one
2- (5-クロロチォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5,6-ジメチルピリミジン- 4(3H)-オン (499.5mg)に N-ブ ロモコハク酸イミド (444.4mg)と 2- 2,-ァゾビス(イソブチ口-トリル)(34.0mg)を力卩ぇ四 塩ィ匕炭素 (10ml)に溶解し、 100°Cに加熱し 2時間攪拌した。反応混合物を熱いうちに 濾過した後クロ口ホルムで洗浄した。得られた残渣を減圧下乾燥し、標記化合物 468. 4mgを得た。  2- (5-Chlorothiophene-2-yl) -5,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4 (3H) -one (499.5 mg) and N-bromosuccinimide (444.4 mg) and 2-2, -azobis (Isobutiguchi-tolyl) (34.0 mg) was dissolved in vigorous tetra-carbon carbon (10 ml), heated to 100 ° C. and stirred for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered while hot and then washed with chloroform. The obtained residue was dried under reduced pressure to obtain 468.4 mg of the title compound.
<実施例 268 >4-(2-(5-ブロモチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4- ィルァミノ)— N—ヒドロキシベンズアミド  <Example 268> 4- (2- (5-Bromothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) -N-hydroxybenzamide
参考例 32の化合物(40mg)をメタノール (2mL)に溶解し、 2規定塩酸 (79 L、和光 純薬社製)を加え、室温にて 1時間攪拌した。反応混合物を濃縮し得られた残渣をジ ェチルエーテル メタノール混合溶媒で洗浄し、標記化合物 22mgを得た。 LC- MS:H PLC保持時間 4.00分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 433(M+H).  The compound of Reference Example 32 (40 mg) was dissolved in methanol (2 mL), 2N hydrochloric acid (79 L, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The residue obtained by concentrating the reaction mixture was washed with a mixed solvent of diethyl ether and methanol to obtain 22 mg of the title compound. LC- MS: H PLC retention time 4.00 min (LC condition 1), m / z 433 (M + H).
<実施例 269 >2- (4- (2- (5-クロ口- 4-メチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -5,6-ジェチルピリミ ジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  <Example 269> 2- (4- (2- (5-Chromium-4-methylthiophen-2-yl) -5,6-jetylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
2-(4- (2-(5-ブロモ -4-メチルチオフェン- 2-ィル)- 5,6-ジェチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァ ミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (5 lmg)を Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド (2mL)に溶解し、塩化銅 ( I) (2 lmg,和光純薬社製)を加え、窒素雰囲気下にて 110°Cで 71時間攪拌した。反応 混合物に 28%アンモニア水溶液 (lmL)、水 (25mL)をカ卩え、酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食 塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトダラ フィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル = 3/1)に付し、標記化合物 32mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPL C保持時間 6.94分(LC条件 2)、 m/z 444(M+H).  2- (4- (2- (5-Bromo-4-methylthiophen-2-yl) -5,6-jetylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (5 lmg) It was dissolved in Ν-dimethylformamide (2 mL), copper (I) chloride (2 lmg, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at 110 ° C. for 71 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. To the reaction mixture was added 28% aqueous ammonia solution (lmL) and water (25mL), extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The resulting residue was subjected to column chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 3/1) to obtain 32 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPL C retention time 6.94 minutes (LC condition 2), m / z 444 (M + H).
<実施例 270 > 2- (4- (2- (5-クロロチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ) -2-ヒドロキシフエ-ル)酢酸メチル 2- (4- (2- (5-クロロチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)- 2- メトキシフエ-ル)酢酸メチル (9.0mg)にピリジン塩酸塩(191.5mg)をカ卩ぇ 200°Cで 5分間 攪拌した。反応混合物を室温まで放冷した後、水を加え酢酸ェチルで抽出後濃縮し 、得られた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトグラフィー(クロ口ホルム/メタノール =90/10)に 付し、標記化合物 4.0mgを得た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 5.01分 (LC条件 1)、 m/z 41 8(M+H). <Example 270> Methyl 2- (4- (2- (5-chlorothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) -2-hydroxyphenyl) acetate 2- (4- (2- (5-Chlorothiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) -2-methoxyphenyl) acetic acid methyl (9.0 mg) in pyridine hydrochloride Salt (191.5 mg) was stirred at 200 ° C for 5 minutes. The reaction mixture is allowed to cool to room temperature, water is added, and the mixture is extracted with ethyl acetate and concentrated. The resulting residue is subjected to preparative thin-layer chromatography (black mouth form / methanol = 90/10) to give the title compound. 4.0 mg was obtained. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.01 min (LC condition 1), m / z 41 8 (M + H).
<実施例 271 >2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2-(5- (メチルスルホ -ル)チォフェン- 2-ィ ル)ピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル  Example 271 2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5- (methylsulfol) thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate
2-(4-(5-ェチル -6-メチル -2-(5- (メチルチオ)チォフェン- 2-ィル)ピリミジン- 4-ィル ァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (75mg)をジクロロメタン (5mL)に溶解し、 3-クロ口過安息香 酸(66mg、東京化成社製)を加え、室温にて 40分間攪拌した。反応混合物に 5%亜硫 酸ナトリウム水溶液 (5mL)、水 (lOmL)をカ卩え、ジクロロメタンで抽出、飽和炭酸水素ナト リウム水溶液で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮した。得られた残渣を分取用 薄層クロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル = 1/2)に付し、標記化合物 49mgを得 た。 LC- MS:HPLC保持時間 5.01分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 460(M+H).  2- (4- (5-Ethyl-6-methyl-2- (5- (methylthio) thiophen-2-yl) pyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate (75 mg) in dichloromethane (5 mL 3-Chloroperbenzoic acid (66 mg, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 40 minutes. To the reaction mixture was added 5% aqueous sodium sulfite solution (5 mL) and water (10 mL), extracted with dichloromethane, washed with saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 1/2) to obtain 49 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.01 min (LC condition 1), m / z 460 (M + H).
<実施例 272 > 2- (4- (2- (5- (ジメチルァミノ)- 4-メチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸メチル <Example 272> 2- (4- (2- (5- (dimethylamino) -4-methylthiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) methyl acetate
2-(4-(2-(5-ァミノ- 4-メチルチオフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィ ルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (16mg)をメタノール (2mL)に溶解し、 60°Cにて 37%ホル ムアルデヒド液(48 レ和光純薬社製)、シァノ水素化ホウ素ナトリウム (19mg、東京 化成社製)を加え、そのまま 12時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水 (15mL)、 飽和炭酸水 素ナトリウム水溶液 (5mL)、を加え、クロ口ホルムで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マ グネシゥムで乾燥後濃縮し、標記化合物 10mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPLC保持時間 3.81 分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 425(M+H).  2- (4- (2- (5-amino-4-methylthiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl) -6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenyl) ethyl acetate (16 mg) 2 mL), 37% formaldehyde solution (48 manufactured by Wako Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) and sodium cyanoborohydride (19 mg, manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added at 60 ° C, and the mixture was stirred as it was for 12 hours. Water (15 mL) and saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (5 mL) were added to the reaction mixture, extracted with black mouth form, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and concentrated to give 10 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 3.81 minutes (LC condition 1), m / z 425 (M + H).
く実施例 268〜272>において用いた中間体の製造法〉 <Methods for producing intermediates used in Examples 268 to 272>
実施例 268〜272において用いた中間体の製造法を表 4に示す。表 4中の記号の 意味については以下に示すとおりである。「Exp.」;実施例番号、「Ref.」対応する 中間体の製造方法。 Ref.欄における記号は以下のとおり中間体の製造方法を示す 。「A」;参考例 1に示した製造法、「B」;参考例 2に示した製造法、「C」;参考例 3に示 した製造法、「D」;参考例 4に示した製造法、「E」;参考例 5に示した製造法、「F」;参 考例 6に示した製造法、「G」;参考例 7に示した製造法、「H」;参考例 8に示した製造 法、「I」;参考例 9に示した製造法、 」;参考例 10に示した製造法、「K」;参考例 11 に示した製造法、「L」;参考例 12に示した製造法、「M」;参考例 13に示した製造法 、「N」;参考例 14に示した製造法、「0」;参考例 15に示した製造法、「P」;参考例 16 に示した製造法、「Q」;参考例 17に示した製造法、「R」;参考例 18に示した製造法、 「S」;参考例 19に示した製造法、「T」;参考例 20に示した製造法、「U」;参考例 21 に示した製造法、「V」;参考例 22に示した製造法、「W」;参考例 23に示した製造法 、「X」;参考例 24に示した製造法、「Y」;参考例 25に示した製造法、「Ζ」;参考例 26 に示した製造法、「ΑΑ」;参考例 27に示した製造法、「ΑΒ」;参考例 28に示した製造 法、「AC」;参考例 29に示した製造法、「AD」;参考例 30に示した製造法、「AE」;参 考例 31に示した製造法、「AF」;参考例 32に示した製造法、「AG」;参考例 33に示 した製造法、「AH」;参考例 34に示した製造法、「AI」;参考例 35に示した製造法、「 AJ」;参考例 36に示した製造法、「AK」;参考例 37に示した製造法、「AL」;参考例 3 8に示した製造法、「AM」;参考例 39に示した製造法、「AN」;参考例 40に示した製 造法、「a」;実施例 1に示した製造法、「b」;実施例 28に示した製造法、「c」;実施例 2 9に示した製造法、「d」;実施例 30に示した製造法、「e」;実施例 31に示した製造法 、「f」;実施例 32に示した製造法、「g」;実施例 33に示した製造法、「h」;実施例 34 に示した製造法、「i」;実施例 35に示した製造法、「j」;実施例 36に示した製造法、「 k」;実施例 37に示した製造法、「1」;実施例 38に示した製造法、「m」;実施例 39〖こ 示した製造法、「n」;実施例 40に示した製造法、「o」;実施例 41に示した製造法、「p 」;実施例 42に示した製造法、「q」;実施例 43に示した製造法、「r」;実施例 44に示 した製造法、「s」;実施例 45に示した製造法、「t」;実施例 46に示した製造法、「u」; 実施例 47に示した製造法、「v」;実施例 48に示した製造法、「w」;実施例 49に示し た製造法、「x」;実施例 268に示した製造法、「y」;実施例 269に示した製造法、「 ;実施例 270に示した製造法、「aa」;実施例 271に示した製造法、「ab」;実施例 272 に示した製造法。 [表 4] The production methods of the intermediates used in Examples 268 to 272 are shown in Table 4. The meanings of the symbols in Table 4 are as shown below. “Exp.”: Example number, “Ref.” A corresponding intermediate production method. Symbols in the Ref. Column indicate the production method of the intermediate as follows . “A”: Production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: Production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: Production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: Production shown in Reference Example 4 Method “E”: Production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”; Production method shown in Reference Example 6, “G”; Production method shown in Reference Example 7, “H”; Reference Example 8 Production method shown, “I”; production method shown in Reference Example 9, “; production method shown in Reference Example 10,“ K ”; production method shown in Reference Example 11,“ L ”; Production method shown, “M”; production method shown in Reference Example 13, “N”; production method shown in Reference Example 14, “0”; production method shown in Reference Example 15, “P”; Reference Example Production method shown in 16, “Q”; production method shown in Reference Example 17, “R”; production method shown in Reference Example 18, “S”; production method shown in Reference Example 19, “T”; Production method shown in Reference Example 20, “U”; Production method shown in Reference Example 21, “V”; Production shown in Reference Example 22. Method, “W”: production method shown in Reference Example 23, “X”: production method shown in Reference Example 24, “Y”: production method shown in Reference Example 25, “Ζ”; shown in Reference Example 26 Production method shown in Reference Example 27, “ΑΒ”; production method shown in Reference Example 28, “AC”; production method shown in Reference Example 29, “AD”; Reference Example 30 “AE”; production method shown in Reference Example 31, “AF”; production method shown in Reference Example 32, “AG”; production method shown in Reference Example 33, “AH”; Production method shown in Reference Example 34, “AI”; Production method shown in Reference Example 35, “AJ”; Production method shown in Reference Example 36, “AK”; Production method shown in Reference Example 37, “AL” ”; Production method shown in Reference Example 3 8,“ AM ”; Production method shown in Reference Example 39,“ AN ”; Production method shown in Reference Example 40,“ a ”; Production shown in Example 1 “B”: the production method shown in Example 28, “c”: the production method shown in Example 29 “D”: production method shown in Example 30, “e”: production method shown in Example 31, “f”; production method shown in Example 32, “g”; production shown in Example 33 "H"; the production method shown in Example 34, "i"; the production method shown in Example 35, "j"; the production method shown in Example 36, "k"; shown in Example 37 Manufacturing method shown in Example 38, “m”; manufacturing method shown in Example 39, “n”; manufacturing method shown in Example 40, “o”; Example Production method shown in 41, “p”; Production method shown in Example 42, “q”; Production method shown in Example 43, “ r ”; Production method shown in Example 44, “s”; Manufacturing method shown in Example 45, “t”; manufacturing method shown in Example 46, “u”; manufacturing method shown in Example 47, “v”; manufacturing method shown in Example 48, “w” "Production method shown in Example 49," x "; Production method shown in Example 268," y "; Example 269, the production method shown in Example 270, "aa"; the production method shown in Example 271, "ab"; the production method shown in Example 272. [Table 4]
Figure imgf000180_0001
く実施例 273〜389 >
Figure imgf000180_0001
Example 273-389>
実施例 273〜389の化合物の製造について以下に示す。実施例 273〜389の詳細 については表 5に示した。表 5中の記号の意味については以下に示すとおりである。 「Exp.」;実施例番号、「Str.」;実施例化合物、「R. T.」; LCMSにおける液体クロ マトグラフィ一の保持時間(分)、「LC」; LCMSにおける液体クロマトグラフィーの溶 媒条件、「MS」;LCMSにおけるマススペクトルデータ、「Ref.」対応する中間体の 製造方法、 ΓΕχ.」対応する実施例化合物の製造方法。 Ref.欄及び Ex.欄における 記号は以下のとおり製造方法を示す。「A」;参考例 1に示した製造法、「B」;参考例 2 に示した製造法、「C」;参考例 3に示した製造法、「D」;参考例 4に示した製造法、「E 」;参考例 5に示した製造法、「F」;参考例 6に示した製造法、「G」;参考例 7に示した 製造法、「H」;参考例 8に示した製造法、「I」;参考例 9に示した製造法、 」;参考例 10に示した製造法、「K」;参考例 11に示した製造法、「L」;参考例 12に示した製造 法、「M」;参考例 13に示した製造法、「N」;参考例 14に示した製造法、「0」;参考例 15に示した製造法、「P」;参考例 16に示した製造法、「Q」;参考例 17に示した製造 法、「R」;参考例 18に示した製造法、「S」;参考例 19に示した製造法、「T」;参考例 20に示した製造法、「U」;参考例 21に示した製造法、「V」;参考例 22に示した製造 法、「W」;参考例 23に示した製造法、「X」;参考例 24に示した製造法、「Y」;参考例 25に示した製造法、「Ζ」;参考例 26に示した製造法、「ΑΑ」;参考例 27に示した製 造法、「ΑΒ」;参考例 28に示した製造法、「AC」;参考例 29に示した製造法、「AD」; 参考例 30に示した製造法、「AE」;参考例 31に示した製造法、「AF」;参考例 32に 示した製造法、「AG」;参考例 33に示した製造法、「AH」;参考例 34に示した製造 法、「AI」;参考例 35に示した製造法、「 」;参考例 36に示した製造法、「AK」;参 考例 37に示した製造法、「AL」;参考例 38に示した製造法、「AM」;参考例 39に示 した製造法、「AN」;参考例 40に示した製造法、「a」;実施例 1に示した製造法、「b」 ;実施例 28に示した製造法、「c」;実施例 29に示した製造法、「d」;実施例 30に示し た製造法、「e」;実施例 31に示した製造法、「f」;実施例 32に示した製造法、「g」;実 施例 33に示した製造法、「h」;実施例 34に示した製造法、「i」;実施例 35に示した製 造法、「j」;実施例 36に示した製造法、「k」;実施例 37に示した製造法、「1」;実施例 38に示した製造法、「m」;実施例 39に示した製造法、「n」;実施例 40に示した製造 法、「o」;実施例 41に示した製造法、 」;実施例 42に示した製造法、「q」;実施例 4 3に示した製造法、「r」;実施例 44に示した製造法、「s」;実施例 45に示した製造法、 「t」;実施例 46に示した製造法、「u」;実施例 47に示した製造法、「v」;実施例 48〖こ 示した製造法、「w」;実施例 49に示した製造法、「x」;実施例 268に示した製造法、 Γ y」;実施例 269に示した製造法、「 ;実施例 270に示した製造法、「aa」;実施例 27 1に示した製造法、「ab」;実施例 272に示した製造法。 The production of the compounds of Examples 273 to 389 is shown below. Details of Examples 273 to 389 are shown in Table 5. The meanings of the symbols in Table 5 are as shown below. “Exp.”; Example number, “Str.”; Example compound, “RT”; Retention time of liquid chromatography in LCMS (min), “LC”; Solvent conditions for liquid chromatography in LCMS, “ MS ”; mass spectral data in LCMS,“ Ref. ”Corresponding intermediate production method, ΓΕχ.” Corresponding example compound production method. The symbols in the Ref. Column and Ex. Column indicate the manufacturing method as follows. “A”: production method shown in Reference Example 1, “B”: production method shown in Reference Example 2, “C”: production method shown in Reference Example 3, “D”: production shown in Reference Example 4 “E”: production method shown in Reference Example 5, “F”: production method shown in Reference Example 6, “G”: production method shown in Reference Example 7, “H”: shown in Reference Example 8 Manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 9, “;” manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 10, “K”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 11, “L”; shown in Reference Example 12. Manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 13, “N”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 14, “0”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 15, “P”; Reference Example 16 “Q”; the production method shown in Reference Example 17, “R”; the production method shown in Reference Example 18, “S”; the production method shown in Reference Example 19, “T”; Production method shown in Example 20, “U”; production method shown in Reference Example 21, “V”; production shown in Reference Example 22. Method, “W”: production method shown in Reference Example 23, “X”: production method shown in Reference Example 24, “Y”: production method shown in Reference Example 25, “Ζ”; shown in Reference Example 26 Manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 27, “ΑΒ”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 28, “AC”; manufacturing method shown in Reference Example 29, “AD”; Reference Example Production method shown in 30, “AE”; production method shown in Reference Example 31, “AF”; in Reference Example 32 Production method shown, “AG”; production method shown in Reference Example 33, “AH”; production method shown in Reference Example 34, “AI”; production method shown in Reference Example 35, “”; Reference Example 36 “AK”; the production method shown in Reference Example 37, “AL”; the production method shown in Reference Example 38, “AM”; the production method shown in Reference Example 39, “AN”; The production method shown in Reference Example 40, “a”; the production method shown in Example 1, “b”; the production method shown in Example 28, “c”; the production method shown in Example 29, “d” "Production method shown in Example 30," e "; Production method shown in Example 31," f "; Production method shown in Example 32," g "; Production method shown in Example 33 , “H”; production method shown in Example 34, “i”; production method shown in Example 35, “j”; production method shown in Example 36, “k”; shown in Example 37 “1”; the production method shown in Example 38, “m”; the production method shown in Example 39, “N”: production method shown in Example 40, “o”: production method shown in Example 41, “; production method shown in Example 42,“ q ”; production method shown in Example 43 , “R”; production method shown in Example 44, “s”; production method shown in Example 45, “t”; production method shown in Example 46, “u”; shown in Example 47 Production method, “v”; Production method shown in Example 48, “w”; Production method shown in Example 49, “x”; Production method shown in Example 268, Γ y ”; The production method shown in Example 270, “aa”; the production method shown in Example 271, “ab”; the production method shown in Example 272.
[表 5] [Table 5]
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000182_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000183_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000184_0001
Figure imgf000185_0001
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
e
Figure imgf000186_0001
Figure imgf000187_0001
Figure imgf000188_0001
Figure imgf000189_0001
e
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000190_0001
Figure imgf000191_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
Figure imgf000192_0001
Figure imgf000193_0001
<実施例 390 > 2-(4-(2-(5- (ジフルォロメトキシ)チォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メ チルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル 2-(4-(2-(5-ヒドロキシチォフェン- 2-ィル) -5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルアミ ノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチル (61mg)を Ν,Ν-ジメチルホルムアミド (4mL)に溶解し、炭酸リチ ゥム (34mg,関東化学社製)、クロロジフルォロ酢酸 t-ブチル (86mg, Apollo社製)を順 次加え、窒素雰囲気下にて 90°Cで 1時間攪拌した。反応混合物に水 (15mL)を加え、 酢酸ェチルで抽出、飽和食塩水で洗浄、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥後濃縮した。得ら れた残渣を分取用薄層クロマトグラフィー(へキサン/酢酸ェチル =2/1)に付し、標記 化合物 22mgを得た。 LC-MS:HPLC保持時間 5.08分(LC条件 1)、 m/z 448(M+H). なお、本実施例に用いた原料の 2-(4-(2-(5-ヒドロキシチォフェン- 2-ィル) - 5-ェチル -6-メチルピリミジン- 4-ィルァミノ)フエ-ル)酢酸ェチルは以下の参考例及び実施例 に記載の製造法に準じて製造した。参考例 4、参考例 5、参考例 6、参考例 2、参考 例 3、参考例 21、実施例 29。 <Example 390> 2- (4- (2- (5- (Difluoromethoxy) thiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate 2- (4- (2- (5-hydroxythiophen-2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenyl) ethyl acetate (61 mg) was added to Ν, を -dimethyl Dissolve in formamide (4 mL), add lithium carbonate (34 mg, manufactured by Kanto Chemical Co., Inc.) and t-butyl chlorodifluoroacetate (86 mg, manufactured by Apollo) sequentially, and stir at 90 ° C for 1 hour in a nitrogen atmosphere. did. Water (15 mL) was added to the reaction mixture, extracted with ethyl acetate, washed with saturated brine, dried over magnesium sulfate and concentrated. The obtained residue was subjected to preparative thin layer chromatography (hexane / ethyl acetate = 2/1) to obtain 22 mg of the title compound. LC-MS: HPLC retention time 5.08 min (LC condition 1), m / z 448 (M + H). The raw material 2- (4- (2- (5-hydroxythiophene- 2-yl) -5-ethyl-6-methylpyrimidine-4-ylamino) phenol) ethyl acetate was produced according to the production methods described in the following Reference Examples and Examples. Reference Example 4, Reference Example 5, Reference Example 6, Reference Example 2, Reference Example 3, Reference Example 21, Example 29.
<実施例 391〜393 > <Examples 391 to 393>
実施例 391〜393の化合物の製造について以下に示す。実施例 391〜393の詳細 については表 6に示した。表 6中の記号の意味については以下に示すとおりである。 「ac」;実施例 390に示した製造法。その他の記号については表 5中の記号の意味と 同様である。 The production of the compounds of Examples 391 to 393 is shown below. Details of Examples 391 to 393 are shown in Table 6. The meanings of the symbols in Table 6 are as shown below. “Ac”: the production method shown in Example 390. The other symbols have the same meaning as in Table 5.
[表 6] [Table 6]
Figure imgf000194_0001
く実施例 394〜402>
Figure imgf000194_0001
<Examples 394 to 402>
実施例 394〜402の化合物の製造について以下に示す。実施例 394〜402の詳細 については表 7に示した。表 7中の記号の意味については表 6中の記号の意味と同 様である。 The production of the compounds of Examples 394 to 402 is shown below. Details of Examples 394-402 Are shown in Table 7. The meaning of the symbols in Table 7 is the same as the meaning of the symbols in Table 6.
[表 7] [Table 7]
Figure imgf000195_0001
Figure imgf000195_0001
<試験例 1 > PDE4酵素活性阻害作用 <Test Example 1> PDE4 enzyme activity inhibitory action
(1) U937細胞からの PDE4の精製 (1) Purification of PDE4 from U937 cells
PDE4酵素蛋白はリンフォーマ由来の細胞である U937細胞力も精製した。 U937 細胞をプロテアーゼインヒビターカクテル (Sigma)を含む緩衝液 A (20mM Tris HCl (pH6.5)、 ImM MgCl、 0. ImM EGTA、 3mM 2—メルカプトエタノールPDE4 enzyme protein was also purified from U937 cells, which are cells derived from lymphoma. Buffer U937 cells with protease inhibitor cocktail (Sigma) (20 mM Tris HCl (pH 6.5), ImM MgCl, 0. ImM EGTA, 3 mM 2-mercaptoethanol
2 2
)中で懸濁後、超音波処理により細胞を破壊し、超遠心(100, 000G、 30分、 4°C) することにより可溶性画分を得た。緩衝液 Aで平衡ィ匕された 1. 6 X 25cm Qセファロ ースカラムに、得られた可溶性画分を充填した。充填した可溶性画分は 0— 1M酢酸 ナトリウムの線形勾配液を含有する緩衝液 Aを用いて溶出した。溶出速度は 1. 33ml Z分として 11ml分画ずつ回収した。各分画は cAMP代謝 PDE活性について検査し 、 PDE4酵素蛋白を含む画分を決定した。またこの PDE4画分が cGMPを分解しな いことを確認した。  The cells were disrupted by sonication, disrupted by sonication, and ultracentrifuged (100,000G, 30 minutes, 4 ° C) to obtain a soluble fraction. A 1.6 × 25 cm Q Sepharose column equilibrated with Buffer A was packed with the resulting soluble fraction. The packed soluble fraction was eluted with buffer A containing a linear gradient of 0-1M sodium acetate. The elution rate was 1.33 ml Z and 11 ml fractions were collected. Each fraction was examined for cAMP metabolizing PDE activity and the fraction containing PDE4 enzyme protein was determined. It was also confirmed that this PDE4 fraction did not degrade cGMP.
(2) PDE4酵素活性阻害作用の測定  (2) Measurement of PDE4 enzyme activity inhibitory action
試験化合物は所望の濃度を 40mMの Tris—HCl (pH7. 4)、 5mM MgCl、 4m  Test compounds at desired concentrations of 40 mM Tris-HCl (pH 7.4), 5 mM MgCl, 4 mM
2 2
M 2—メルカプトエタノール、 3 cAMP, 0. 83 μ Ci [3H]— cAMPおよび PD E4画分を含有している反応混合液(100 1)中で 30°Cで 10分間反応させた。反応 混合液にトリクロ口酢酸 25 1をカ卩えて酵素反応を停止させた。反応液は 0. 1M 2 - [[トリス (ヒドロキシルメチル)メチル]ァミノ]— 1—エタンスルホン酸 (TES)緩衝液 (pH 8. 0)で平衡ィ匕した中性アルミナカラムに充填し、十分量の 0. 1M TES緩衝液で洗 つた後、 2N NaOHで溶出した。 [ ]— 5' AMP生成物を含む溶出液の 500 1を、 シンチレーシヨンカクテル(パーキンエルマ一) 5mlを含有するシンチレーシヨンバイ アルに入れ、放射活性を測定した。全ての測定は反応の線形範囲内で行った。その 結果、表 8に代表的に示すように、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグ は優れた PDE4活性阻害作用を示した。 PDE4活性阻害作用は IC50値 (nM)で表 した。表 8において Ex. No.は実施例番号を表す。 The reaction was carried out at 30 ° C. for 10 minutes in a reaction mixture (100 1) containing M 2 -mercaptoethanol, 3 cAMP, 0.83 μCi [ 3 H] —cAMP and PD E4 fractions. The enzyme reaction was stopped by adding triclonal acetic acid 25 1 to the reaction mixture. The reaction solution was packed in a neutral alumina column equilibrated with 0.1M 2-[[Tris (hydroxylmethyl) methyl] amino]-1-ethanesulfonic acid (TES) buffer (pH 8.0) After washing with an amount of 0.1M TES buffer, it was eluted with 2N NaOH. [] —500 1 of the eluate containing 5 ′ AMP product was placed in a scintillation vial containing 5 ml of a scintillation cocktail (Perkin Elma), and the radioactivity was measured. All measurements were made within the linear range of response. As a result, as representatively shown in Table 8, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof exhibited an excellent PDE4 activity inhibitory action. PDE4 activity inhibitory action was expressed as an IC50 value (nM). In Table 8, Ex. No. represents the example number.
[表 8] Εχ.Να 1CS0 (nM) [Table 8] Εχ.Να 1CS0 (nM)
3 356  3 356
5 1389  5 1389
6 2937  6 2937
7 409  7 409
11 1166  11 1166
13 186  13 186
15 490  15 490
17 9  17 9
18 1679  18 1679
20 191  20 191
23 633  23 633
24 3248  24 3248
26 312  26 312
56 61  56 61
59 41  59 41
61 84  61 84
79 117  79 117
82 90  82 90
85 76  85 76
105 116  105 116
155 84E  155 84E
185 156  185 156
168 59  168 59
191 90  191 90
192 89  192 89
193 70  193 70
198 105  198 105
201 133  201 133
209 192  209 192
283 69 また、化合物濃度 20 / Mにおいて 50%以上の PDE4阻害活性を示した化合物を 以下に例示する。  Examples of compounds that showed PDE4 inhibitory activity of 50% or more at a compound concentration of 20 / M are shown below.
実施例番号力 0, 57, 58, 59, 60, 78, 81, 83, 84, 86, 96, 101, 103, 110 , 111, 116, 120, 128, 133, 146, 147, 148, 154, 159, 169, 175, 180, 21 5, 220, 236, 241, 243, 244, 250, 253, 254, 257, 264, 265のィ匕合物。 Example number force 0, 57, 58, 59, 60, 78, 81, 83, 84, 86, 96, 101, 103, 110, 111, 116, 120, 128, 133, 146, 147, 148, 154, 159, 169, 175, 180, 21 5, 220, 236, 241, 243, 244, 250, 253, 254, 257, 264, 265
<試験例 2〉マウス単核球細胞を用いた TNF— a産生阻害作用(in-vitro系) マウス単核球細胞を C3HZHeマウス(日本 SLC、雄性)の末梢血より単離し、 10 %牛血清を含む培養液 (RPMI1640 ;GIBCO)に懸濁した。細胞は 96穴プレートへ 、 50000個 Z穴になるようにまき、試験化合物を所望の濃度になるように加え、 37°C 、 5%COインキュベータ一にて 15分間放置した。その後 LPSを最終濃度 5 gZml <Test Example 2> Inhibition of TNF-a production using mouse mononuclear cells (in-vitro system) Mouse mononuclear cells were isolated from peripheral blood of C3HZHe mice (Japan SLC, male) and 10% bovine serum Suspended in a culture solution (RPMI1640; GIBCO). Cells to 96-well plate The test compound was added to a desired concentration and left in a 37 ° C, 5% CO incubator for 15 minutes. Then LPS at a final concentration of 5 gZml
2  2
になるようにカ卩え、インキュベーターの中で 21時間放置した。  And left in the incubator for 21 hours.
[0156] 産生した TNF— aを含む培養液を回収し、マウス TNF— a測定 ELISAキット(R &D System)にて、添付のプロトコールに従って測定した。その結果、表 9に代表的 に示すように、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグは優れた TNF—ひ産 生抑制作用を示した。 TNF— α産生抑制作用は IC50値 (nM)で表した。表 9にお V、て Ex.No.は実施例番号を表す。 [0156] The culture medium containing the produced TNF-a was collected and measured with a mouse TNF-a measurement ELISA kit (R & D System) according to the attached protocol. As a result, as representatively shown in Table 9, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof exhibited an excellent TNF-production inhibitory action. The inhibitory effect on TNF- α production was expressed as an IC50 value (nM). In Table 9, “V” and “Ex. No.” represent example numbers.
[0157] [表 9] [0157] [Table 9]
Figure imgf000199_0001
Figure imgf000199_0001
1 16 10 1 16 10
127 72  127 72
129 85  129 85
148 676  148 676
157 80  157 80
181 57  181 57
186 80  186 80
188 46  188 46
191 44  191 44
193 39  193 39
203 86  203 86
220 59  220 59
221 53  221 53
234 48  234 48
253 504  253 504
<試験例 3 > 胃酸分泌能に対する作用 <Test Example 3> Effect on gastric acid secretion
BergLindh and Obrink(Acta Physiol.Scand,97:401- 414, 1976),及び Sack and Spene y(Am J.Physiol.243:G313-G319,1982)の方法に準じて(副作用の指標としての)胃酸 分泌能に対する試験を行なった。  According to the method of BergLindh and Obrink (Acta Physiol. Scand, 97: 401-414, 1976) and Sack and Speney (Am J. Physiol. 243: G313-G319, 1982) (as an indicator of side effects) A test for secretion capacity was performed.
[0158] すなわち、雄性のゥサギ(日本白色種、オリエンタル酵母)を用いて、コラゲナーゼ 酵 素処理にて胃腺細胞(Gastric Glands)を採取した。  That is, gastric glands were collected by collagenase enzyme treatment using male rabbits (Japanese white species, oriental yeast).
[0159] 試験化合物、 14C- Aminopyrine(1.0nmol/ml;0.1 μ Ci/nmol)、及び histamine(0.3- 1.0 [0159] Test compound, 14 C-Aminopyrine (1.0 nmol / ml; 0.1 μ Ci / nmol), and histamine (0.3-1.0
M)存在下で一定時間インキュベーションし、遠心、洗浄後に胃腺細胞ペレットを 1 00 μ 1の IN— ΚΟΗで溶解し、シンチレーシヨンカクテル(パーキンエルマ一) 3mlを 含有するシンチレーシヨンバイアルに入れ、その放射活性を測定した。試験化合物に よる胃酸分泌能を EC50値として算出し、試験例 2で述べた TNF a産生抑制 IC50 値の比(乖離度 A)を以下の式で求めた。乖離度 Aの値が大きいほど好ましい。その 結果、表 10に代表的に示すように、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグ は TNF a産生抑制効果に比して胃酸分泌が少な力つた。表 10において Ex.No.は実 施例番号を表す。  M) Incubate for a certain period of time in the presence, centrifuge and wash, then dissolve the gastric gland cell pellet with 100 μl IN-ΚΟΗ and place in a scintillation vial containing 3 ml of a scintillation cocktail (Perkin Elma). Activity was measured. The gastric acid secretion ability by the test compound was calculated as an EC50 value, and the ratio of the TNFa production inhibition IC50 value described in Test Example 2 (deviation A) was determined by the following formula. A larger value of the degree of deviation A is more preferable. As a result, as representatively shown in Table 10, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof exerted less gastric acid secretion than the TNFa production inhibitory effect. In Table 10, Ex.No. represents the example number.
[0160] 乖離度 A=胃酸分泌能 EC50値 ZTNF a産生抑制 IC50値 [0161] [表 10] [0160] Deviation A = Gastric acid secretion capacity EC50 value ZTNFa production inhibition IC50 value [0161] [Table 10]
Figure imgf000201_0001
Figure imgf000201_0001
<試験例 4 >マウスを用いた LPSによって誘導される TNF— α産生阻害作用(in-vi vo系) <Test Example 4> Inhibition of TNF- α production induced by LPS in mice (in-vi vo system)
実験動物として C3HZHeマウス(曰本 SLC、雄性)を用いた。試験化合物の所望す る濃度を 0. 5%メチルセルロース溶液に懸濁した。マウスの体重を測定し、試験化合 物の溶液を lOmlZkgの容量で経口投与し、対照群には 0. 5%メチルセルロース溶 液のみを投与した。 1群当たりの匹数は 5— 7匹とした。 LPSは生理食塩水に溶解し、 10 gを各マウスに腹腔内投与した。まず試験化合物を投与し、その 60分後に LPS を投与した。さらにその 90分後に腹大静脈よりへパリン存在下で採血を行い、遠心 操作により、血漿を得た。血漿中の TNF—ひ含量はマウス TNF— α測定 ELISAキ ット(R&D System)にて、添付のプロトコールに従って測定した。その結果、表 11 に代表的に示すように本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグは優れた TN F— a産生抑制作用を示した。 TNF— a産生抑制作用は ED50値 (mg/kg)で表し た。表 11におレ、て Ex.No.は実施例番号を表す。  C3HZHe mice (Enomoto SLC, male) were used as experimental animals. The desired concentration of test compound was suspended in a 0.5% methylcellulose solution. Mice were weighed and the test compound solution was orally administered in a volume of lOmlZkg, and the control group received only 0.5% methylcellulose solution. The number of animals per group was 5-7. LPS was dissolved in physiological saline and 10 g was intraperitoneally administered to each mouse. The test compound was administered first, and LPS was administered 60 minutes later. Ninety minutes later, blood was collected from the abdominal vena cava in the presence of heparin, and plasma was obtained by centrifugation. The plasma TNF-protein content was measured with the mouse TNF-α measurement ELISA kit (R & D System) according to the attached protocol. As a result, as representatively shown in Table 11, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof exhibited an excellent TNF-a production inhibitory action. The inhibitory effect on TNF-a production was expressed as an ED50 value (mg / kg). In Table 11, “Ex.No.” represents an example number.
[0162] [表 11] Ex. No. ED50 (mg/kg) [0162] [Table 11] Ex. No. ED50 (mg / kg)
1 1 26  1 1 26
15 13  15 13
17 3  17 3
18 37  18 37
57 24  57 24
59 6  59 6
83 22  83 22
86 8  86 8
58 8  58 8
84 17  84 17
103 37  103 37
110 31  110 31
111 15  111 15
116 12  116 12
128 24  128 24
133 27  133 27
148 12  148 12
205 21  205 21
220 41  220 41
221 24  221 24
238 20  238 20
239 22  239 22
241 39  241 39
253 14  253 14
254 38  254 38
293 18  293 18
274 25  274 25
289 18  289 18
292 25  292 25
344 27  344 27
345 37  345 37
373 19  373 19
376 12  376 12
386 50  386 50
<試験例 5 >マウスガストリックェンプティングテスト (in-vivo系) <Test Example 5> Mouse gastric emptiness test (in-vivo system)
実験動物として 21— 24時間絶食した C3H,Heマウス(日本 SLC、雄性)を用いた。 試験化合物の所望する濃度を 0. 5%メチルセルロース溶液に懸濁した。マウスの体 重を測定し、試験化合物溶液を lOmlZkgの容量で経口投与し、対照群には 0. 5% メチルセルロース溶液のみを投与した。 1群当たりの匹数は 5匹とした。テストミール溶 液には、 0. 05%のフエノールレッドを含有する 1. 5%メチルセルロース溶液を用い た。まず試験化合物を投与し、その 60分後にテストミールを 0. 2ml経口投与した。さ らにその 15分後にテストミールが漏れないように胃を取り出し、 10ml 0. IN NaO H中でホモゲナイズし、遠心操作により組織を取り除いた。 5mlの上清に 10%トリクロ 口酢酸 0. 5ml加え、さらに遠心操作を行い、除蛋白を行った。この遠心操作によって 得られた上清 lmlに 2N NaOH 125 1加えた溶液を分光光度計(550nm)で測 定し、胃力も小腸への移送阻害を IC50値 (mgZkg)で表した。その結果、本発明の 化合物、その塩、又はそのプロドラッグは薬効と嘔吐の副作用との間に乖離を示し、 副作用が少ないことがわ力つた。例えば、実施例番号 17の化合物の IC50値は 14m gZkgであり、表 11で示した TNF—ひ産生抑制と比べ 4. 7倍の乖離を示した。また 、実施例番号 148の化合物の IC50値は 85mgZkgであり、表 11で示した TNF産生 抑制と比べて 7. 1倍の乖離を示した。その他、実施例番号 253、 373、又は 376等も 実施例 17と同程度の乖離を示した。 C3H, He mice (Japan SLC, male) fasted for 21-24 hours were used as experimental animals. The desired concentration of test compound was suspended in a 0.5% methylcellulose solution. The body weight of the mice was measured, and the test compound solution was orally administered in a volume of lOmlZkg, and only 0.5% methylcellulose solution was administered to the control group. The number of animals per group was 5. As the test meal solution, a 1.5% methylcellulose solution containing 0.05% phenol red was used. First, the test compound was administered, and 60 ml later, 0.2 ml of test meal was orally administered. Further, 15 minutes after that, the stomach was taken out so that the test meal did not leak, homogenized in 10 ml 0. IN NaOH, and the tissue was removed by centrifugation. To 5 ml of the supernatant, 0.5 ml of 10% trichloroacetic acid was added, followed by centrifugation to remove proteins. A solution obtained by adding 2N NaOH 125 1 to 1 ml of the supernatant obtained by this centrifugation was measured with a spectrophotometer (550 nm), and the gastric force was also expressed as an IC50 value (mgZkg) indicating inhibition of transport to the small intestine. As a result, the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof showed a divergence between the drug effect and the side effect of vomiting, indicating that there are few side effects. For example, the compound of Example No. 17 has an IC50 value of 14 mgZkg, which is 4.7 times as large as the TNF-supplement inhibition shown in Table 11. In addition, the IC50 value of the compound of Example No. 148 was 85 mgZkg, showing a 7.1-fold deviation from the TNF production inhibition shown in Table 11. In addition, Example No. 253, 373, 376, etc. showed the same degree of deviation as Example 17.
<試験例 6 >フェレットを用いた嘔吐作用 <Test Example 6> Vomiting effect using ferret
実験動物として、雄性マーシャルフェレット(体重 1〜1. 5kg、 日本チヤ一ルス'リバ 一)を用いた。試験化合物の所望する濃度を 0. 5%メチルセルロース溶液に懸濁し た。フェレットの体重を測定し、試験化合物溶液を l〜8mlZkgの容量で経口投与し 、対照群には 0. 5%メチルセルロース溶液のみを投与した。 1群当たりの匹数は 4匹 とした。嘔吐行動観察は、アクリル版製の観察箱を用いて 6時間以上の行動観察を 行い嘔吐'空嘔吐の有無を測定した。その結果、本発明の化合物、その塩、又はそ のプロドラッグは薬効と嘔吐の副作用との間に乖離を示し、副作用が少な 、ことがわ かった。例えば、実施例番号 17の化合物の表 11で示したマウス TNF a産生抑制 E D50値は 3mgZkgであった力 フェレットによる嘔吐発現は、 50mgZkgでも観察さ れな力つた。同様に、実施例番号 148の化合物の表 11で示したマウス TNF a産生 抑制 ED50値は 12mg/kgであった力 フェレットによる嘔吐発現は、 lOOmgZkg でも観察されなかった。 A male marshall ferret (body weight: 1 to 1.5 kg, Nippon Chirurus' River) was used as an experimental animal. The desired concentration of test compound was suspended in 0.5% methylcellulose solution. The body weight of the ferret was measured, the test compound solution was orally administered in a volume of 1 to 8 mlZkg, and the control group was administered with only 0.5% methylcellulose solution. The number of animals per group was 4. For vomiting behavior observation, we observed the behavior of vomiting and vomiting by observing the behavior for more than 6 hours using an observation board made of acrylic plate. As a result, it was found that the compound of the present invention, a salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof showed a difference between the drug effect and the side effect of vomiting and had few side effects. For example, the mouse TNFa production inhibition ED50 value shown in Table 11 for the compound of Example No. 17 was 3 mgZkg. The emesis caused by ferrets was not observed even at 50 mgZkg. Similarly, the inhibition of mouse TNFa production shown in Table 11 for the compound of Example No. 148 was ED50 value of 12 mg / kg. The emesis expression by ferret was lOOmgZkg. But it was not observed.

Claims

請求の範囲 The scope of the claims
下記一般式 (1)  The following general formula (1)
[化 43] 2[Chemical 43] 2
Figure imgf000205_0001
Figure imgf000205_0001
[一般式(1)中、 Ar1はフリル基、チェ-ル基、トリァゾリル基、チアゾリル基、ォキサゾ リル基、又はべンゾチアゾリル基を示し; Ar1は置換されていてもよく; Ar2は— E— Ar2 G Q (Ar21はベンゼン環又はナフタレン環を示し; Eは単結合、又はァノレキレン 基を示し; Gは単結合、アルキレン基、又はァルケ-レン基を示し; Qはカルボキシ基 、— CON (R41) (R42) (R41及び R42は同一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立 に、水素原子、水酸基、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、又は置換されていてもよ ぃァリール基を示す力、あるいは R41及び R42が一緒になつて 3〜7員環を形成して N (R41) (R42)として環状アミンを示す。ただし、 R41が水酸基の場合 R42は水酸基以外 の基である。)、又は— COOR43 (R43は置換されていてもよいアルキル基又は置換さ れていてもよいァリール基を示す。)を示す。)、 E— Ar21— G2— G Q (E、 Ar21、 G、 Qは前記と同義であり、 G2は一 O 、 一 S 、 一 SO 、 一SO—、又は一 NRG21 [In the general formula (1), Ar 1 is a furyl group, Choi - group, Toriazoriru group, a thiazolyl group, Okisazo Lil group, or base indicates Nzochiazoriru group; Ar 1 may be substituted; Ar 2 is - E—Ar 2 GQ (Ar 21 represents a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring; E represents a single bond or an alkylene group; G represents a single bond, an alkylene group or an alkylene group; Q represents a carboxy group, — CON (R 41 ) (R 42 ) (R 41 and R 42 may be the same or different, and each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, or a substituted one. The force indicating a loyalyl group, or R 41 and R 42 together form a 3- to 7-membered ring, and N (R 41 ) (R 42 ) represents a cyclic amine, provided that R 41 is a hydroxyl group R 42 is a group other than a hydroxyl group), or —COOR 43 (R 43 is an optionally substituted alkyl group or Represents an optionally substituted aryl group))), E—Ar 21 — G 2 — GQ (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above, G 2 is one O, 1 S, 1 SO, 1 SO—, or 1 NR G21
2  2
一(RG21は水素原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、置換されていてもよいァシ ル基、又は置換されていてもよいスルホ二ル基を示す。)を示す。)、又は [ビラゾリル 基以外の単環式芳香族複素環]を示し; Ar2は置換されていてもよく; R1及び R2は同 一であっても異なっていてもよぐ各々独立に、水素原子、置換されていてもよいアル キル基、置換されていてもよいァルケ-ル基、置換されていてもよいアルキ-ル基、 置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、アルキルスルフィエル基、又は置換されて!、てもよ!/、アルキルスルホ -ル基を示し、 R3は水素原子又は置換されていてもよいアルキル基を示す。 ]で示さ れる化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容 される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 1 (R G21 represents a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted acyl group, or an optionally substituted sulfonyl group). Or Ar 2 may be substituted; R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different and each independently , A hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, or an optionally substituted group A good alkylthio group, substituted, may be an alkylsulfier group, or substituted !, may! / Represents an alkylsulfonyl group, and R 3 may be a hydrogen atom or substituted An alkyl group is shown. ], Possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[2] Ar1が置換されて 、てもよ 、 [フリル基又はチェ-ル基]である請求項 1に記載の化 合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される 塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [2] Ar 1 may be substituted and may be [furyl group or chael group], the compound according to claim 1, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or its pharmacological Acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[3] Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されて!、てもよ 、アルキル基、置換されて 、てもよ ヽァ ルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換されていてもよいアミノ基、 及び置換されて 、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複 数の基によって置換されていてもよい請求項 1又は 2に記載の化合物、その可能な 立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和 物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [3] Ar 1 is [halogen atom, substituted !, may be alkyl group, substituted, alkyloxy group, optionally substituted alkylthio group, optionally substituted amino group; The compound according to claim 1 or 2, which may be substituted by one or a plurality of groups each independently selected from the group consisting of an acyl group] force, and its possible stereoisomerism Or racemate, or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate, or prodrug thereof.
[4] R1が低級アルキル基である請求項 1〜3のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な 立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和 物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [4] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein R 1 is a lower alkyl group, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvent thereof. Japanese or prodrugs of these.
[5] R2が低級アルキル基又は低級アルケニル基である請求項 1〜4の ヽずれかに記載 の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容さ れる塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [5] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein R 2 is a lower alkyl group or a lower alkenyl group, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, Hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[6] R3が水素原子である請求項 1〜5のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異 性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あ るいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [6] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein R 3 is a hydrogen atom, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, or solvent thereof. Japanese or these prodrugs.
[7] Ar2が— E— Ar21— G— Q (E、 Ar21、 G、 Qは前記と同義である)である請求項 1〜6 のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその 薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [7] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein Ar 2 is —E—Ar 21 —G—Q (E, Ar 21 , G, Q are as defined above), and possible steric thereof Isomers or racemates, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[8] Ar21がベンゼン環である請求項 1〜7のいずれか 1項に記載の化合物、その可能な 立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和 物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [8] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein Ar 21 is a benzene ring, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts, hydrates thereof, Solvates or their prodrugs.
[9] Eが単結合であって、かつ [Gが単結合又は低級アルキレン基]である請求項 1〜8 のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその 薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [10] Eが単結合であって、かつ Gが低級アルキレン基である請求項 1〜9のいずれかに 記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許 容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [9] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 8, wherein E is a single bond, and [G is a single bond or a lower alkylene group], possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or drugs thereof Physiologically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof. [10] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein E is a single bond, and G is a lower alkylene group, possible stereoisomers or racemates thereof, or pharmacologically acceptable conditions thereof. Salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[11] Qがカルボキシ基である請求項 1〜: LOのいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立 体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物 、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。  [11] Q is a carboxy group. The compound according to any one of LO, its possible isomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvent thereof Japanese or these prodrugs.
[12] Ar2が [水酸基、ハロゲン原子、置換されて!ヽてもよ 、アルキル基、及び置換されて いてもよいアルコキシ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によつ て置換されて 、てもよ 、請求項 1〜: L 1の 、ずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体 異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、 あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [12] Ar 2 is to one or more groups chosen each independently from the group consisting of [hydroxyl group, a halogen atom, is replaced! I alsoヽ, alkyl group, and an alkoxy group which may be substituted] Or a substituted isomer, or a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or hydrate thereof. , Solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[13] Ar1がチェ-ル基であり、 Ar1が [ハロゲン原子、置換されていてもよいアルキル基、 置換されていてもよいアルコキシ基、置換されていてもよいアルキルチオ基、置換さ れて 、てもよ 、ァミノ基、及び置換されて!、てもよ 、ァシル基]力もなる群より各々独 立に選ばれる 1または複数の基によって置換されていてもよぐ Ar2が— E—Ar21— G Qであり、 Ar21がベンゼン環又は 1若しくは複数のハロゲン原子で置換されたベン ゼン環であり、 Eが単結合であり、 Gがメチレン基であり、 Qがカルボキシ基であり、 Ar 2上にさらに置換基を有せず、 R1がメチル基又はェチル基であり、 R2がァリル基、ェ チル基、又はヒドロキシメチル基であり、 R3が水素原子である請求項 1に記載の化合 物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、 水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラッグ。 [13] Ar 1 is a chael group, and Ar 1 is a [halogen atom, an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted alkoxy group, an optionally substituted alkylthio group, a substituted Te, I also, Amino groups and substituted, by also, Yogu Ar 2 optionally substituted by one or more groups selected each independent from Ashiru radical forces also the group is -! E —Ar 21 — GQ, Ar 21 is a benzene ring or a benzene ring substituted with one or more halogen atoms, E is a single bond, G is a methylene group, and Q is a carboxy group Further, Ar 2 has no further substituent, R 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, R 2 is an aryl group, an ethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group, and R 3 is a hydrogen atom. The compound according to 1, a possible stereoisomer or racemate thereof, or a drug thereof Physically acceptable salts, hydrates, solvates, or prodrugs thereof.
[14] Ar1が [ノヽロゲン原子、低級アルキル基、トリフルォロメチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、ヒ ドロキシェチル基、低級アルコキシ基、トリフルォロメトキシ基、 2—メトキシエトキシ基 、 一 NH基、低級アルキルアミノ基、低級ジアルキルアミノ基、ァシルァミノ基、低級[14] Ar 1 is a [norogen atom, lower alkyl group, trifluoromethyl group, hydroxymethyl group, hydroxychetyl group, lower alkoxy group, trifluoromethoxy group, 2-methoxyethoxy group, 1 NH group, lower group Alkylamino group, lower dialkylamino group, acylamino group, lower
2 2
アルキルスルホニルァミノ基]からなる群より各々独立に選ばれる 1または複数の基に よって置換されて 、てもよ 、請求項 1〜 13に記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体 あるいはラセミ体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるい はこれらのプロドラッグ。 [15] 請求項 1〜14のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ 体、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロ ドラッグを有効成分として含む医薬。 The compound according to claim 1, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, each substituted with one or more groups independently selected from the group consisting of an alkylsulfonylamino group] Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate or prodrug thereof. [15] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, its possible stereoisomer or racemate, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a prodrug thereof As an active ingredient.
[16] 炎症の予防及び Z又は治療剤である請求項 15に記載の医薬。 16. The medicament according to claim 15, which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for inflammation.
[17] 慢性閉塞性肺疾患の予防及び Z又は治療剤である請求項 15に記載の医薬。 17. The medicament according to claim 15, which is a preventive and Z or therapeutic agent for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
[18] 請求項 1〜14のいずれかに記載の化合物、その可能な立体異性体あるいはラセミ体[18] The compound according to any one of claims 1 to 14, its possible stereoisomer or racemate
、またはその薬理学的に許容される塩、水和物、溶媒和物、あるいはこれらのプロドラ ッグを有効成分として含む PDE4活性阻害剤。 Or a pharmacologically acceptable salt, hydrate, solvate thereof, or a PDE4 activity inhibitor containing these prodrugs as an active ingredient.
PCT/JP2006/309713 2005-05-18 2006-05-16 Pyrimidine derivative WO2006123639A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2005-145865 2005-05-18
JP2005145865 2005-05-18
JP2005-333687 2005-11-18
JP2005333687 2005-11-18

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006123639A1 true WO2006123639A1 (en) 2006-11-23

Family

ID=37431211

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2006/309713 WO2006123639A1 (en) 2005-05-18 2006-05-16 Pyrimidine derivative

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2006123639A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
JP2016505512A (en) * 2012-10-25 2016-02-25 テトラ ディスカバリー パートナーズ エルエルシー Heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0789958A (en) * 1993-08-26 1995-04-04 Ono Pharmaceut Co Ltd 4-aminopyrimidine derivative, production thereof and medicine containing the same derivative
WO2001083460A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Cyclic compounds
WO2004014913A2 (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-02-19 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation Derivatives of 2-trifluormethyl-6-aminopurine as phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors
WO2006004776A1 (en) * 2004-06-29 2006-01-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-pyrimidineamine compounds and their uses as anti-proliferative agents
WO2006037117A1 (en) * 2004-09-27 2006-04-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPH0789958A (en) * 1993-08-26 1995-04-04 Ono Pharmaceut Co Ltd 4-aminopyrimidine derivative, production thereof and medicine containing the same derivative
WO2001083460A1 (en) * 2000-04-28 2001-11-08 Tanabe Seiyaku Co., Ltd. Cyclic compounds
WO2004014913A2 (en) * 2002-08-08 2004-02-19 Memory Pharmaceuticals Corporation Derivatives of 2-trifluormethyl-6-aminopurine as phosphodiesterase 4 inhibitors
WO2006004776A1 (en) * 2004-06-29 2006-01-12 Rigel Pharmaceuticals, Inc. 4-pyrimidineamine compounds and their uses as anti-proliferative agents
WO2006037117A1 (en) * 2004-09-27 2006-04-06 Amgen Inc. Substituted heterocyclic compounds and methods of use

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8865723B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2014-10-21 Tetra Discovery Partners Llc Selective PDE4 B inhibition and improvement in cognition in subjects with brain injury
JP2016505512A (en) * 2012-10-25 2016-02-25 テトラ ディスカバリー パートナーズ エルエルシー Heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4
US11401286B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2022-08-02 Tetra Discovery Partners, LLC Heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4
US11767334B2 (en) 2012-10-25 2023-09-26 Tetra Discovery Partners, LLC Heteroaryl inhibitors of PDE4

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20060293343A1 (en) Pyrimidine derivatives
JP5546693B2 (en) Pyrazoloquinoline derivatives
KR101149954B1 (en) Sulfonamide compound
CN108779096B (en) Fluorine-substituted cyclopropylamine compounds, and preparation method, pharmaceutical composition and application thereof
EP1849465A1 (en) Agent for controlling function of gpr34 receptor
EP3210969B1 (en) Kcnq2-5 channel activator
TW200800186A (en) Heterocyclic compound containing nitrogen and pharmaceutical use thereof
TW201010977A (en) Amide compound
EP3124486B1 (en) Substituted nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivatives, pharmaceutical compositions comprising the same and applications of antitumor thereof
KR102569031B1 (en) Pyrrolopyrimidine derivatives as nr2b nmda receptor antagonists
BR112014004741B1 (en) CHEMICAL ENTITY, ITS USE AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION INCLUDING IT
CN109661229B (en) Compounds and compositions for the treatment of cancer
TW201138786A (en) Therapeutic compounds
US20160229848A1 (en) Benzazepine Ketone Compounds as Glycogen Phosphorylase Inhibitor, Preparation Method therefor, and Medical Uses
CN109311865A (en) Pyrazoles-Oxazolidinone derivative of anti-hepatitis virus
CN113993845A (en) N- (phenyl) -indole-3-sulfonamide derivatives and related compounds as GPR17 modulators for the treatment of CNS disorders, such as multiple sclerosis
JP7250015B2 (en) Anti-HBV tetrahydroisoxazolo[4,3-c]pyridine class compounds
CN106565674A (en) Octahydrocyclopentano[c]pyrrole derivatives, and preparation methods and medicinal application thereof
WO2006123639A1 (en) Pyrimidine derivative
WO2015082324A1 (en) Sulfoximine substituted quinazolines for pharmaceutical compositions
CN113527179A (en) Chain hydrocarbon substituted isoindoline-1, 3-diketone PDE4 inhibitor and pharmaceutical application thereof
EP3447045B1 (en) 1-(1-hydroxy-2,3-dihydro-1h-inden-5-yl)-urea derivatives and related compounds kcnq 2-5 channel activators for treating dysuria
CN1259948A (en) 6,7-disubstituted-4-aminopyrido [2,3-D] pyrimidine compounds
CA2896209A1 (en) 3,5-diarylazaindoles as dyrk1a protein inhibitors for the treatment of cognitive deficiences associated with down&#39;s syndrome and with alzheimer&#39;s disease
CN114790164B (en) Substituted isoindoline-1,3-diketone PDE4 inhibitor and pharmaceutical application thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06746427

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP